Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

со всех языков на все языки

Со всех языков на:
Все языки
Со всех языков на:
Все языки
Английский
Испанский
Немецкий
Русский
Французский

without any relative

Толкование Перевод

1 na

I
not, ne, Irish, Old Irish na: used with the imperative mood solely. It is an ablaut and independent form of the neg. prefix in (see ion-, an-), an ablaut of Indo-European nê, Latin nê, Greek $$G nc-; shorter from Latin ne$$u-, Gothic ni, English not ( ne-á-wiht), etc.; further Indo-European n$$.-, Greek $$Ga$$'n-, Latin in-, English un-, Gaelic an-. See nach, which is connected herewith as Greek $$Gou$$'k, $$Gou$$'; the Welsh is nac, nag, with imperative, Breton na.
II
or, vel, Irish ná, Early Irish, Old Irish nó, Welsh neu: *nev (Stokes, who allies it to Latin nuo, nod, Greek $$G neúw, Sanskrit návate, go remove; but, in 1890, Bez. Beit.$$+16 51, he refers it to the root nu, English now). It can hardly be separated from neo, otherwise, q.v. Strachan agrees.
III
than, Irish ná, Middle Irish iná, Early Irish inda, indás, Old Irish ind as, indás, pl. indate (read indáte); from the prep. in and tá, to be (Zeuss$$+2, 716-7, who refers to the other prepositional comparative conjunction oldaas, from ol, de). The use of in in Old Irish as the relative locative may also be compared.
VI
what, that which, id quod, Middle Irish ina, ana, inna n-, Early Irish ana n-; for an a, Old Irish rel. an( really neuter of art.) and Gaelic rel a, which see. Descent from ni or ni, without any relative, is favoured by Book of Deer, as do ni thíssad, of what would come. Possibly from both sources.

Etymological dictionary of the Gaelic language > na
2 senza

without

senz'altro definitely

senza dubbio more than likely, probably

senza impegno (with) no obligation or commitment

senza di me without me

* * *

senza prep.

1 (per indicare mancanza, privazione) without: è uscito senza cappotto, he went out without his overcoat; preferisco viaggiare senza bagaglio, I prefer to travel without any luggage; mi hanno dato una camera senza servizi, I was given a room without a bath; come farei senza di te?, what would I do without you?; beve sempre il caffé senza zucchero, he always takes his coffee without sugar; volete la cioccolata con o senza panna?, would you like your chocolate drink with or without cream?; quest'abito si può portare con o senza sciarpa, this dress can be worn with or without its scarf; siamo usciti senza denaro, we went out without any money // siamo rimasti senza vino, ( non ne è avanzato) we haven't got any wine left, ( ne siamo sforniti) we've run out of wine // chi è senza biglietto?, who hasn't got a ticket? // restare senza parole, to be speechless // senz'ombra di..., without a trace of... // fare senza qlco., ( farne a meno) to do (o to go) without sthg.: se non possiamo permetterci la macchina, faremo senza, if we can't afford a car, we'll do (o go) without one // non senza, not without, with: lasciai quella casa non senza rimpianto, I left that house not without regret (o I was unhappy to leave that house); lo disse non senza una punta di sarcasmo, he said it with a hint of sarcasm // In numerose locuz. avverbiali: senz'altro, ( subito) at once (o with no further delay), ( certamente) certainly (o sure o of course); senza dubbio, senza forse, without (o with no) doubt (o undoubtedly); senza fallo, without fail; senza indugio, without delay; senza mezzi termini, without mincing one's words; senza tanti discorsi, senza complimenti, frankly (o freely o without ceremony)

2 (con agg. e avv., con valore di negazione) -less, -lessly, un-, in-: senza numero, innumerable (o countless); senza fine, endlessly (avv.), endless (agg.); senza testa, thoughtlessly (avv.); thoughtless (agg.); un uomo senza scrupoli, an unscrupulous man; una frase senza senso, a meaningless sentence; una giornata senza sole, a sunless day // essere senza un soldo, to be penniless

3 ( per indicare esclusione) without counting, excluding: sono 600 km, senza il tratto da qui all'autostrada, it is 600 km, excluding (o without counting) the stretch from here to the motorway; l'affitto è di trecento euro mensili senza le spese, the rent is three hundred euros a month excluding expenses; l'appartamento misura 180 mq senza i balconi, the flat is 180 s.m., excluding the balconies // (comm.): senza data, blank-dated; senza interessi, flat (o ex interest); senza dividendo, (Borsa) ex-dividend

◆ s.m. ( nel bridge) no trumps.

* * *
['sɛntsa]
1. prep

without

uscì senza ombrello — he went out without an o his umbrella

non so cosa farei senza il suo aiuto — I don't know what I'd do without his help

non senza alcune riserve — not without some reservations

senza di te — without you

non posso stare senza di te — I can't live without you

siamo rimasti senza zucchero/tè — we've run out of sugar/tea, we have no sugar/tea left

forza, senza tante chiacchiere — come on, stop the talking and let's get on with it

senza casa — homeless

senza padre — fatherless

senza amici — friendless

senza preoccupazioni — carefree

senza scrupoli — unscrupulous

senza impegno — without obligation

un dettato senza errori — an error-free dictation

un discorso senza senso — a meaningless speech

i senza lavoro — the jobless, the unemployed

senz'altro — of course, certainly

mi scriverai? - senz'altro! — will you write to me? - of course!

lo farò senz'altro domani — I'll do it tomorrow without fail

senza dubbio — no doubt

2. cong

without

senza batter ciglio — without batting an eyelid

ho trascorso tutta la notte senza chiudere occhio — I didn't sleep a wink all night, I didn't get a wink of sleep all night

senza dire niente — without saying a thing

è andato via senza dire niente — he left without saying anything

parlò senza riflettere — he spoke without thinking

senza che tu lo sapessi — without your knowing about it

senza dire che... — not to mention (the fact) that...

senza contare che... — without considering that...

* * *
['sɛntsa, 'sentsa] 1.
preposizione

1) without

con o senza zucchero — with or without sugar

bevo il tè senza zucchero — I don't take sugar in my tea

cioccolato senza zucchero — sugar-free chocolate

una coppia senza figli — a childless couple

essere senza cuore — to have no heart, to be heartless

benzina senza piombo — lead-free o unleaded petrol

sarei perso senza di te — I'd be lost without you

2) (con esclusione di)

l'albergo costa 60 euro senza la colazione — the hotel costs 60 euros excluding breakfast
2.
congiunzione

1) (seguito da infinito) without

parlare senza riflettere — to speak without thinking

senza dire una parola — without saying a word

è stato due settimane senza telefonare — he didn't call for two weeks

va' via senza farti vedere — leave without anyone seeing you

senza contare luglio — not including July

9, senza contare mia sorella — 9, not counting my sister

2) senza che

senza che me ne accorga — without my noticing

senza che nessuno lo sappia — without anybody knowing
3.
avverbio

fare senza — to manage without

ho sempre dietro l'ombrello, non esco mai senza — I always have my umbrella with me, I never go out without it

••

senz'altro — certainly, absolutely
••
Note:

Quando senza denota l'assenza, la mancanza o la privazione, si traduce solitamente con without. И tuttavia opportuno consultare le relative voci quando senza viene usato con dei sostantivi in locuzioni idiomatiche che si formano in inglese in modo diverso, come senza soldi = penniless, broke, out of money, senza fine = endless, senza fiato = out of breath, senza impiego = unemployed, out of work, jobless, ecc. - Without, come l'italiano senza, può essere seguito da un sostantivo, ma si noti la presenza dell'articolo a / an davanti ai nomi numerabili singolari: senza (il) biglietto = without a ticket, senza zucchero = without sugar, senza libri = without books. - Con una reggenza verbale, senza è seguito da un infinito semplice o composto, mentre without è di regola seguito da un gerundio, non necessariamente composto: se ne andò senza salutare = he left without saying goodbye; se ne tornò a casa senza averle parlato = he went back home without speaking (o having spoken) to her. Alla struttura inglese con il gerundio si ricorre anche per tradurre la struttura senza che + congiuntivo: lo fece senza che io dicessi una parola = he did it without my saying a word; feci il letto senza che me lo dicessero = I made the bed without being told

* * *

senza

/'sεntsa, 'sentsa/

Quando senza denota l'assenza, la mancanza o la privazione, si traduce solitamente con without. È tuttavia opportuno consultare le relative voci quando senza viene usato con dei sostantivi in locuzioni idiomatiche che si formano in inglese in modo diverso, come senza soldi = penniless, broke, out of money, senza fine = endless, senza fiato = out of breath, senza impiego = unemployed, out of work, jobless, ecc. - Without, come l'italiano senza, può essere seguito da un sostantivo, ma si noti la presenza dell'articolo a / an davanti ai nomi numerabili singolari: senza (il) biglietto = without a ticket, senza zucchero = without sugar, senza libri = without books. - Con una reggenza verbale, senza è seguito da un infinito semplice o composto, mentre without è di regola seguito da un gerundio, non necessariamente composto: se ne andò senza salutare = he left without saying goodbye; se ne tornò a casa senza averle parlato = he went back home without speaking (o having spoken) to her. Alla struttura inglese con il gerundio si ricorre anche per tradurre la struttura senza che + congiuntivo: lo fece senza che io dicessi una parola = he did it without my saying a word; feci il letto senza che me lo dicessero = I made the bed without being told.

I preposizione

1 without; con o senza zucchero with or without sugar; bevo il tè senza zucchero I don't take sugar in my tea; cioccolato senza zucchero sugar-free chocolate; una coppia senza figli a childless couple; essere senza cuore to have no heart, to be heartless; benzina senza piombo lead-free o unleaded petrol; sarei perso senza di te I'd be lost without you

2 (con esclusione di) l'albergo costa 60 euro senza la colazione the hotel costs 60 euros excluding breakfast

II congiunzione

1 (seguito da infinito) without; parlare senza riflettere to speak without thinking; senza dire una parola without saying a word; è stato due settimane senza telefonare he didn't call for two weeks; va' via senza farti vedere leave without anyone seeing you; senza contare luglio not including July; 9, senza contare mia sorella 9, not counting my sister

2 senza che senza che me ne accorga without my noticing; senza che nessuno lo sappia without anybody knowing

III avverbio

fare senza to manage without; ho sempre dietro l'ombrello, non esco mai senza I always have my umbrella with me, I never go out without it

IDIOMS

senz'altro certainly, absolutely.

Dizionario Italiano-Inglese > senza
3 AT

I) prep.

A. with dative.

I. Of motion;

1) towards, against;

Otkell laut at Skamkatli, bowed down to S.;

hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge against A.;

2) close atup to;

Brynjólfr gengr alit at honum, quite up to him;

þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters with him;

3) to, at;

koma at landi, to come to land;

ganga at dómi, to go into court;

4) along (= eptir);

ganga at stræti, to walk along the street;

dreki er niðr fór at ánni (went down the river) fyrir strauminum;

refr dró hörpu at ísi, on the ice;

5) denoting hostility;

renna (sœkja) at e-m, to rush at, assault;

gerði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog;

6) around;

vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a veil round one’s head;

bera grjót at e-m, to heap stones upon the body;

7) denoting business, engagement;

ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after horses, watching sheep;

fara at landskuldum, to go collecting rents.

II. Of position, &c.;

1) denoting presence at, near, by, upon;

at kirkju, at church;

at dómi, in court;

at lögbergi, at the hill of laws;

2) denoting participation in;

vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, wedding;

vera at vígi, to be an accessory in man-slaying;

3) ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at;

kvalararnir, er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him;

var þar at kona nökkur at binda (was there busy dressing) sár manna;

4) with proper names of places (farms);

konungr at Danmörku ok Noregi, king of;

biskup at Hólum, bishop of Holar;

at Helgafelli, at Bergþórshváli;

5) used ellipt. with a genitive, at (a person’s) house;

at hans (at his house) gisti fjölmenni mikit;

at Marðar, at Mara’s home;

at hins beilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church;

at Ránar, at Ran’s (abode).

III. Of time;

1) at, in;

at upphafi, at first, in the beginning;

at skilnaði, at parting, when they parted;

at páskum, at Easter;

at kveldi, at eventide;

at þinglausnum, at the close of the Assembly;

at fjöru, at the ebb;

at flœðum, at the floodtide;

2) adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr’;

at ári komanda, next year;

at vári, er kemr, next spring;

generally with ‘komanda’ understood;

at sumri, hausti, vetri, vári, next summer, &c.;

3) used with an absolute dative and present or past part.;

at sér lifanda, duing his lifetime;

at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all;

at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the hearing of the chief;

at upprennandi sólu, at sunrise;

at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks are past;

at honum önduðum, after his death;

4) denoting uninterrupted succession, after;

hverr at öðrum, annarr at öðrum, one after another;

skildu menn at þessu, thereupon, after this;

at því (thereafter) kómu aðrar meyjar.

IV. fig. and in various uses;

1) to, into, with the notion of destruction or change;

brenna (borgina) at ösku, to burn to ashes;

verða at ormi, to become a snake;

2) for, as;

gefa e-t at gjöf, as a present;

eiga e-n at vin, to have one as friend;

3) by;

taka sverð at hjöltum, by the hilt;

draga út björninn at hlustunum, by the ears;

kjósa at afli, álitum, by strength, appearrance;

4) as regards as to;

auðigr at fé, wealthy in goods;

vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face;

5) as a law term, on the grounds of, by reason of;

ryðja ( to challenge) dóm at mægðum, kvið at frændsemi;

6) as a paraphrase of a genitive;

faðir, móðir at barni (= barns, of a child);

aðili at sök = aðili sakar;

7) with adjectives denoting colour, size, age, of;

hvítr, svartr, rauðr at lit, while, black, red of colour;

mikill, lítill at stœrð, vexti, tall, small of stature;

tvítugr at aldri, twenty years of age;

kýr at fyrsta, öðrum kálfi, a cow that has calved once, twice;

8) determining the source from which anything comes, of, from;

Ari nam ok marga frœði at Þuríði (from her);

þiggja, kaupa, geta, leigja e-t at e-m, to receive, buy, obtain, borrow a thing from one;

hafa veg (virðing) styrk at e-m, to derive honour, power, from one;

9) according, to, after (heygðr at fornum sið);

at ráði allra vitrustu manna, by the advice of;

at landslögum, by the law of the land;

at vánum, as was to be expected;

at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave;

10) in adverbial phrases;

gróa (vera grœddr) at heilu, to be quite healed;

bíta af allt gras at snøggu, quite bare;

at fullu, fully;

at vísu, surely;

at frjálsu, freely;

at eilífu, for ever and ever;

at röngu, at réttu, wrongly, rightly;

at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same;

at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent.

B. with acc., after, upon (= eptir);

sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, to take the inheritance after his father;

eiga féránsdóm at e-n, to hold a court of execution upon a person;

at þat (= eptir þat), after that, thereafter;

connected with a past part. or a., at Gamla fallinn, after the fall of Gamli;

at Hrungni dauðan, upon the death of Hrungnir.

II)

1) as the simple mark of the infinitive, to;

at ganga, at ríða, at hlaupa, to walk, to ride, to run;

2) in an objective sense;

hann bauð þeim at fara, sitja, he bade (ordered) them to go, sit;

gefa e-m at eta, at drekka, to give one to eat, to drink;

3) denoting design or purpose, in order to (hann gekk í borg at kaupa silfr).

III)

1) demonstrative particle before a comparative, the, all the, so much the;

hón grét at meir, she wept the more;

þykkir oss at líkara, all the more likely;

þú ert maðr at verri (so much the worse), er þú hefir þetta mælt;

2) rel. pron., who, which, that (= er);

þeir allir, at þau tíðindi heyrðu, all those who heard;

sem þeim er títt, at ( as is the custom of those who) kaupferðir reka.

IV)

conj., that;

1) introducing a subjective or objective clause;

þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, it happened once that H.;

vilda ek, at þú réðist austr í fjörðu, I should like you to go;

2) relative to svá, denoting proportion, degree;

svá mikill lagamaðr, at, so great a lawyer, that;

3) with subj., denoting end or purpose, in order that (skáru þeir fyrir þá (viz. hestana) melinn, at þeir dœi eigi af sulti);

4) since, because, as (= því at);

5) connected with þó, því, svá;

þó at (with subj.), though, although;

því at, because, for;

svá at, so that;

6) temp., þá at (= þá er), when;

þegar at (= þegar er), as soon as;

þar til at (= þar til er), until, till;

áðr at (= á. en), before;

7) used superfluously after an int. pron. or adv.;

Ólafr spurði, hvern styrk at hann mundi fá honum, what help he was likely to give him;

in a relative sense; með fullkomnum ávexti, hverr at (which) þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða.

V)

negative verbal suffix, = ata; var-at, was not.

VI)

n. an incited conflict or fight ( see etja);

odda at, Yggs at, battle.

* * *

1.

and að, prep., often used ellipt. dropping the case and even merely as an adverb, [Lat. ad; Ulf. at = πρός and παρά, A. S. ät; Engl. at; Hel. ad = apud; O. H. G. az; lost in mod. Germ., and rare in Swed. and Dan.; in more freq. use in Engl. than any other kindred language, Icel. only excepted]:—the mod. pronunciation and spelling is að (aþ); this form is very old, and is found in Icel. vellum MSS. of the 12th century, e. g. aþ, 623. 60; yet in earlier times it was sounded with a tenuis, as we may infer from rhymes, e. g. jöfurr hyggi at | hve ek yrkja fat, Egill: Sighvat also makes it rhyme with a t. The verse by Thorodd—þar vastu at er fjáðr klæðið þvat (Skálda 162)—is hardly intelligible unless we accept the spelling with an aspirate (að), and say that þvað is = þvá = þváði, lavabat; it may be that by the time of Thorodd and Ari the pure old pronunciation was lost, or is ‘þvat’ simply the A. S. þvât, secuit? The Icelanders still, however, keep the tenuis in compounds before a vowel, or before h, v, or the liquids l, r, thus—atyrða, atorka, athöfn, athugi, athvarf, athlægi; atvinna, atvik; atlaga, atlíðanði ( slope), atriði, atreið, atróðr: but aðdjúpr, aðfinsla (critic), aðferð, aðkoma, aðsókn, aðsúgr (crowding), aðgæzla. In some words the pronunciation is irregular, e. g. atkvæði not aðkv-; atburðr, but aðbúnaðr; aðhjúkran not athjúkran; atgörvi not aðgörfi. At, to, towards; into; against; along, by; in regard to; after.

Mostly with dat.; rarely with acc.; and sometimes ellipt.—by dropping the words ‘home,’ ‘house,’ or the like—with gen.

WITH DAT.

A. LOC.

I. WITH MOTION; gener. the motion to the borders, limits of an object, and thus opp. to frá:

1. towards, against, with or without the notion of arrival, esp. connected with verbs denoting motion (verba movendi et eundi), e. g. fara, ganga, koma, lúta, snúa, rétta at…; Otkell laut at Skamkatli, O. louted (i. e. bowed down) towards S., Nj. 77, Fms. xi. 102; sendimaðrinn sneri ( turned) hjöltum sverðsins at konungi, towards the king, i. 15; hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge towards A., Nj. 220; rétta e-t at e-m, to reach, hand over, Ld. 132; ganga at, to step towards, Ísl. ii. 259.

2. denoting proximity, close up to, up to; Brynjólfr gengr … allt at honum, B. goes quite up to him, Nj. 58; Gunnarr kom þangat at þeim örunum, G. reached them even there with his arrows, 115; þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters, id.; reið maðr at þeim (up to them), 274; þeir höfðu rakit sporin allt at ( right up to) gammanum, Fms. i. 9; komu þeir at sjó fram, came down to the sea, Bárð. 180.

3. without reference to the space traversed, to or at; koma at landi, to land, Ld. 38, Fms. viii. 358; ríða at dyrum, Boll. 344; hlaupa at e-m, to run up to, run at, Fms. vii. 218, viii. 358; af sjáfarganginum er hann gekk at landinu, of the surf dashing against the shore, xi. 6; vísa ólmum hundi at manni, to set a fierce hound at a man, Grág. ii. 118; leggja e-n at velli, to lay low, Eg. 426, Nj. 117; hníga at jörðu, at grasi, at moldu, to bite the dust, to die, Njarð. 378; ganga at dómi, a law term, to go into court, of a plaintiff, defendant, or bystander, Nj. 87 (freq.)

4. denoting a motion along, into, upon; ganga at stræti, to walk along the street, Korm. 228, Fms. vii. 39; at ísi, on the ice, Skálda 198, Fms. vii. 19, 246, viii. 168, Eb. 112 new Ed. (á is perh. wrong); máttu menn ganga bar yfir at skipum einum, of ships alone used as a bridge, Fas. i. 378; at höfðum, at nám, to trample on the slain on the battle-field, Lex. Poët.; at ám, along the rivers; at merkiósum, at the river’s mouth, Grág. ii. 355; at endilöngu baki, all along its back, Sks. 100.

5. denoting hostility, to rush at, assault; renna at, hlaupa at, ganga, fara, ríða, sækja, at e-m, (v. those words), whence the nouns atrenna, athlaup, atgangr, atför, atreið, atsókn, etc.

β. metaph., kom at þeim svefnhöfgi, deep sleep fell on them, Nj. 104. Esp. of weather, in the impers. phrase, hríð, veðr, vind, storm görir at e-m, to be overtaken by a snow storm, gale, or the like; görði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog, Bárð. 171.

6. denoting around, of clothing or the like; bregða skikkju at höfði sér, to wrap his cloak over his head, Ld. 62; vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a snood round her head, 188; sauma at, to stick, cling close, as though sewn on; sauma at höndum sér, of tight gloves, Bs. i. 453; kyrtill svá þröngr sem saumaðr væri at honum, as though it were stitched to him, Nj. 214; vafit at vándum dreglum, tight laced with sorry tags, id.; hosa strengd fast at beini, of tight hose, Eg. 602; hann sveipar at sér iðrunum ok skyrtunni, he gathers up the entrails close to him and the skirt too, Gísl. 71; laz at síðu, a lace on the side, to keep the clothes tight, Eg. 602.

β. of burying; bera grjót at einum, to heap stones upon the body, Eg. 719; var gör at þeim dys or grjóti, Ld. 152; gora kistu at líki, to make a coffin for a body, Eb. 264, Landn. 56, Ld. 142.

γ. of summoning troops or followers; stefna at sér mönnum, to summon men to him, Nj. 104; stefna at sér liði, Eg. 270; kippa mönnum at sér, to gather men in haste, Ld. 64.

7. denoting a business, engagement; ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after after horses, watching sheep, Glúm. 362, Nj. 75; fara at fé, to go to seek for sheep, Ld. 240; fara at heyi, to go a-haymaking, Dropl. 10; at veiðum, a-hunting; at fuglum, a-fowling; at dýrum, a-sbooting; at fiski, a-fishing; at veiðiskap, Landn. 154, Orkn. 416 (in a verse), Nj. 25; fara at landskuldum, to go a-collecling rents, Eg. 516; at Finnkaupum, a-marketing with Finns, 41; at féföngum, a-plundering, Fms. vii. 78; ganga at beina, to wait on guests, Nj. 50; starfa at matseld, to serve at table, Eb. 266; hitta e-n at nauðsynjum, on matters of business; at máli, to speak with one, etc., Fms. xi. 101; rekast at e-m, to pursue one, ix. 404; ganga at liði sér, to go suing for help, Grág. ii. 384.

β. of festivals; snúa, fá at blóti, veizlu, brullaupi, to prepare for a sacrificial banquet, wedding, or the like, hence at-fangadagr, Eb. 6, Ld. 70; koma at hendi, to happen, befall; ganga at sínu, to come by one’s own, to take it, Ld. 208; Egill drakk hvert full er at honum kom, drained every horn that came to him, Eg. 210; komast at keyptu, to purchase dearly, Húv. 46.

8. denoting imaginary motion, esp. of places, cp. Lat. spectare, vergere ad…, to look or lie towards; horfði botninn at höfðanum, the bight of the bay looked toward the headland, Fms. i. 340, Landn. 35; also, skeiðgata liggr at læknum, leads to the brook, Ísl. ii. 339; á þann arminn er vissi at sjánum, on that wing which looked toward the sea, Fms. viii. 115; sár þau er horft höfðu at Knúti konungi, xi. 309.

β. even connected with verbs denoting motion; Gilsáreyrr gengr austan at Fljótinu, G. extends, projects to F. from the east, Hrafh. 25; hjá sundi því, er at gengr þingstöðinni, Fms. xi. 85.

II. WITHOUT MOTION; denoting presence at, near, by, at the side of, in, upon; connected with verbs like sitja, standa, vera…; at kirkju, at church, Fms. vii. 251, K. f). K. 16, Ld. 328, Ísl. ii. 270, Sks. 36; vera at skála, at húsi, to be in, at home, Landn. 154; at landi, Fms. i. 82; at skipi, on shipboard, Grág. i. 209, 215; at oldri, at a banquet, inter pocula; at áti, at dinner, at a feast, inter edendum, ii. 169, 170; at samförum ok samvistum, at public meetings, id.; at dómi, in a court; standa (to take one’s stand) norðan, sunnan, austan, vestan at dómi, freq. in the proceedings at trials in lawsuits, Nj.; at þingi, present at the parliament, Grág. i. 142; at lögbergi, o n the hill of laws, 17, Nj.; at baki e-m, at the back of.

2. denoting presence, partaking in; sitja at mat, to sit at meat, Fms. i. 241; vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, nuptials, Nj. 51, Ld. 70: a law term, vera at vígi, to be an accessory in manslaying, Nj. 89, 100; vera at e-u simply means to be about, be busy in, Fms. iv. 237; standa at máli, to stand by one in a case, Grág. ii. 165, Nj. 214; vera at fóstri, to be fostered, Fms. i. 2; sitja at hégóma, to listen to nonsense, Ld. 322; vera at smíð, to be at one’s work, Þórð. 62: now absol., vera at, to go on with, be busy at.

3. the law term vinna eið at e-u has a double meaning:

α. vinna eið at bók, at baugi, to make an oath upon the book by laying the band upon it, Landn. 258, Grág., Nj.; cp. Vkv. 31, Gkv. 3. 3, Hkv. 2. 29, etc.: ‘við’ is now used in this sense.

β. to confirm a fact (or the like) by an oath, to swear to, Grág. i. 9, 327.

γ. the law phrase, nefna vátta at e-u, of summoning witnesses to a deed, fact, or the like; nefna vátta at benjum, to produce evidence, witnesses as to the wounds, Nj., Grág.; at görð, Eg. 738; at svörum, Grág. i. 19: this summoning of witnesses served in old lawsuits the same purpose as modern pleadings and depositions; every step in a suit to be lawful must be followed by such a summoning or declaration.

4. used ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at; kvalararnir er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him; þar varstu at, you were there present, Skálda 162; at várum þar, Gísl. (in a verse): as a law term ‘vera at’ means to be guilty, Glúm. 388; vartattu at þar, Eg. (in a verse); hence the ambiguity of Glum’s oath, vask at þar, I was there present: var þar at kona nokkur ( was there busy) at binda sár manna, Fms. v. 91; hann var at ok smíðaði skot, Rd. 313; voru Varbelgir at ( about) at taka af, þau lög …, Fms. ix. 512; ek var at ok vafk, I was about weaving, xi. 49; þeir höfðu verit at þrjú sumur, they had been busy at it for three summers, x. 186 (now very freq.); koma at, come in, to arrive unexpectedly; Gunnarr kom at í því, G. came in at that moment; hvaðan komtú nú at, whence did you come? Nj. 68, Fms. iii. 200.

5. denoting the kingdom or residence of a king or princely person; konungr at Danmörk ok Noregi, king of…, Fms. i. 119, xi. 281; konungr, jarl, at öllum Noregi, king, earl, over all N., íb. 3, 13, Landn. 25; konungr at Dyflinni, king of Dublin, 25; but í or yfir England!, Eg. 263: cp. the phrase, sitja at landi, to reside, of a king when at home, Hkr. i. 34; at Joini, Fms. xi. 74: used of a bishop; biskup at Hólum, bishop of Hólar, Íb. 18, 19; but biskup í Skálaholti, 19: at Rómi, at Rome, Fbr. 198.

6. in denoting a man’s abode (vide p. 5, col. 1, l. 27), the prep. ‘at’ is used where the local name implies the notion of by the side of, and is therefore esp. applied to words denoting a river, brook, rock, mountain, grove, or the like, and in some other instances, by, at, e. g. at Hofi (a temple), Landn. 198; at Borg ( a castle), 57; at Helgafelli (a mountain), Eb. constantly so; at Mosfelli, Landn. 190; at Hálsi (a hill), Fms. xi. 22; at Bjargi, Grett. 90; Hálsum, Landn. 143; at Á ( river), 296, 268; at Bægisá, 212; Giljá, 332; Myrká, 211; Vatnsá, id.; þverá, Glúm. 323; at Fossi (a ‘force’ or waterfall), Landn. 73; at Lækjamoti (waters-meeting), 332; at Hlíðarenda ( end of the lithe or hill), at Bergþórshváli, Nj.; at Lundi (a grove), at Melum (sandhill), Landn. 70: the prep. ‘á’ is now used in most of these cases, e. g. á Á, á Hofi, Helgafelli, Felli, Hálsi, etc.

β. particularly, and without any regard to etymology, used of the abode of kings or princes, to reside at; at Uppsölum, at Haugi, Alreksstöðum, at Hlöðum, Landn., Fms.

γ. konungr lét kalla at stofudyrum, the king made a call at the hall door, Eg. 88; þeir kölluðu at herberginu, they called at the inn, Fms. ix. 475.

7. used ellipt. with a gen., esp. if connected with such words as gista, to be a guest, lodge, dine, sup (of festivals or the like) at one’s home; at Marðar, Nj. 4; at hans, 74; þingfesti at þess bóanda, Grág. i. 152; at sín, at one’s own home, Eg. 371, K. Þ. K. 62; hafa náttstað at Freyju, at the abode of goddess Freyja, Eg. 603; at Ránar, at Ran’s, i. e. at Ran’s house, of drowned men who belong to the queen of the sea, Ran, Eb. 274; at hins heilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church, Fms. vi. 63: cp. ad Veneris, εις Κίμωνος.

B. TEMP.

I. at, denoting a point or period of time; at upphafi, at first, in the beginning, Ld. 104; at lyktum, at síðustu, at lokum, at last; at lesti, at last, Lex. Poët., more freq. á lesti; at skilnaði, at parting, at last, Band. 3; at fornu, in times of yore, formerly, Eg. 267, D. I. i. 635; at sinni, as yet, at present; at nýju, anew, of present time; at eilífu, for ever and ever; at skömmu, soon, shortly, Ísl. ii. 272, v. l.

II. of the very moment when anything happens, the beginning of a term; denoting the seasons of the year, months, weeks, the hours of the day; at Jólum, at Yule, Nj. 46; at Pálmadegi, on Palm Sunday, 273; at Páskum, at Easter; at Ólafsvöku, on St. Olave’s eve, 29th of July, Fms.; at vetri, at the beginning of the winter, on the day when winter sets in, Grág. 1. 151; at sumarmálum, at vetrnáttum; at Tvímánaði, when the Double month (August) begins, Ld. 256, Grág. i. 152; at kveldi, at eventide, Eg. 3; at því meli, at that time; at eindaga, at the term, 395; at eykð, at 4 o’clock p. m., 198; at öndverðri æfi Abra hams, Ver. II; at sinni, now at once, Fms. vi. 71; at öðruhverju, every now and then.

β. where the point of time is marked by some event; at þingi, at the meeting of parliament (18th to the 24th of June), Ld. 182; at féránsdómi, at the court of execution, Grág. i. 132, 133; at þinglausnum, at the close of the parliament (beginning of July), 140; at festarmálum, eðr at eiginorði, at betrothal or nuptials, 174; at skilnaði, when they parted, Nj. 106 (above); at öllum minnum, at the general drinking of the toasts, Eg. 253; at fjöru, at the ebb; at flæðum, at flood tide, Fms. viii. 306, Orkn. 428; at hrörum, at an inquest, Grág. i. 50 (cp. ii. 141, 389); at sökum, at prosecutions, 30; at sinni, now, as yet, v. that word.

III. ellipt., or adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr,’ of the future time:

1. ellipt., komanda or the like being understood, with reference to the seasons of the year; at sumri, at vetri, at hausti, at vári, next summer, winter…, Ísl. ii. 242; at miðju sumri, at ári, at Midsummer, next year, Fas. i. 516; at miðjum vetri, Fms. iv. 237,

2. adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr;’ at ári komanda, Bárð. 177; at vári er kemr, Dipl. iii. 6.

IV. used with an absolute dat. and with a pres. part.:

1. with pres. part.; at morni komanda, on the coming morrow, Fms. i. 263; at sér lifanda, in vivo, in his life time, Grág. ii. 202; at þeim sofundum, illis dormientibus, Hkr. i. 234; at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all, Fms. x. 329; at úvitanda konungi, illo nesciente, without his knowledge, 227; at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the chief’s bearing, 235.

2. of past time with a past part. (Lat. abl. absol.); at hræjum fundnum, on the bodies being found, Grág. ii. 87; at háðum dómum ok föstu þingi, during the session, the courts being set, i. 484; at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks past, Band. 13; at svá búnu, so goru, svá komnu, svá mæltu (Lat. quibus rebus gestis, dictis, quo facto, dicto, etc.), v. those words; at úreyndu, without trial, without put ting one to the test, Ld. 76; at honum önduðum, illo mortuo.

3. ellipt. without ‘at;’ en þessum hlutum fram komnum, when all this has been done, Eb. 132.

V. in some phrases with a slight temp, notion; at görðum gildum, the fences being strong, Gþl. 387; at vörmu spori, at once, whilst the trail is warm; at úvörum, unawares, suddenly, Nj. 95, Ld. 132; at þessu, at this cost, on that condition, Eb. 38, Nj. 55; at illum leiki, to have a narrow escape, now við illan leik, Fms. ix. 473; at því, that granted, Grág. ii. 33: at því, at pessu, thereafter, thereupon, Nj. 76.

2. denoting succession, without interruption, one after another; hverr at öðrum, annarr maðr at öðrum, aðrir at öðrum; eina konu at annarri, Eg. 91, Fms. ii. 236, vi. 25, Bs. i. 22, 625. 80, H. E. i. 522.

C. METAPH. and in various cases:

I. denoting a transformation or change into, to, with the notion of destruction; brenna at ösku, at köldum kolum, to burn to ashes, to be quite destroyed, Fms. i. 105, Edda 3, Sturl. ii. 51: with the notion of transformation or transfiguration, in such phrases as, verða at e-u, göra e-t at e-u, to turn it into:

α. by a spell; verða at ormi, to become a snake, Fms. xi. 158; at flugdrekum, Gullþ. 7; urðu þau bönd at járni, Edda 40.

β. by a natural process it can often be translated by an acc. or by as; göra e-n at urðarmanni, to make him an outlaw, Eg. 728; græða e-n at orkumlamanni, to heal him so as to maim him for life, of bad treatment by a leech, Eb. 244: in the law terms, sár görist at ben, a wound turning into a ben, proving to be mortal, Grág., Nj.; verða at ljúgvætti, to prove to be a false evidence, Grág. i. 44; verða at sætt, to turn into reconciliation, Fms. i. 13; göra e-t at reiði málum, to take offence at, Fs. 20; at nýjum tíðindum, to tell as news, Nj. 14; verða fátt at orðum, to be sparing of words, 18; kveðr (svá) at orði, to speak, utter, 10; verða at þrifnaði, to geton well, Fms. vii. 196: at liði, at skaða, to be a help or hurt to one; at bana, to cause one’s death, Nj. 223, Eg. 21, Grág. ii. 29: at undrum, at hlátri, to become a wonder, a laughing-stock, 623. 35, Eg. 553.

II. denoting capacity, where it may be translated merely by as or for; gefa at Jólagjöf, to give for a Christmas-box, Eg. 516; at gjöf, for a present; at erfð, at láni, launum, as an inheritance, a loan; at kaupum ok sökum, for buying and selling, Ísl. ii. 223, Grág. i. 423; at solum, ii. 204; at herfangi, as spoil or plunder; at sakbótum, at niðgjöldum, as a compensation, weregeld, i. 339, ii. 171, Hkr. ii. 168; taka at gíslingu, to take as an hostage, Edda 15; eiga e-n at vin, at óvin, to have one as friend or foe, illt er at eiga þræl at eingavin, ‘tis ill to have a thrall for one’s bosom friend (a proverb), Nj. 77; fæða, eiga, at sonum (syni), to beget a son, Edda 8, Bs. i. 60 (but eiga at dóttur cannot be said); hafa möttul at yfirhöfn, Fms. vii. 201; verða nökkut at manni (mönnum), to turn out to be a worthy man; verða ekki at manni, to turn out a worthless person, xi. 79, 268.

2. in such phrases as, verða at orðum, to come towards, Nj. 26; var þat at erindum, Eg. 148; hafa at veizlum, to draw veizlur ( dues) from, Fms. iv. 275, Eg. 647; gora e-t at álitum, to take it into consideration, Nj. 3.

III. denoting belonging to, fitting, of parts of the whole or the like; vóru at honum (viz. the sword) hjölt gullbúin, the sword was ornamented with a hilt of gold, Ld. 330; umgörð at ( belonging to) sverði, Fs. 97 (Hs.) in a verse; en ef mór er eigi at landinu, if there be no turf moor belonging to the land, Grág. ii. 338; svá at eigi brotnaði nokkuð at Orminum, so that no harm happened to the ship Worm, Fms. x. 356; hvatki er meiðir at skipinu eðr at reiðinu eðr at viðum, damage done t o …, Grág. ii. 403; lesta ( to injure) hús at lásum, við eðr torfi, 110; ef land hefir batnað at húsum, if the land has been bettered as to its buildings, 210; cp. the phrase, göra at e-u, to repair: hamlaðr at höndum eðr fótum, maimed as to hands or feet, Eg. 14; heill at höndum en hrumr at fótum, sound in band, palsied in foot, Fms. vii. 12; lykill at skrá, a key belonging, fitting, to the latch; hurð at húsi; a key ‘gengr at’ ( fits) skrá; and many other phrases. 2. denoting the part by which a thing is held or to which it belongs, by; fá, taka at…, to grasp by …; þú tókt við sverði hans at hjöltunum, you took it by the bill, Fms. i. 15; draga út björninn at hlustum, to pull out the bear by the ears, Fas. ii. 237; at fótum, by the feet, Fms. viii. 363; mæla ( to measure) at hrygg ok at jaðri, by the edge or middle of the stuff, Grág. i. 498; kasta e-m at höfði, head foremost, Nj. 84; kjósa e-n at fótum, by the feet alone, Edda 46; hefja frændsemi at bræðrum, eða at systkynum, to reckon kinship by the brother’s or the sister’s side, Grág. i. 28; kjósa at afli, at álitum, by strength, sight, Gs. 8, belongs rather to the following.

IV. in respect of, as regards, in regard to, as to; auðigr at fé, wealthy of goods, Nj. 16, 30, 51; beztir hestar at reið, the best racehorses, 186; spekingr at viti, a man of great intellect, Ld. 124; vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face, Nj. 30, Bs. i. 61; kvenna vænst at ásjónu ok vits munum, of surpassing beauty and intellect, Ld. 122; fullkominn at hyggju, 18; um fram aðra menn at vinsældum ok harðfengi, of surpassing popularity and hardihood, Eb. 30.

2. a law term, of challenging jurors, judges, or the like, on account of, by reason of; ryðja ( to challenge) at mægðum, guðsifjum, frændsemi, hrörum …; at leiðarlengd, on account of distance, Grág. i. 30, 50, Nj. (freq.)

3. in arithm. denoting proportion; at helmingi, þriðjungi, fjórðungi, tíunda hluta, cp. Lat. ex asse, quadrante, for the half, third… part; máttr skal at magni (a proverb), might and main go together, Hkr. ii. 236; þú munt vera at því mikill fræðimaðr á kvæði, in the same proportion, as great, Fms. vi. 391, iii. 41; at e-s hluta, at… leiti, for one’s part, in turn, as far as one is con cerned, Grág. i. 322, Eg. 309, Fms. iii. 26 (freq.): at öðrum kosti, in the other case, otherwise (freq.) More gener., at öllu, öngu, in all (no) respects; at sumu, einhverju, nokkru, partly; at flestu, mestu, chiefly.

4. as a paraphrase of a genitive; faðir, móðir at barni (= barns); aðili at sök (= sakar a.); morðingi at barni (= barns), faðerni at barni (barns); illvirki at fé manna (cp. Lat. felo de se), niðrfall at sökum (saka), land gangr at fiskum (fiska), Fms. iv. 274, Grág. i. 277, 416, N. G. L. i. 340, K. Þ. K. 112, Nj. 21.

5. the phrase ‘at sér,’ of himself or in himself, either ellipt. or by adding the participle görr, and with the adverbs vel, ilia, or the like; denoting breeding, bearing, endowments, character …; væn kona, kurteis ok vel at sér, an accomplished, well-bred, gifted lady, Nj. I; vitr maðr ok vel at sér, a wise man and thoroughly good in feeling and bearing, 5; þú ert maðr vaskr ok vel at þér, 49; gerr at sér, accomplished, 51; bezt at sér görr, the finest, best bred man, 39, Ld. 124; en þó er hann svá vel at sér, so generous, Nj. 77; þeir höfðingjar er svá vóru vel at sér, so noble-minded, 198, Fms. i. 160: the phrase ‘at sér’ is now only used of knowledge, thus maðr vel að sér means clever, a man of great knowledge; illa að sér, a blockhead.

6. denoting relations to colour, size, value, age, and the like; hvitr, svartr, grár, rauðr … at lit, white, swarthy, gray, red … of colour, Bjarn. 55, 28, Ísl. ii. 213, etc.; mikill, lítill, at stærð, vexti, tall, small of size, etc.; ungr, gamall, barn, at aldri, young, old, a child of age; tvítugr, þrítugr … at aldri, twenty, thirty … years of age (freq.): of animals; kyr at fyrsta, öðrum … kálfi, a cow having calved once, twice…, Jb. 346: value, amount, currency of money, kaupa e-t at mörk, at a mark, N. G. L. 1. 352; ok er eyririnn at mörk, amounts to a mark, of the value of money, Grág. i. 392; verðr þá at hálfri murk vaðmála eyrir, amounts to a half a mark, 500.

β. metaph. of value, connected with verbs denoting to esteem, hold; meta, hafa, halda at miklu, litlu, vettugi, engu, or the like, to hold in high or low esteem, to care or not to care for (freq.): geta e-s at góðu, illu, öngu, to mention one favourably, unfavourably, indifferently … (freq.), prop. in connection with. In many cases it may be translated by in; ekki er mark at draumum, there is no meaning in dreams, no heed is to be paid to dreams, Sturl. ii. 217; bragð er at þá barnið finnr, it goes too far, when even a child takes offence (a proverb): hvat er at því, what does it mean? Nj. 11; hvert þat skip er vöxtr er at, any ship of mark, i. e. however small, Fms. xi. 20.

V. denoting the source of a thing:

1. source of infor mation, to learn, perceive, get information from; Ari nam ok marga fræði at Þuríði, learnt as her pupil, at her hands, as St. Paul at the feet of Gamaliel, (just as the Scotch say to speer or ask at a person); Ari nam at Þorgeiri afraðskoll, Hkr. (pref.); nema kunnáttu at e-m, used of a pupil, Fms. i. 8; nema fræði at e-m, xi. 396.

2. of receiving, acquiring, buying, from; þiggja e-t at e-m, to receive a thing at his hands, Nj. 51; líf, to be pardoned, Fms. x. 173; kaupa land at e-m, to buy it from, Landn. 72, Íb. II, (now af is more freq. in this sense); geta e-t at e-m, to obtain, procure at one’s hands, impetrare; þeirra manna er þeir megu þat geta at, who are willing to do that, Grág. i. I; heimta e-t at e-m (now af), to call in, demand (a debt, money), 279; fala e-t at e-m (now af), to chaffer for or cheapen anything, Nj. 73; sækja e-t at e-m, to ask, seek for; sækja heilræði ok traust at e-m, 98; leiga e-t at e-m (now af), to borrow, Grág. ii. 334; eiga e-t (fé, skuld) at e-m, to be owed money by any one, i. 399: metaph. to deserve of one, Nj. 113; eiga mikit at e-m, to have much to do with, 138; hafa veg, virðing, styrk, at, to derive honour, power from, Fms. vi. 71, Eg. 44, Bárð. 174; gagn, to be of use, Ld. 216; mein, tálma, mischief, disadvantage, 158, 216, cp. Eg. 546; ótta, awe, Nj. 68.

VI. denoting conformity, according to, Lat. secundum, ex, after; at fornum sið, Fms. i. 112; at sögn Ara prests, as Ari relates, on his authority, 55; at ráði allra vitrustu manna, at the advice of, Ísl. ii. 259, Ld. 62; at lögum, at landslögum, by the law of the land, Grág., Nj.; at líkindum, in all likelihood, Ld. 272; at sköpum, in due course (poet.); at hinum sama hætti, in the very same manner, Grág. i. 90; at vánum, as was to be expected, Nj. 255; at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave, Eg. 35; úlofi, Grág. ii. 215; at ósk, vilja e-s, as one likes…; at mun, id. (poet.); at sólu, happily (following the course of the sun), Bs. i. 70, 137; at því sem …, as to infer from …, Nj. 124: ‘fara, láta, ganga at’ denotes to yield, agree to, to comply with, give in, Ld. 168, Eg. 18, Fms. x. 368.

VII. in phrases nearly or quite adverbial; gróa, vera græddr, at heilu, to be quite healed, Bárð. 167, Eb. 148; bíta at snöggu, to bite it bare, Fms. xi. 6; at þurru, till it becomes dry, Eb. 276; at endilöngu, all along, Fas. ii; vinnast at litlu, to avail little, 655 x. 14; at fullu, fully, Nj. 257, Hkr. i. 171; at vísu, of a surety, surely, Ld. 40; at frjálsu, freely, 308; at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same, Hom. 80, Nj. 267; at röngu, wrongly, 686 B. 2; at hófi, temperately, Lex. Poët.; at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent; at hringum, utterly, all round, (rare), Fms. x. 389; at einu, yet, Orkn. 358; svá at einu, því at einu, allt at einu, yet, however, nevertheless.

VIII. connected with comparatives of adverbs and adjectives, and strengthening the sense, as in Engl. ‘the,’ so much the more, all the more; ‘at’ heldr tveimr, at ek munda gjarna veita yðr öllum, where it may be translated by so much the more to two, as I would willingly grant it to all of you; hon grét at meir, she grat (wept) the more, Eg. 483; þykir oss at líkara, all the more likely, Fms. viii. 6; þess at harðari, all the harder, Sturl. iii. 202 C; svá at hinn sé bana at nær, Grág. ii. 117; at auðnara, at hólpnara, the more happy, Al. 19, Grett. 116 B; þess at meiri, Fms. v. 64; auvirðismaðr at meiri, Sturl. ii. 139; maðr at vaskari, id.; at feigri, any the more fey, Km. 22; maðr at verri, all the worse, Nj. 168; ok er ‘at’ firr…, at ek vil miklu heldr, cp. Lat. tantum abest… ut, Eg. 60.

β. following after a negation; eigi at síðr, no less, Nj. 160, Ld. 146; eigi… at meiri maðr, any better, Eg. 425, 489; erat héra at borgnara, any the better off for that, Fms. vii. 116; eigi at minni, no less for that, Edda (pref.) 146; eigi at minna, Ld. 216, Fms. ix. 50; ekki at verri drengr, not a bit worse for that, Ld. 42; er mér ekki son minn at bættari, þótt…, 216; at eigi vissi at nær, any more, Fas. iii. 74.

IX. following many words:

1. verbs, esp. those denoting, a. to ask, enquire, attend, seek, e. g. spyrja at, to speer (ask) for; leita at, to seek for; gæta, geyma at, to pay attention to; huga, hyggja at; hence atspurn, to enquire, aðgæzla, athugi, attention, etc.

β. verbs denoting laughter, play, joy, game, cp. the Engl. to play at …, to laugh at …; hlæja, brosa at e-u, to laugh, smile at it; leika (sér) at e-u, to play at; þykja gaman at, to enjoy; hæða, göra gys at …, to make sport at …

γ. verbs denoting assistance, help; standa, veita, vinna, hjálpa at; hence atstoð, atvinna, atverk:—mode, proceeding; fara at, to proceed, hence atför and atferli:—compliance; láta, fara at e-u, v. above:— fault; e-t er at e-u, there is some fault in it, Fms. x. 418; skorta at e-u, to fall short of, xi. 98:—care, attendance; hjúkra at, hlýja at, v. these words:—gathering, collecting; draga, reiða, flytja, fá at, congerere:—engagement, arrival, etc.; sækja at, to attack; ganga at, vera at, to be about; koma at, ellipt. to arrive: göra at, to repair: lesta at, to impair (v. above); finna at, to criticise (mod.); telja at, id.: bera at, to happen; kveða at e-m, to address one, 625. 15, (kveða at (ellipt.) now means to pronounce, and of a child to utter (read) whole syllables); falla at, of the flood-tide (ellipt.): metaph. of pains or straits surrounding one; þreyngja, herða at, to press hard: of frost and cold, with regard to the seasons; frjósa at, kólna at, to get really cold (SI. 44), as it were from the cold stiffening all things: also of the seasons themselves; hausta, vetra að, when the season really sets in; esp. the cold seasons, ‘sumra at’ cannot be used, yet we may say ‘vára að’ when the spring sets in, and the air gets mild.

δ. in numberless other cases which may partly be seen below.

2. connected ellipt. with adverbs denoting motion from a place; norðan, austan, sunnan, vestan at, those from the north, east…; utan at, innan at, from the outside or inside.

3. with adjectives (but rarely), e. g. kærr, elskr, virkr (affectionate), vandr (zealous), at e-m; v. these words.

WITH ACC.

TEMP.: Lat. post, after, upon, esp. freq. in poetry, but rare in prose writers, who use eptir; nema reisi niðr at nið (= maðr eptir mann), in succession, of erecting a monument, Hm. 71; in prose, at þat. posthac, deinde, Fms. x. 323, cp. Rm., where it occurs several times, 2, 6, 9, 14, 18, 24, 28, 30, 35; sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, has to take the inheritance after his father, Grág. i. 170 new Ed.; eiga féránsdóm at e-n, Grág. i. 89; at Gamla fallinn, after the death of G., Fms. x. 382; in Edda (Gl.) 113 ought to be restored, grét ok at Oð, gulli Freyja, she grat (wept) tears of gold for her lost husband Od. It is doubtful if it is ever used in a purely loc. sense; at land, Grág. (Sb.)ii. 211, is probably corrupt; at hönd = á hönd, Grág. (Sb.) i. 135; at mót = at móti, v. this word.

☞ In compounds (v. below) at- or að- answers in turn to Lat. ad- or in- or con-; atdráttr e. g. denotes collecting; atkoma is adventus: it may also answer to Lat. ob-, in atburðr = accidence, but might also be compared with Lat. occurrere.

2.

and að, the mark of the infinitive [cp. Goth. du; A. S. and Engl. to; Germ. zu]. Except in the case of a few verbs ‘at’ is always placed immediately before the infinitive, so as to be almost an inseparable part of the verb.

I. it is used either,

1. as, a simple mark of the infinitive, only denoting an action and independent of the subject, e. g. at ganga, at hlaupa, at vita, to go, to run, to know; or,

2. in an objective sense when following such verbs as bjóða segja…, to invite, command …; hann bauð þeim at ganga, at sitja, be bade, ordered them to go, sit, or the like; or as gefa and fá; gefa e-m at drekka, at eta, to give one to drink or to eat, etc. etc.

β. with the additional notion of intention, esp. when following verba cogitandi; hann ætlaði, hafði í hyggju at fara, he had it in his mind to go (where ‘to go’ is the real object to ætlaði and hafði í hyggju).

3. answering to the Gr. ινα, denoting intention, design, in order to; hann gékk í borg at kaupa silfr, in order to buy, Nj. 280; hann sendi riddara sína með þeim at varðveita þær, 623. 45: in order to make the phrase more plain, ‘svá’ and ‘til’ are frequently added, esp. in mod. writers, ‘svá at’ and contr. ‘svát’ (the last however is rare), ‘til at’ and ‘til þess at,’ etc.

II. in the earlier times the infin., as in Greek and Lat., had no such mark; and some verbs remain that cannot be followed by ‘at;’ these verbs are almost the same in Icel. as in Engl.:

α. the auxiliary verbs vil, mun ( μέλλω), skal; as in Engl. to is never used after the auxiliaries shall, will, must; ek vil ganga, I will go; ek mun fara, (as in North. E.) I mun go; ek skal göra þat, I shall do that, etc.

β. the verbs kunna, mega, as in Engl. I can or may do, I dare say; svá hygginn at hann kunni fyrir sökum ráða, Grág. ii. 75; í öllu er prýða má góðan höfðingja, Nj. 90; vera má, it may be; vera kann þat, id.: kunnu, however, takes ‘at’ whenever it means to know, and esp. in common language in phrases such as, það kann að vera, but vera kann þat, v. above.

γ. lata, biðja, as in Engl. to let, to bid; hann lét (bað) þá fara, he let (bade) them go.

δ. þykkja, þykjast, to seem; hann þykir vera, he is thought to be: reflex., hann þykist vera, sibi videtur: impers., mér þykir vera, mibi videtur, in all cases without ‘at.’ So also freq. the verbs hugsa, hyggja, ætla, halda, to think, when denoting merely the act of thinking; but if there be any notion of intention or purpose, they assume the ‘at;’ thus hann ætlaði, hugði, þá vera góða menn, he thought them to be, acc. c. inf.; but ætlaði at fara, meant to go, etc.

ε. the verbs denoting to see, bear; sjá, líta, horfa á … ( videre); heyra, audire, as in Engl. I saw them come, I heard him tell, ek sá þá koma, ek heyrði hann tala.

ζ. sometimes after the verbs eiga and ganga; hann gékk steikja, be went to roast, Vkv. 9; eiga, esp. when a mere periphrasis instead of skal, móður sína á maðr fyrst fram færa (better at færa), Grág. i. 232; á þann kvið einskis meta, 59; but at meta, id. l. 24; ráða, nema, göra …, freq. in poetry, when they are used as simple auxiliary verbs, e. g. nam hann sér Högna hvetja at rúnum, Skv. 3. 43.

η. hljóta and verða, when used in the sense of must (as in Engl. he must go), and when placed after the infin.of another verb; hér muntu vera hljóta, Nj. 129; but hljóta at vera: fara hlýtr þú, Fms. 1. 159; but þú hlýtr at fara: verða vita, ii. 146; but verða at vita: hann man verða sækja, þó verðr (= skal) maðr eptir mann lifa, Fms. viii. 19, Fas. ii. 552, are exceptional cases.

θ. in poetry, verbs with the verbal neg. suffix ‘-at,’ freq. for the case of euphony, take no mark of the infinitive, where it would be indispensable with the simple verb, vide Lex. Poët. Exceptional cases; hvárt sem hann vill ‘at’ verja þá sök, eða, whatever he chooses, either, Grág. i. 64; fyrr viljum vér enga kórónu at bera, en nokkut ófrelsi á oss at taka, we would rather bear no crown than …, Fms. x. 12; the context is peculiar, and the ‘at’ purposely added. It may be left out ellipt.; e. g. þá er guð gefr oss finnast (= at finnast), Dipl. ii. 14; gef honum drekka (= at drekka), Pr. 470; but mostly in unclassical writers, in deeds, or the like, written nastily and in an abrupt style.

3.

and að, conj. [Goth. þatei = οτι; A. S. þät; Engl. that; Germ, dass; the Ormul. and Scot. at, see the quotations sub voce in Jamieson; in all South-Teutonic idioms with an initial dental: the Scandinavian idioms form an exception, having all dropped this consonant; Swed. åt, Dan. at]. In Icel. the Bible translation (of the 16th century) was chiefly based upon that of Luther; the hymns and the great bulk of theol. translations of that time were also derived from Germany; therefore the germanised form það frequently appears in the Bible, and was often employed by theol. authors in sermons since the time of the Reformation. Jón Vidalin, the greatest modern Icel. preacher, who died in 1720, in spite of his thoroughly classical style, abounds in the use of this form; but it never took root in the language, and has never passed into the spoken dialect. After a relative or demonstr. pronoun, it freq. in mod. writers assumes the form eð, hver eð, hverir eð, hvað eð, þar eð. Before the prep. þú (tu), þ changes into t, and is spelt in a single word attú, which is freq. in some MS.;—now, however, pronounced aððú, aððeir, aððið …, = að þú…, with the soft Engl. th sound. It gener. answers to Lat. ut, or to the relat. pron. qui.

I. that, relative to svá, to denote proportion, degree, so…, that, Lat. tam, tantus, tot…, ut; svá mikill lagamaðr, at…, so great a lawyer, that…, Nj. 1; hárið svá mikit, at þat…, 2; svá kom um síðir því máli, at Sigvaldi, it came so far, that…, Fms. xi. 95, Edda 33. Rarely and unclass., ellipt. without svá; Bæringr var til seinn eptir honum, at hann … (= svá at), Bær. 15; hlífði honum, at hann sakaði ekki, Fas. iii. 441.

II. it is used,

1. with indic, in a narrative sense, answering partly to Gr. οτι, Lat. quod, ut, in such phrases as, it came to pass, happened that …; þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, Nj. 2; þat var á palmdrottinsdag, at Ólafr konungr gékk út um stræti, Fms. ii. 244.

2. with subj. answering to Lat. acc. with infin., to mark the relation of an object to the chief verb, e. g. vilda ek at þú réðist, I wished that you would, Nj. 57.

β. or in an oblique sentence, answering to ita ut…; ef svá kann verða at þeir láti…, if it may be so that they might…, Fms. xi. 94.

γ. with a subj. denoting design, answering to ϊνα or Lat. ut with subj., in order that; at öll veraldar bygðin viti, ut sciat totus orbis, Stj.; þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, at þeir dæi eigi af sulti, ut ne fame perirent, Nj. 265; fyrsti hlutr bókarinnar er Kristindómsbálkr, at menn skili, in order that men may understand, Gþl. p. viii.

III. used in connection with conjunctions,

1. esp. þó, því, svá; þó at freq. contr. þótt; svát is rare and obsolete.

α. þóat, þótt (North. E. ‘thof’), followed by a subjunctive, though, although, Lat. etsi, quamquam (very freq.); þóat nokkurum mönnum sýnist þetta með freku sett… þá viljum vér, Fms. vi. 21: phrases as, gef þú mér þó at úverðugri, etsi indignae (dat.), Stj. MS. col. 315, are unclass., and influenced by the Latin: sometimes ellipt. without ‘þó,’ eigi mundi hón þá meir hvata göngu sinni, at (= þóat) hon hraeddist bana sinn, Edda 7, Nj. 64: ‘þó’ and ‘at’ separated, svarar hann þó rétt, at hann svari svá, Grág. i. 23; þó er rétt at nýta, at hann sé fyrr skorinn, answering to Engl. yet—though, Lat. attamen —etsi, K. Þ. K.

β. því at, because, Lat. nam, quia, with indic.; því at allir vóru gerfiligir synir hans, Ld. 68; því at af íþróttum verðr maðr fróðr, Sks. 16: separated, því þegi ek, at ek undrumst, Fms. iii. 201; því er þessa getið, at þat þótti, it i s mentioned because …, Ld. 68.

γ. svá at, so that, Lat. ut, ita ut; grátrinn kom upp, svá at eingi mátti öðrum segja, Edda 37: separated, so … that, svá úsvúst at …, so bad weather, that, Bs. i. 339, etc.

2. it is freq. used superfluously, esp. after relatives; hver at = hverr, quis; því at = því, igitur; hverr at þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða, Fms. v. 159; hvern stvrk at hann mundi fá, 44; ek undrumst hvé mikil ógnarraust at liggr í þér, iii. 201; því at ek mátti eigi þar vera elligar, því at þar var kristni vel haldin, Fas. i. 340.

IV. as a relat. conj.:

1. temp, when, Lat. quum; jafnan er ( est) mér þá verra er ( quum) ek fer á braut þaðan, en þá at ( quum) ek kem, Grett. 150 A; þar til at vér vitum, till we know, Fms. v. 52; þá at ek lýsta (= þá er), when, Nj. 233.

2. since, because; ek færi yðr (hann), at þér eruð í einum hrepp allir, because of your being all of the same Rape, Grág. i. 260; eigi er kynlegt at ( though) Skarphéðinn sé hraustr, at þat er mælt at…, because (since) it is a saying that…, Nj. 64.

V. in mod. writers it is also freq. superfluously joined to the conjunctions, ef að = ef, si, (Lv. 45 is from a paper MS.), meðan að = meðan, dum; nema að, nisi; fyrst að = fyrst, quoniam; eptir að, síðan að, postquam; hvárt að = hvárt, Lat. an. In the law we find passages such as, þá er um er dæmt eina sök, at þá eigu þeir aptr at ganga í dóminn, Grág. i. 79; ef þing ber á hina helgu viku, at þat á eigi fyrir þeim málum at standa, 106; þat er ok, at þeir skulu reifa mál manna, 64; at þeir skulu með váttorð þá sök sækja, 65: in all these cases ‘at’ is either superfluous or, which is more likely, of an ellipt. nature, ‘the law decrees’ or ‘it is decreed’ being understood. The passages Sks. 551, 552, 568, 718 B, at lokit (= at ek hefi lokit), at hugleitt (= at ek hefi h.), at sent (= at ek hefi sent) are quite exceptional.

4.

and að, an indecl. relat. pronoun [Ulf. þatei = ος, ος αν, οστις, οσπερ, οιος, etc.; Engl. that, Ormul. at], with the initial letter dropped, as in the conj. at, (cp. also the Old Engl. at, which is both a conj. and a pronoun, e. g. Barbour vi. 24 in Jamieson: ‘I drede that his gret wassalage, | And his travail may bring till end, | That at men quhilc full litil wend.’ | ‘His mestyr speryt quhat tithings a t he saw.’—Wyntoun v. 3. 89.) In Icel. ‘er’ (the relat. pronoun) and ‘at’ are used indifferently, so that where one MS. reads ‘er,’ another reads ‘at,’ and vice versâ; this may easily be seen by looking at the MSS.; yet as a rule ‘er’ is much more freq. used. In mod. writers ‘at’ is freq. turned into ‘eð,’ esp. as a superfluous particle after the relative pron. hverr (hver eð, hvað eð, hverir eð, etc.), or the demonstr. sá (sá eð, þeir eð, hinir eð, etc.):—who, which, that, enn bezta grip at ( which) hafði til Íslands komið, Ld. 202; en engi mun sá at ( cui) minnisamara mun vera, 242; sem blótnaut at ( quae) stærst verða, Fms. iii. 214; þau tiðendi, at mér þætti verri, Nj. 64, etc. etc.

5.

n. collision (poët.); odda at, crossing of spears, crash of spears, Höfuðl. 8.

β. a fight or bait of wild animals, esp. of horses, v. hesta-at and etja.

6.

the negative verbal suffix, v. -a.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > AT
4 Cum

1.
cum (archaic form COM, found in an inscr., COM PREIVATVD; in MSS. sometimes quom or quum), prep. with abl. [for skom, Sanscr. root sak, together; cf. sequor, and Gr. koinos, sun], designates in gen. accompaniment, community, connection of one object with another (opp. sine, separatim, etc.), with, together, together with, in connection or company with, along with; sometimes also to be translated and.
I.
In gen., Plaut. Am. prol. 95:
qui cum Amphitruone abiit hinc in exercitum,
id. ib. prol. 125:
cum Pansā vixi in Pompeiano,
Cic. Att. 14, 20, 4:
semper ille antea cum uxore, tum sine eā,
id. Mil. 21, 55:
quibuscum essem libenter,
id. Fam. 5, 21, 1; cf.:
cum quibus in ceteris intellegis afuisse,
id. Sull. 3, 7:
si cenas hodie mecum,
Hor. Ep. 1, 7, 70:
vagamur egentes cum conjugibus et liberis,
Cic. Att. 8, 2, 3:
errare malo cum Platone, etc.,
id. Tusc. 1, 17, 39:
qui unum imperium unumque magistratum cum ipsis habeant,
Caes. B. G. 2, 3 et saep.—
b.
In an expression of displeasure:
in' hinc, quo dignus, cum donis tuis Tam lepidis,
Ter. Eun. 4, 3, 9; cf. Plaut. Most. 2, 2, 33; Ter. And. 5, 4, 38; id. Eun. 1, 2, 73; id. Heaut. 4, 6, 7 al.—
B.
In a designation of time with which some action concurs:
egone abs te abii hinc hodie cum diluculo?
Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 121; so,
cum primo luci,
id. Cist. 2, 1, 58:
cras cum filio cum primo luci ibo hinc,
Ter. Ad. 5, 3, 55; Cic. Off. 3, 31, 112; cf.:
cum primā luce,
id. Att. 4, 3, 4; and:
cum primo lumine solis,
Verg. A. 7, 130: cum primo mane, Auct. B. Afr. 62: cum mane, Lucil. ap. Diom. p. 372 P:
pariter cum ortu solis,
Sall. J. 106, 5:
pariter cum occasu solis,
id. ib. 68, 2; cf.:
cum sole reliquit,
Verg. A. 3, 568 et saep.:
mane cum luci simul,
Plaut. Merc. 2, 1, 31; v. simul: exiit cum nuntio (i. e. at the same time with, etc.), Caes. B. G. 5, 46; cf.: cum his nuntius Romam ad consulendum redit ( = hama toisde), Liv. 1, 32, 10:
simul cum dono designavit templo Jovis fines,
id. 1, 10, 5; cf.:
et vixisse cum re publicā pariter, et cum illā simul extinctus esse videatur,
Cic. de Or. 3, 3, 10.—
C.
In designating the relations, circumstances, way, and manner with which any act is connected, by which it is accompanied, under or in which it takes place, etc., with, in, under, in the midst of, among, to, at: aliquid cum malo suo facere, Plaut. Bacch. 3, 4, 4; cf.:
cum magnā calamitate et prope pernicie civitatis,
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 24, § 63:
cum summā rei publicae salute et cum tuā peste ac pernicie cumque eorum exitio, qui, etc.,
id. Cat. 1, 13, 33:
cum magno provinciae periculo,
Caes. B. G. 1, 10:
cum summo probro,
Ter. And. 5, 3, 10: cum summo terrore hominum, Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 24, 6:
cum summā tuā dignitate,
Cic. Fin. 4, 22, 61:
cum bonā alite,
Cat. 61, 19:
ferendum hoc onus est cum labore,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 21; cf. Cic. N. D. 2, 23, 59:
multis cum lacrimis aliquem obsecrare,
amid many tears, Caes. B. G. 1, 20; cf.:
hunc ipsum abstulit magno cum gemitu civitatis,
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 19, § 49:
orare cum lacrimis coepere,
Liv. 5, 30, 5:
si minus cum curā aut cautelā locus loquendi lectus est,
Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 6 Ritschl; so,
cum curā,
Cic. Inv. 1, 39, 70; Sall. J. 54, 1; Liv. 22, 42, 5 et saep.; cf.:
cum summo studio,
Sall. C. 51, 38:
cum quanto studio periculoque,
Liv. 8, 25, 12 al.:
cum multā venustate et omni sale,
Cic. Fin. 1, 3, 9:
summā cum celeritate ad exercitum rediit,
Hirt. B. G. 8, 52:
maximo cum clamore involant,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 89:
cum clamore,
Liv. 2, 23, 8; 5, 45, 2:
cum clamore ac tumultu,
id. 9, 31, 8; cf.:
Athenienses cum silentio auditi sunt,
id. 38, 10, 4; 7, 35, 1:
illud cum pace agemus,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 29, 83:
cum bonā pace,
Liv. 1, 24, 3; 21, 24, 5:
cum bonā gratiā,
Cic. Fat. 4, 7:
cum bonā veniā,
Liv. 29, 1, 7; cf.:
cum veniā,
Ov. Tr. 4, 1, 104; Quint. 10, 1, 72:
cum virtute vivere,
Cic. Fin. 3, 8, 29; cf. id. ib. 2, 11, 34:
cum judicio,
Quint. 10, 1, 8:
cum firmā memoriā,
id. 5, 10, 54:
legata cum fide ac sine calumniā persolvere,
Suet. Calig. 16:
spolia in aede... cum sollemni dedicatione dono fixit,
Liv. 4, 20, 3.—
b.
Attributively, with subst.:
et huic proelium cum Tuscis ad Janiculum erat crimini,
Liv. 2, 52, 7 Weissenb. ad loc.:
frumenti cum summā caritate inopia erat,
id. 2, 12, 1; 2, 5, 2; 7, 29, 3.—
2.
Cum eo quod, ut, or ne (in an amplification or limitation), with the circumstance or in the regard that, on or under the condition, with the exception, that, etc. (except once in Cic. epistt. not ante-Aug.).
(α).
Cum eo quod, with indic., Quint. 12, 10, 47 Spald.; 10, 7, 13; so,
cum eo quidem, quod, etc.,
id. 2, 4, 30. —With subj.:
sit sane, quoniam ita tu vis: sed tamen cum eo, credo, quod sine peccato meo fiat,
Cic. Att. 6, 1, 7.—
(β).
With ut:
Antium nova colonia missa cum eo, ut Antiatibus permitteretur, si et ipsi adscribi coloni vellent,
Liv. 8, 14, 8; so id. 8, 14, 2; 30, 10, 21; 36, 5, 3; Cels. 3, 22.—So with tamen:
cum eo tamen, ut nullo tempore is... non sit sustinendus,
Cels. 3, 5 fin.; 4, 6 fin. —
(γ).
With ne:
obsequar voluntati tuae cum eo, ne dubites, etc.,
Col. 5, 1, 4:
cum eo, ne amplius quam has urant,
Cels. 7, 22; and with tamen:
cum eo tamen, ne, etc.,
id. 2, 17.—
3.
Cum dis volentibus, etc., with God's help, by the will of the gods, sun theôi:
cum divis volentibus quodque bene eveniat mando tibi, Mani, etc.,
Cato, R. R. 141, 1: volentibu' cum magnis dis, Enn. ap. Cic. Off. 1, 12, 38:
agite, cum dis bene juvantibus arma capite,
Liv. 21, 43, 7; so,
cum superis,
Claud. Cons. Stil. III. p. 174.—
4.
Cum with an ordinal number (cum octavo, cum decimo, etc.) for our - fold, in economical lang., of the multiplication of cultivated products:
ut ex eodem semine aliubi cum decimo redeat, aliubi cum quinto decimo,
ten-, fifteenfold, Varr. R. R. 1, 44, 1; so,
cum octavo, cum decimo,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 47, § 112:
cum centesimo,
Plin. 18, 10, 21, § 95; cf. with a subst.:
cum centesimā fruge agricolis faenus reddente terrā,
id. 5, 4, 3, § 24.—
D.
With a means or instrument, considered as attending or accompanying the actor in his action (so most freq. anteclass., or in the poets and scientific writers): acribus inter se cum armis confligere, Lucil. ap. Non. p. 261, 6: effundit voces proprio cum pectore, Enn. ap. Serv. ad Verg. G. 2, 424: cum voce maximā conclamat, Claud. Quadrig. ap. Gell. 9, 13, 10:
cum linguā lingere,
Cat. 98, 3:
cum suo gurgite accepit venientem (fluvius),
Verg. A. 9, 816:
cum vino et oleo ungere,
Veg. 1, 11, 8 et saep.:
terra in Augurum libris scripta cum R uno,
Varr. L. L. 5, § 21 Müll.
II.
In partic.
A.
Completing the meaning of verbs.
1.
With verbs of union, connection, and agreement: cum veteribus copiis se conjungere, Caes. B. G. 1, 37:
ut proprie cohaereat cum narratione,
Auct. Her. 1, 7, 11:
(haec) arbitror mihi constare cum ceteris scriptoribus,
id. 1, 9, 16:
interfectam esse... convenit mihi cum adversariis,
id. 1, 10, 17; cf. Cic. Inv. 1, 22, 31:
quī autem poterat in gratiam redire cum Oppianico Cluentius?
id. Clu. 31, 86:
hanc sententiam cum virtute congruere semper,
id. Off. 3, 3, 13:
foedera quibus etiam cum hoste devincitur fides,
id. ib. 3, 31, 111:
capita nominis Latini stare ac sentire cum rege videbant,
Liv. 1, 52, 4:
cum aliquo in gratiam redire,
id. 3, 58, 4:
stabat cum eo senatūs majestas,
id. 8, 34, 1:
conjurasse cum Pausaniā,
Curt. 7, 1, 6:
Autronium secum facere,
Cic. Sull. 13, 36; cf. also conecto, colligo, consentio, compono, etc.—
2.
Of companionship, association, sharing, etc.:
cum his me oblecto, qui res gestas aut orationes scripserunt suas,
Cic. de Or. 2, 14, 61:
quoniam vivitur, non cum perfectis hominibus, sed cum iis, etc.,
id. Off. 1, 15, 46:
nulla (societas) carior quam ea quae cum re publicā est unicuique nostrum,
id. ib. 1, 17, 51:
cum civibus vivere,
id. ib. 1, 34, 124:
cum M. Fabio mihi summus usus est,
id. Fam. 9, 25, 2; cf.:
cum quibus publice privatimque hospitia amicitiasque junxerant,
Liv. 1, 45, 2:
partiri cum Dinaeā matre jussit,
Cic. Clu. 7, 21:
cum Baebio communicare,
id. ib. 16, 47; cf.
of local association, nearness: cum mortuā jugulatum servum nudum positurum ait,
Liv. 1, 58, 4:
duos tamen pudor cum eo tenuit,
id. 2, 10, 5.—
3.
Of intercourse, traffic, etc.:
cum aliquo agere,
to deal with, Cic. Ac. 2, 35, 112; Caes. B. G. 1, 13:
cum eo Accius injuriarum agit,
Auct. Her. 1, 14, 24:
si par est agere cum civibus,
Cic. Off. 2, 23, 83; 3, 22, 88; id. Scaur. 10, 20; cf. id. Fam. 5, 18, 1; Liv. 1, 19, 7; 3, 9, 13; 4, 15, 2; Val. Max. 4, 3, 8:
si mihi cum Peripateticis res esset,
Cic. Ac. 2, 35, 112:
tecum enim mihi res est,
id. Rosc. Am. 30, 84:
uni tibi et cum singulis res est,
Liv. 2, 12, 11:
pacem cum Sabinis facere,
Cic. Off. 3, 30, 109.—Esp.: agere cum aliquo, to have a lawsuit with, Gai Inst. 4, 87; 4, 114 et saep.; v. ago, II. B. 8. a., and II. B. 9.; consisto, I. B. 5.; cf. also pango, etc.—
4.
Of deliberation and discussion:
haec ego cum ipsis philosophis disserebam,
Cic. de Or. 1, 13, 57:
tempus cum conjuratis consultando absumunt,
Liv. 2, 4, 3 et saep.; v. also cogito, reputo, dubito, etc.—
5.
Of strife, difference, etc.:
quibuscum continenter bellum gerunt,
Caes. B. G. 1, 1:
cum Cleanthe quam multis rebus Chrysippus dissidet!
Cic. Ac. 2, 47, 143:
neque tam quererer cum deo quod, etc.,
id. ib. 2, 25, 81:
cum quo Antiochum saepe disputantem audiebam,
id. ib. 2, 4, 11:
cum stomacheretur cum Metello,
id. Or. 2, 66, 267:
manu cum hoste confligere,
id. Off. 1, 23, 81:
utilia cum honestis pugnare,
id. ib. 3, 7, 34: cum Catone dissentire. id. ib. 3, 22, 88:
cum majoribus nostris bella gessit,
id. Scaur. 19, 45; Liv. 1, 35, 7; 7, 22, 4:
cum Auruncis bellum inire,
id. 2, 16, 8; cf.:
cum Volscis aequo Marte discessum est,
id. 2, 40, 14:
inimicitias cum Africano gerere,
Val. Max. 4, 1, 8; Sen. Vit. Beat. 2, 3:
cum Scipione dissentire,
Val. Max. 4, 1, 12:
cum utrāque (uxore) divortium fecit,
Suet. Claud. 26; cf. also certo, pugno, discrepo, differo, distraho, dissentio, etc.—
6.
Of comparison:
nec Arcesilae calumnia conferenda est cum Democriti verecundiā,
Cic. Ac. 2, 5, 14:
hanc rationem dicendi cum imperatoris laude comparare,
id. de Or. 1, 2, 8:
conferam Sullamne cum Junio,
id. Clu. 34, 94:
(orationem) cum magnitudine utilitatis comparare,
id. Off. 2, 6, 20.—
B.
Pregn., implying the notion of being furnished, endowed, clothed with any thing, or of possessing, holding, suffering under, etc., in a lit. and trop. sense: ille vir haud magnā cum re sed plenus fidei, Enn. ap. Cic. Sen. 1, 1 (cf. the antith.:
hominem sine re, sine fide,
Cic. Cael. 32, 78):
a portu illuc nunc cum laternā advenit,
Plaut. Am. prol. 149:
cadus cum vino,
id. Stich. 5, 1, 7; cf. id. Pers. 2, 3, 15:
olla cum aquā,
Cato, R. R. 156:
arcula cum ornamentis,
Plaut. Most. 1, 3, 91:
fiscos cum pecuniā Siciliensi,
Cic. Verr. 1, 8, 22:
onerariae naves cum commeatu,
Liv. 30, 24, 5 et saep.:
cum servili schemā,
Plaut. Am. prol. 117;
so of clothing,
id. Rud. 1, 4, 31; Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 24, § 54; 2, 5, 13, § 31; [p. 490] id. Rab. Post. 10, 27; Liv. 35, 34, 7; Suet. Claud. 13; Sil. 1, 94 et saep.:
ut ne quis cum telo servus esset,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 3, § 7;
so of weapons,
id. Phil. 2, 8, 19; cf.:
inmissi cum falcibus, etc.,
id. Tusc. 5, 23, 65:
vidi argenteum Cupidinem cum lampade,
holding, id. Verr. 2, 2, 47, § 115:
simulacrum Cereris cum faucibus,
id. ib. 2, 4, 49, §
109: cum elephanti capite puer natus,
Liv. 27, 11, 5; cf.:
cum quinque pedibus natus,
id. 30, 2, 10; 33, 1, 11; 27, 4, 14 al.: omnia cum pulchris animis Romana juventus, Enn. ap. Don. ad Ter. Phorm. 3, 1, 1; cf.
Ter. ib.: Minucius cum vulnere gravi relatus in castra,
Liv. 9, 44, 14:
te Romam venisse cum febri,
Cic. Att. 6, 9, 1; so id. de Or. 3, 2, 6; id. Clu. 62, 175: cum eisdem suis vitiis nobilissimus, with all his faults, i. e. in spite of, id. ib. 40, 112:
ex eis qui cum imperio sint,
id. Fam. 1, 1, 3 Manut.; cf.:
cum imperio aut magistratu,
Suet. Tib. 12 Bremi; v. imperium.—
C.
With idem (never of the identity of two subjects, but freq. of the relation of two subjects to the same object, etc.;
v. Krebs, Antibarb. p. 538): tibi mecum in eodem est pistrino vivendum,
Cic. de Or. 2, 33, 144:
quandoque tu... omnibus in eisdem flagitiis mecum versatus es,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 80, § 187:
Numidae... in eādem mecum Africā geniti,
Liv. 30, 12, 15; 28, 28, 14; Tac. A. 15, 2; Val. Max. 6, 5, 3.—
D.
In the adverb. phrase, cum primis, with the foremost, i.e. especially, particularly (rare), Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 28, § 68; id. Brut. 62, 224.—Post-class. also as one word: cumprīmis, Gell. 1, 12, 7 al.
► a.
Cum in anastrophe. So always with the pers. pron.: mecum, tecum, secum, nobiscum, etc.; cf. Cic. Or. 45, 154; Prisc. pp. 949 and 988 P.; and in gen. with the rel. pron.:
quocum (quīcum), quacum, quibuscum, quīcum (for quocum),
Cic. Or. 45, 154; Liv. 38, 9, 2; Cic. Att. 5, 1, 4; id. Verr. 2, 2, 31, §§ 76 and 77; Caes. B. G. 1, 8; Cic. Rep. 1, 10, 15; id. Att. 4, 9, 2; id. Off. 1, 35, 126; Quint. 8, 6, 65; 10, 5, 7; 11, 2, 38. But where cum is emphatic, or a demonstrative pron. is understood, cum is placed before the rel.; cf.:
his de rebus velim cum Pompeio, cum Camillo, cum quibus vobis videbitur, consideretis,
Cic. Fam. 14, 14, 3:
adhibuit sibi quindecim principes cum quibus causas cognovit,
id. Off. 2, 23, 82; Liv. 1, 45, 2.—
b.
Before et... et, connecting two substt.:
cum et diurno et nocturno metu,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 23, 66.
III.
In compounds the primitive form com was alone in use, and was unchanged before b, p, m: comburo, compono, committo, and a few words beginning with vowels: comes, comitium, and comitor; m was assimilated before r: corripio; often before l: colligo or conligo; rarely before n, as connumero, but usually dropped: conecto, conitor, conubium; with the change of m into n before all the remaining consonants: concutio, condono, confero, congero, conqueror, consumo, contero, convinco; so, conjicio, etc., but more usually conicio; and with the rejection of m before vowels and before h: coarguo, coëo, coinquino, coopto, cohibeo.—
B.
It designates,
1.
A being or bringing together of several objects: coëo, colloquor, convivor, etc.: colligo, compono, condo, etc.—
2.
The completeness, perfecting of any act, and thus gives intensity to the signif. of the simple word, as in commaculo, commendo, concito, etc., comminuo, concerpo, concido, convello, etc.
2.
Cum (ante-class. quom; freq. in MSS. of Cicero; the post-class. form quum is incorrectly given in many MSS. and edd.), conj. [pronom. stem ka- or kva- with acc. case ending].
I.
Of time, when, as, while, sometimes = after, since.
A.
In adverbial clauses dependent on non-preterite predicates.
1.
The time designated by cum being indefinite, when, if, whenever, always with indic., except in the instances A. 2.
a.
Cum with pres. indic., often equivalent to si.
(α).
With principal predicate in pres.:
nam omnes id faciunt quom se amari intellegunt,
Plaut. Truc. prol. 17:
facile, quom valemus, recta consilia aegrotis damus,
Ter. And. 2, 1, 9; Plaut. Ep. 1, 2, 44; id. Poen. 4, 2, 20; id. Truc. 1, 1, 46; Ter. Phorm. 2, 1, 11:
cum semen maturum habet, tum tempestiva est,
Cato, R. R. 17; 41: quid? tum cum es iratus, permittis illi iracundiae dominationem animi tui? Cic. Rep. 1, 38, 59:
cum permagna praemia sunt, est causa peccandi,
id. Off. 3, 20, 79; id. de Or. 3, 23, 87:
quidam vivere tunc incipiunt cum desinendum est,
Sen. Ep. 23, 11.—
(β).
With principal predicate in fut. (rare):
ad cujus igitur fidem confugiet cum per ejus fidem laeditur cui se commiserit?
Cic. Rosc. Am. 40, 116; id. Leg. 3, 10, 24; id. Fl. 17, 40; Verg. A. 12, 208.—
(γ).
With principal predicate in logical perf. (mostly poet.):
haud invito ad auris sermo mi accessit tuos, Quom te postputasse omnis res prae parente intellego,
Ter. Hec. 3, 5, 33:
qui cum levati morbo videntur, in eum de integro inciderunt,
Cic. Fam. 12, 30, 2:
(dolor) Cum furit... Profuit incensos aestus avertere ( = prodest),
Verg. G. 3, 457:
nemo non, cum alteri prodest, sibi profuit,
Sen. Ep. 81, 19; Cic. Att. 4, 18, 1; Liv. 8, 8, 11; Verg. A. 9, 435; id. G. 1, 288.—
b.
With logical perf. indic.
(α).
With principal predicate in pres. (very freq.), the perf. translated either by English pres. perf. or by pres.: omnia sunt incerta cum a jure discessum est, when we ( once) disregard the law, Cic. Fam. 9, 16, 1:
gubernatores cum exultantes loligines viderunt... tempestatem significari putant,
id. Div. 2, 70, 145:
cum depulsi sunt agni a matribus, diligentia adhibenda est ne, etc.,
Varr. R. R. 2, 2, 17:
cum ejus generis copia defecit, ad innocentium supplicia descendunt,
Caes. B. G. 6, 16, 5:
(hostis) cum intravit... modum a captivis non accipit,
Sen. Ira, 1, 8, 2:
quia enim, cum prima cognovi, jungere extrema cupio,
Plin. Ep. 7, 10, 1; Cic. Or. 1, 33, 153; id. Div. 2, 26, 56; id. Brut. 24, 93; id. Cat. 4, 6, 12; id. Fam. 6, 3, 3; Auct. Her. 4, 50, 63; Caes. B. G. 4, 33; 5, 21; Liv. 22, 9, 8; 34, 31, 4; Val. Max. 8, 10 prooem.; 9, 6 init.; Sen. Ep. 3, 2; 21, 9; id. Cons. Helv. 13, 2; Curt. 3, 3, 18; Plin. 18, 7, 10, § 60; Quint. 4, 2, 122; 10, 7, 14.—In oblique clauses the perf. indic. may remain, or may be changed into perf. subj., even after preterites, Cic. Off. 1, 28, 26; 2, 20, 69.—
(β).
With principal predicate in fut. ( poet.), Ov. P. 1, 5, 47.—
(γ).
With two logical perff. (rare):
cum id factum est, tamen grex dominum non mutavit,
Varr. R. R. 2, 2, 6:
quae cum se disposuit... summum bonum tetigit,
Sen. Vit. Beat. 8, 5; id. Tranq. 17, 11; id. Ben. 1, 1, 5. —
c.
With fut.
(α).
With principal predicate in fut.:
ita fere officia reperientur, cum quaeretur, quid deceat, etc.,
Cic. Off. 1, 34, 125; Auct. Her. 2, 7, 10; 2, 12, 17.— So with principal predicate in fut. imper:
etiam tum cum verisimile erit aliquem commisisse... latratote,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 20, 57, id. Mur. 31, 65; id. Att. 3, 8, 4; Liv. 35, 19, 6.—
(β).
With principal predicate in pres.:
in talibus... stabilitas amicitiae confirmari potest, cum homines cupiditatibus imperabunt,
Cic. Lael. 22, 82; Val. Max. 4, 8 prooem.—
d.
With fut. perf.
(α).
With principal predicate in pres.:
quam (spem), cum in otium venerimus, habere volumus,
Cic. Att. 1, 7:
nec irascimur illis cum sessorem recusaverint,
Sen. Const. 12, 3; id. Cons. Marc. 7, 2.—
(β).
With principal predicate in fut. indic.:
cum haec erunt considerata, statim nostrae legis expositione... utemur,
Auct. Her. 2, 10, 15:
cum viderit secari patrem suum filiumve, vir bonus non flebit?
Sen. Ira, 1, 12, 1.—In oblique clauses, dependent on preterites, it is changed to the pluperf. subj.:
qui tum demum beatum terrarum orbem futurum praedicavit cum aut sapientes regnare, aut reges sapere coepissent,
Val. Max. 7, 2, ext. 4.—
(γ).
With principal predicate in fut. imper.:
cum tempestates pluviae fuerint, videtote quot dies, etc.,
Cato, R. R. 2, 3; 25 init.; 38.—
(δ).
With two fut. perff.:
cum bene cesserit negotiatio, multum militia retulerit,
Sen. Cons. Helv. 10, 6.—
e.
In partic.
(α).
In definitions with pres, indic.:
humile genus est (causae) cum contempta res adfertur,
Auct. Her. 1, 3, 5:
purgatio est cum factum conceditur, culpa removetur,
Cic. Inv. 1, 11, 15: maxima est capitis deminutio cum aliquis simul et civitatem et libertatem amittit, Gai Inst. 1, 160; Auct. Her. 1, 46; 2, 4, 6; 4, 12, 17; 4, 53, 66 et saep. —
(β).
Etiam cum (less freq. cum etiam), even when (nearly = etiamsi), always with indic. if dependent on other than preterite predicates. (1) With pres.: qui cavet ne decipiatur, vix cavet, quom etiam cavet, Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 5:
in quo scelere, etiam cum multae causae convenisse... videntur, tamen non temere creditur,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 22, 62:
qui incolunt maritimas urbis, etiam cum manent corpore, animo tamen excursant,
id. Rep. 2, 4, 7; Curt. 6, 3, 10; Plin. Ep. 1, 8, 6.—(2) With fut.:
etiam cum potentes nocere intendent,
Sen. Const. 4, 1. —(3) With fut. perf.:
cum etiam plus contenderimus, etc.,
Cic. Fam. 1, 8, 7; Sen. Ben. 4, 13, 3.—(4) In oblique clauses with imperf. subj., Cic. Fragm. Tog. Cand. 15.—
(γ).
Anteclass. with indic. in addressing indefinite persons in rules, after imper.:
sorba in sapa cum vis condere, arida facias,
Cato, R. R. 7 fin. — Always with indic. if a certain person is addressed; cf. Cic. Rep. 1, 38, 59 (l. A. 1. a. a supra); id. Verr. 2, 1, 18, § 47.—
2.
With subj. referring to indefinite time.
a.
With the 2d pers. sing., used in an indefinite sense ( you = one, any one).
(α).
With pres. subj.:
acerbum'st pro benefactis quom mali messim metas,
Plaut. Ep. 5, 2, 53:
quom faciem videas, videtur esse quantivis preti,
Ter. And. 5, 2, 15; Plaut. Cas. 3, 2, 32; id. Bacch. 3, 3, 38; id. Merc. 3, 2, 7 and 8 et saep.:
difficile est tacere cum doleas,
Cic. Sull. 10, 31:
etiam interpretatio nominis habet acumen cum ad ridiculum convertas,
id. de Or. 2, 63, 257; 2, 64, 259; 2, 67, 269; 2, 75, 305; 3, 38, 156; Sen. Ep. 75, 4 et saep.—
(β).
With perf. subj.:
difficile est cum praestare omnibus concupieris, servare aequitatem,
Cic. Off. 1, 19, 64:
quos (versus) cum cantu spoliaveris, nuda paene remanet oratio,
id. Or. 55, 183; id. Lael. 21, 77; id. Inv. 1, 47, 88; Sall. C. 12, 3; 51, 24; 58, 16.—
b.
In the jurists, in a clause exemplifying a general rule: cum ergo ita scriptum sit Heres Titius esto, addicere debemus, Gai Inst. 2, 165; so id. ib. 4, 97; 3, 161; Auct. Her. 4, 31, 42.—
c.
In the phrase audio cum dicat (I. F. 1, b. infra):
saepe soleo audire Roscium cum ita dicat se, etc.,
Cic. de Or. 2, 28, 129.—
d.
When, after cum, an imperfect or pluperfect is used as a logical tense (post-Aug.): non tulit gratis qui cum rogasset accepit, who has asked for the favor, and, etc., Sen. Ben. 2, 1, 4; 2, 3, 1; 2, 13, 2; id. Ep. 86, 8.—
e.
If the principal predicate is a potential subjunctive, an indefinite clause with a present or future after cum is always in the same mood:
caveto quom ventus siet aut imber, effodias aut seras,
Cato, R. R. 28:
quis tam dissoluto animo est qui, haec cum videat, tacere ac neglegere possit?
Cic. Rosc. Am. 11, 32; id. Planc. 39, 94; id. Clu. 55, 153; id. Inv. 1, 4, 87; 1, 51, 95; Auct. Her. 4, 6, 9; 4, 32, 43.—
3.
Of definite time, always with indic. (for exceptions, v. 4. infra), when, if, while (for the distinction between cum and si, cf.:
formam mihi totius rei publicae, si jam es Romae, aut cum eris, velim mittas,
Cic. Att. 6, 3, 4:
quae si prodierit, atque adeo cum prodierit—scio enim proditurum esse—audiet,
id. Rosc. Am. 25, 100:
si damnatus eris, atque adeo cum damnatus eris—nam dubitatio quae poterit esse? etc.,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 29, § 70; id. Or. 2, 75, 304; Sen. Ep. 83, 10).
a.
Cum with pres. indic.
(α).
Principal predicate in pres.:
certe, edepol, quom illum contemplo et formam cognosco meam... nimis simili'st mei,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 288; so id. Poen. 1, 2, 71; id. Pers. 4, 4, 15; Ter. Hec. 3, 3, 45: Py. Ne fle. Ph. Non queo Quom te video, Plaut. Mil. 4, 8, 14; id. Am. 1, 1, 260; id. Rud. 3, 4, 38:
potestne tibi ulla spes salutis ostendi cum recordaris in deos immortalis quam impius... fueris?
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 18, § 47: cum hoc vereor, et cupio tibi... parcere, rursus immuto voluntatem meam ( = while), id. Rosc. Am. 34, 95; Serv. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 5, 4:
equidem cum... recordor, vix aetatem Alexandri suffecturam fuisse reor ad unum bellum,
Liv. 9, 19, 12; Cic. Planc. 12, 29; id. Clu. 10, 29; Liv. 40, 46, 3:
quod cum ita est,
if this is so, Quint. 24, 58 (cf.:
quodsi ita est,
Cic. Mur. 2, 5); so,
often, nunc cum: qui modo nusquam conparebas, nunc quom conpares, peris,
Plaut. Aul. 4, 4, 2; so id. ib. 1, 3, 35; 2, 2, 17; id. As. 1, 2, 18; Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 39:
nos de injusto rege nihil loquimur, nunc cum de ipsa regali re publica quaerimus,
Cic. Rep. 3, 35, 47; Liv. 44, 39, 7.—So with logical perf. for the pres., Quint. 4, 2, 122.—But Cicero always uses nunc cum with a subj. when the clause, while designating present time, generally [p. 491] in opposition to a former time, implies a reason for the principal action, now that:
quodsi tum, cum res publica severitatem desiderabat, vici naturam, etc., nunc cum omnes me causae ad misericordiam... vocent, quanto tandem studio, etc.,
Cic. Mur. 2, 3, 6; id. Fam. 9, 16, 7; id. Font. 15, 35 (25); id. Imp. Pomp. 10, 27; 17, 50; not found in later writers, except in the Gallic panegyrists, e. g. Eum. Grat. Act. 2 init. —
(β).
With principal predicate in the logical perf., if (ante-class.):
Curculio hercle verba mihi dedit quom cogito,
Plaut. Curc. 4, 4, 27:
sed tandem, quom recogito, qui potis est scire, haec scire me?
id. Stich. 2, 1, 29; id. Mil. 4, 8, 64.—
b.
Cum with logical perf. indic.
(α).
Principal predicate in pres.:
ergo quom optume fecisti, nunc adest occasio Benefacta cumulare,
after doing excellently, Plaut. Capt. 2, 3, 63: quo etiam major vir habendus est (Numa), cum illam sapientiam constituendae civitatis duobus prope saeculis ante cognovit, quam, etc. ( = siquidem, if he has; seeing that he has), Cic. de Or. 2, 37, 154; Verg. A. 9, 249.—
(β).
With principal predicate in fut. ( poet.):
at cumst imposta corona, Clamabis capiti vina subisse meo (est imposta = erit imposta),
Prop. 4 (5), 2, 30.—
c.
With fut.
(α).
With principal predicate in fut.:
quom videbis tum scies,
Plaut. Bacch. 1, 2, 37; id. Am. 3, 3, 15; id. Men. 5, 7, 7; Ter. Phorm. 1, 2, 82; id. Heaut. prol. 33:
sed cum certum sciam faciam te paulo ante certiorem,
Cic. Fam. 9, 23; 3, 11, 3; 12, 30, 5; 14, 3, 4; id. Q. Fr. 3, 8, 2; Liv. 3, 53, 10.—
(β).
With principal predicate in fut. perf.:
cum tu haec leges, ego jam annuum munus confecero,
Cic. Fam. 2, 12, 1.—
(γ).
With principal predicate in imper. fut.:
mox quom imitabor Sauream, caveto ne succenseas,
Plaut. As. 2, 2, 105; id. Mil. 3, 3, 59.—
(δ).
With principal predicate in subj. (potential):
cum testes ex Sicilia dabo, quem volet ille eligat,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 22, § 48; id. Off. 1, 34, 122; 3, 10, 46; id. Att. 4, 9, 1; 4, 10, 2; 4, 17, 1 et saep.—
(ε).
In oblique clauses, after preterites, changed into imperf. subj., Caes. B. C. 2, 40; after other tenses it is either changed into pres. subj. or remains unchanged, Cic. Fam. 1, 56, 2; 1, 7, 4; Sall. C. 58, 8.—
d.
With fut. perf.
(α).
With principal predicate in fut.:
mox dabo quom ab re divina rediero,
Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 193; id. Am. 1, 1, 43; 1, 2, 4; Ter. Phorm. 1, 4, 8:
cum haec docuero, tum illud ostendam, etc.,
Cic. Clu. 4, 9; id. Verr. 2, 1, 1, § 3; id. de Or. 2, 33, 143; 2, 59, 239; id. Att. 3, 23, 5 et saep.—In oblique clauses, after preterites, the fut. perf. is changed into pluperf. subj., Cic. Rosc. Am. 10, 28; 28, 78; Liv. 1, 56, 11; 5, 30, 1; after other tenses, and often in oblique oration, it remains unchanged, or is changed into perf. subj., Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 71, § 183; id. Fam. 2, 5, 2 dub.; Liv. 21, 13, 8; 3, 56, 10.—
(β).
With principal predicate in imper. (almost always fut. imper.):
quod quom dixero, si placuerit, Facitote,
Ter. Eun. 5, 8, 37:
cum ego Granium testem produxero, refellito, si poteris,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 59, § 154; id. Marcell. 9, 27; id. Fam. 16, 4, 3; Tac. A. 1, 22.—With pres. imper., Liv. 24, 38, 7.—
(γ).
With principal predicate in subj. (potential):
quae cum omnia collegeris, tum ipse velim judices satisne videatur,
Cic. Fam. 5, 2, 4; id. Or. 13, 41 dub.—In oblique clauses, after non-preterites, the fut. perf. remains unchanged:
oro, ne me hodie, cum isti respondero, putetis, etc.,
Cic. Phil. 2, 5, 10; id. Clu. 2, 6.—
4.
With subj. in definite time.
a.
Sometimes in oblique construction (3. c. e; 3. d. a).—
b.
Sometimes by attraction:
curata fac sint quom a foro redeam domum,
Plaut. Aul. 2, 3, 6; 2, 3, 11; id. Stich. 1, 2, 8; id. Curc. 2, 2, 3:
non admirere cum ego ipse me id ex te primum audisse confitear?
Cic. Planc. 24, 58. —
c.
In the semi-causal connection nunc cum, v. 3, a. a fin. supra.
B.
In adverbial anterior clauses dependent on preterite predicates, the time of the cum clause preceding that of the principal sentence (always with subj., except in the instances mentioned 2.; 3. a; and 5.), when, after.
1.
With pluperf. subj. (so generally): quom socios nostros mandisset impius Cyclops, Liv. And. Fragm. ap. Prisc. 8, p. 817 (Lubbert conjectures, without sufficient reason, mandit sex): quom saucius multifariam ibi factus esset, tamen volnus capiti nullum evenit, Cato, Orig. ap. Gell. 3, 7, 19:
portisculus signum cum dare coepisset,
Enn. Ann. v. 234 Vahl.:
quom testamento patris partisset bona,
Afran. Com. Rel. v. 50 Rib.: quem quom ibi vidissent Hortensius Postumiusque, Lucil. ap. Non. p. 4, 32; Enn. Ann. v. 241 Vahl.; Turp. Com. Rel. v. 48 Rib.; Lucil. ap. Non. p. 394, 27 (the MSS. reading:
quom venisset,
Plaut. As. 2, 3, 15, is corrupt):
audivi summos homines cum quaestor ex Macedonia venissem Athenas,
Cic. de Or. 1, 11, 45:
haec cum Crassus dixisset, silentium est consecutum,
id. ib. 1, 35, 160:
cum Thebani Lacedaemonios bello superavissent... aeneum statuerunt tropaeum,
id. Inv. 2, 23, 69:
Dionysius cum fanum Proserpinae Locris expilavisset, navigabat Syracusas,
id. N. D. 3, 34, 83:
eo cum venisset, animadvertit ad alteram ripam magnas esse copias hostium,
Caes. B. G. 5, 18:
Tarquinius et Tullia minor... cum domos vacuas novo matrimonio fecissent, junguntur nuptiis,
Liv. 1, 46, 9 et saep. —
2.
With pluperf. indic.
a.
Ante-class. in place of the class. subj.:
idem me pridem quom ei advorsum veneram, Facere atriensem voluerat,
Plaut. Cas. 2, 8, 28:
Quid ais? Quom intellexeras, id consilium capere, quor non dixti extemplo,
Ter. And. 3, 2, 38.—
b.
If the pluperfect is a virtual imperfect, designating the time at which the main action took place, the principal predicate being likewise in the pluperfect, when the clause would require an indicative if placed in the imperfect (3. a. a): exspectationem nobis non parvam adtuleras cum scripseras Varronem tibi confirmasse, etc. ( = exspectabam cum legebam; cf. C. 3, a. a, 2.), Cic. Att. 3, 18, 1; cf. Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 9, 2, where the cum clause is relative; v. E.: Romae haud minus terroris... erat quam fuerat biennio ante cum castra Punica objecta Romanis moenibus fuerant (C. 3. a. a, 1.), Liv. 27, 44, 1; so id. 5, 28, 1; 26, 40, 17; 44, 10, 1.—
c.
If the clause indicates that the time of the main action is a period, subsequent to that of the action designated by the pluperfect:
nam tum cum in Asia res magnas permulti amiserant, scimus Romae, solutione impedita, fidem concidisse,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 7, 19:
cum ea consecutus nondum eram... tamen ista vestra nomina numquam sum admiratus,
id. Fam. 3, 7, 5; id. Verr. 2, 5, 69, § 178; id. Inv. 2, 42, 124; Caes. B. G. 7, 35; Liv. 24, 7, 1 sq.; Nep. Dat. 6, 5; Curt. 9, 10, 12; Verg. A. 5, 42.—
3.
If both predicates denote repeated action, the anterior clause with cum has the pluperf. indic. or subj.
a.
With pluperf. indic.
(α).
With principal predicate in imperf. indic. (so almost always in Cicero and Caesar; not in the poets, nor in Vell., Val. Max., Tac., Suet., or Plin.), whenever:
cum ad aliquod oppidum venerat, eadem lectica usque ad cubiculum deferebatur,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 11, § 27; 2, 1, 46, § 120; 2, 3, 67, § 156; 2, 4, 61, § 137; 2, 5, 10, § 27; id. Fl. 7, 16; 10, 21; id. Agr. 2, 26, 68; id. Or. 32, 113; id. Brut. 24, 93:
(Cassi vellaunus) cum equitatus noster se in agros ejecerat, essedarios ex silvis emittebat,
Caes. B. G. 5, 19; 3, 14; 3, 15; 4, 7; 5, 35; 7, 22; id. B. C. 1, 58; Sall. J. 92, 8; 44, 4:
cum comminus venerant, gladiis a velitibus trucidabantur,
Liv. 38, 21, 12; Nep. Epam. 3, 6; Sen. Ep. 11, 4; Curt. 3, 10, 8; 3, 10, 11; Quint. 7, 1, 4; Gell. 15, 22, 5; 17, 18, 3; Gai Inst. 4, 15; Pacat. 9.—
(β).
With principal predicate in perf. indic.:
Pacuvius qui Syriam usu suam fecit, cum vino... sibi parentaverat,
Sen. Ep. 12, 8; 108, 14.—
b.
With pluperf. subj., an imperf. indic. in principal sentence:
cum fossam latam cubiculari lecto circumdedisset, ejusque transitum... conjunxisset, eum ipse detorquebat,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 20, 59; id. Verr. 2, 3, 41, § 94:
cum cohortes ex acie procucurrissent, Numidae... effugiebant, etc.,
Caes. B. C. 2, 41:
cum in jus duci debitorem vidissent, undique convolabant,
Liv. 2, 27, 8; 25, 3, 11; 5, 48, 2.—
4.
In anterior clauses with imperf. subj.
(α).
When the principal clause expresses an immediate consequence ( = pluperf. subj.):
Demaratus cum audiret dominationem Cypseli confirmari, defugit patriam ( = cum audivisset),
Cic. Rep. 2, 19, 34; Caes. B. G. 5, 17 et saep.—
(β).
Where both verbs relate to one transaction, especially in remarks and replies:
(Epaminondas) cum gravi vulnere exanimari se videret, quaesivit salvusne esset clipeus, etc.,
Cic. Fin. 2, 30, 97:
cum ex eo quaereretur quid esset dolus magnus, respondebat, etc.,
id. Off. 3. 14, 60; id. Or. 2, 69, 278; id. Rosc. Am. 25, 70; Liv. 3, 71, 4 et saep.—
(γ).
When the principal action takes place during the action of the dependent clause:
qui cum unum jam et alterum diem desideraretur, neque in eis locis inveniretur... liberti Asuvii in eum invadunt, etc.,
Cic. Clu. 13, 38.—
5.
For the perf. indic. instead of pluperf. subj. v. C. 1. d. infra.
C.
In adverbial clauses of coincident time dependent on preterites ( = eo tempore quo), the clause with cum designating the time at which or during which the main action took place, when, as, while.[The theory of the use of tenses and moods in these clauses is not fully settled. The older grammarians require the indicative if cum denotes pure time, but the subjunctive if denoting cause or relations similar to cause. Zumpt and others acknowledge that the rule is frequently not observed, attributing this to the predilection of the Latin language for the subjunctive. Recently Hoffmann (Zeitpartikeln der Lateinischen Sprache, 1st ed. 1860; 2d ed. 1873) and Lubbert (Syntax von Quom, 1870) have advanced the theory that cum requires the indicative if denoting absolute time, but the subjunctive if denoting relative time. They define absolute time as time co-ordinate or parallel with, or logically independent of, the time of the principal action, which performs the function of a chronological date for the principal action, and they consider it as a criterion that the clause might have constituted an independent sentence; while relative time is logically subordinate to the principal action. Hoffmann condenses his theory in the following words: cum with indicative names and describes the time at which the action of the principal sentence took place; cum with the subjunctive, on the contrary, designates the point of time at which, or the space of time during which, the action expressed in the principal sentence commenced or ended. The chief objections to this theory are: (1) Its vagueness.—(2) The facts that in many instances cum with the subjunctive clearly dates the main action (C. 3. a. b, 2, and 4.; C. 3. a. 5.; C. 3. b. b, 3. and 5.; C. 3. b. g infra); that many of the subjunctive clauses with cum may be transformed into independent sentences (C. 3. b. b, 2. and 3. infra); that many indicative clauses with cum are logically subordinate to the main action (C. 3. a. a, 2. infra), and that when both moods are used in two co-ordinated clauses with cum belonging to the same main sentence, Hoffmann must account for the difference of the moods by explanations not drawn from his theory (Cic. Agr. 2, 64, 64; id. Clu. 30, 83; id. Div. 1, 43, 97; id. Fin. 2, 19, 61; id. de Or. 67, 272; Caes. B. C. 2, 17; Liv. 6, 40, 17; 30, 44, 10).—(3) The impossibility of clearly drawing the line between logical co-ordination and subordination; and the fact that, wherever it is drawn, there will be many passages not accounted for (cf. 1. init. and many passages under C. 3. a. a, 3.; C. 3. a. d; C. 3. b. g, etc.).—(4) That the supposed use of cum with the imperfect indicative is inconsistent with the received doctrine that the imperfect always designates a time relative to another time—a difficulty not satisfactorily met by Hoffman's assumption of an aoristic imperfect.]GENERAL RULE.—The predicate after cum is in the perfect indicative (or historical present) if the action is conceived as a point of time coincident with the time of the main action. It is either in the imperfect indicative or in the imperfect subjunctive if the action is conceived as occupying a period of time within which the main action took place (e. g.:
quid enim meus frater ab arte adjuvari potuit, cum... furem se videre respondit? Quid in omni oratione Crassus... cum pro Cn. Plancio diceret?
Cic. de Or. 2, 54, 220;
where dicebat might stand for diceret, but not responderet for respondit: cum ad tribum Polliam ventum est, et praeco cunctaretur, etc.,
Liv. 29, 37, 8; cf.:
cum tecum Ephesi collocutus sum,
Cic. Fam. 13, 55, 1; and:
cum te Puteolis prosequerer,
id. ib. 3, 10, 8: cum primum lex coepta ferri est, Liv 3, 14, 4; and: cum [p. 492] ferretur lex, id. 5, 30, 4;
also,
Cic. Fam. 4, 3, 1, and Liv. 3, 58, 7).
1.
Both predicates in the perf. indic. (or histor. pres.), both clauses denoting points of time (the principal predicate may be in any verbal form implying a perfect).
a.
The clause expressing a momentary action:
posticulum hoc recepit quom aedis vendidit, Flaut. Trin. 1, 2, 157: scilicet qui dudum tecum venit cum pallam mihi Detulisti,
id. Men. 2, 3, 46; prol. 62; id. Poen. 4, 2, 82; id. Ep. 2, 2, 33; Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 57; id. Heaut. 2, 3, 21 et saep.:
non tum cum emisti fundum Tusculanum, in leporario apri fuerunt,
Varr. R. R. 3, 3, 8:
in judiciis quanta vis esset didicit cum est absolutus,
Cic. Tog. Cand. Fragm. 4:
per tuas statuas vero cum dixit, vehementer risimus,
id. de Or. 2, 59, 242:
cum occiditur Sex. Roscius, (servi) ibidem fuerunt,
id. Rosc. Am. 41, 120; id. Verr. 2, 2, 29, § 70; 1, 4, 11; 2, 2, 66, § 160; 2, 3, 47, § 112; id. Caecin. 29, 85; id. Sest. 55, 157; id. Phil. 2, 9, 21; id. Rep. 6, 22, 24; id. Fam. 9, 15, 2; id. Att. 2, 1, 5 et saep.:
tunc flesse decuit cum adempta sunt nobis arma,
Liv. 3, 55, 10; 10, 6, 8; 28, 42, 14; 42, 46, 1; Vitr. 2, 8, 12; 2, 1, 7; 2, 9, 15;
6, 7, 4: semel dumtaxat vultum mutavit, tunc cum... anulum in profundum dejecit,
Val. Max. 6, 9, 6; 8, 8, ext. 1; 9, 1, ext. 1;
9, 8, 1: rerum natura... cum visum est deinde, (filium tuum) repetiit,
Sen. Cons. Polyb. 10, 4; 11, 2; id. Q. N. 1, 11, 3; 6, 25, 4:
accepimus et serpentem latrasse cum pulsus est regno Tarquinius,
Plin. 8, 41, 63, § 153; 2, 24, 22, § 90; 2, 52, 53, § 139; Suet. Claud. 21; Hor. S. 2, 3, 61; Ov. Tr. 5, 11, 8; Tib. 3, 5, 18; Mart. 5, 49, 9.—So, cum primum, when first, the first time that, as soon as:
jube vinum dari: jam dudum factum'st quom primum bibi,
Plaut. As. 5, 2, 40; id. Cas. prol. 17; Ter. Hec. alt. prol. 31; id. And. prol. 1; id. Eun. 3, 3, 4:
Pompeius cum primum contionem habuit... ostendit, etc.,
Cic. Verr. 1, 15, 45; id. Fam. 2, 9, 1; Liv. 3, 55, 10; 25, 6, 2; 25, 29, 4; 31, 3, 1; 40, 8, 1; 42, 34, 3; Curt. 6, 11, 23; but with imperf. subj. when referring to a per. of time:
ipse cum primum pabuli copia esse inciperet, ad exercitum venit,
Caes. B. G. 2, 2.—In the poets and later writers, the imperf. subj. often occurs where classic prose has the perf. indic.:
effice ut idem status sit cum exigis qui fuit cum promitterem,
Sen. Ben. 4, 39, 4:
tum lacrimare debueras cum equo calcaria subderes,
Curt. 7, 2, 6; Suet. Claud. 6; Ov. P. 4, 12, 28.—
b.
If the clause denotes a state, condition, or action of longer duration, it takes the perf. indic. if asserted as a complete fact without regard to what happened during its progress (virtual point of time):
in quem Juppiter se convertit cum exportavit per mare... Europen,
Varr. R. R. 2, 5, 5:
ne cum in Sicilia quidem (bellum) fuit... pars ejus belli in Italiam ulla pervasit,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 2, § 6:
nempe eo (lituo) Romulus regiones direxit tum cum urbem condidit,
id. Div. 1, 17, 30; id. Verr. 2, 3, 54, § 125; id. Lig. 7, 20; id. Rep. 3, 32, 44:
non tibi, cum in conspectu Roma fuit, succurrit? etc.,
Liv. 2, 40, 7; 34, 3, 7; Nep. Iphicr. 2, 4; id. Pelop. 4, 3.—
c.
With perf. indic., by the time when, before, referring to facts which actually occurred before the action of the principal sentence:
ab Anaximandro moniti Lacedaemonii sunt ut urbem... linquerent, quod terrae motus instaret, tum cum... urbs tota corruit,
Cic. Div. 1, 50, 112; Liv. 22, 36, 4; 34, 31, 15; Prop. 2, 32 (3, 30), 53.—
d.
With perf. indic. when actions in immediate sequence are represented as coincident:
ad quem cum accessimus, Appio, subridens, Recipis nos, inquit, etc.,
Varr. R. R. 3, 2, 2:
me primus dolor percussit, Cotta cum est expulsus,
Cic. Brut. 89, 303:
itaque ne tum quidem cum classem perdidisti, Mamertinis navem imperare ausus es,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 23, § 59:
haec cum facta sunt in concilio, magna spe et laetitia omnium discessum est,
Caes. B. C. 3, 87:
cum Thessalos in armis esse nuntiatum est, Ap. Claudium... senatus misit,
Liv. 42, 5, 8:
Gracchus cum ex Sardinia rediit, orationem ad populum habuit,
Gell. 15, 12, 1; Cic. Imp. Pomp. 1, 2; id. Deiot. 6, 17; id. Top. 16, 61; id. Div. 1, 43, 98; id. Fam. 5, 21, 2; Liv. 4, 44, 10; 4, 60, 8; 9, 25, 2; 22, 14, 12; Nep. Dat. 11, 1; Suet. Caes. 31; Gell. 1, 23, 5; Prop. 3, 20, 37 (4, 21, 7).—Hence a perf. indic. in co-ordination with pluperf. subj.: cum sol nocte visus esset... et cum caelum discessisse visum est (decemviri ad libros ire jussi sunt), Cic. Div. 1, 43, 97.—
2.
With a perf. indic. (or histor. pres.), the principal predicate in imperf.
a.
The action falling within the time of the principal predicate:
set Stalagmus quojus erat tunc nationis, quom hinc abit?
Plaut. Capt. 4, 2, 107; id. Rud. 3, 6, 9; Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 51:
haec Crassi oratio cum edita est, quattuor et triginta tum habebat annos, etc.,
Cic. Brut. 43, 161:
eo cum venio, praetor quiescebat,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 14, § 32; 2, 5, 69, § 178; id. Fl. 13, 20; id. Pis. 1, 2; id. Lig. 1, 3; id. Phil. 2, 21, 52; 3, 4, 11; id. Fam. 13, 35, 2; id. Att. 6, 1, 13:
cum Caesari in Galliam venit, alterius factionis principes erant Aedui, alterius Sequani,
Caes. B. G. 6, 12; Sall. J. 71, 1:
cum haec accepta clades est, jam C. Horatius et T. Menenius consules erant,
Liv. 2, 51, 1; 21, 39, 4; 23, 49, 5; 28, 27, 14; 34, 16, 6;
45, 39, 1: merito me non adgnoscis, nam cum hoc factum est, integer eram,
Sen. Ben. 5, 24, 3.—Post-class. writers generally use imperf. subj.:
beneficium ei videberis dedisse cui tunc inimicissimus eras cum dares?
Sen. Ben. 5, 19, 7:
bona quoque, quae tunc habuit cum damnaretur, publicabuntur,
Dig. 28, 18, § 1:
pauper Fabricius (erat) Pyrrhi cum sperneret aurum,
Claud. IV. Cons. Hon. 413.—
b.
The action strictly anterior to the principal sentence, rare (1. d.): nam quod conabar cum interventum'st dicere, nunc expedibo, Pac. ap. Non. p. 505, 3 (Trag. Rel. v. 65 Rib.):
cum est ad nos adlatum de temeritate eorum, etc., cetera mihi facillima videbantur... multaque mihi veniebant in mentem, etc.,
Cic. Fam. 3, 10, 1; Sall. C. 51, 32; Verg. A. 6, 515; id. E. 3, 14.—
3.
The predicate after cum conceived as a period or space of time (including repeated action) is either in the imperf. indic. or imperf. subj. [In ante-classical writers and Cicero the imperf. indic. very frequent, and largely prevailing over the subj., except that when the principal predicate denotes a point of time (with perf.), Cicero commonly uses the subj.; the imperf. indic. occurs in Cicero 241 times; in Caesar once with the force of a relativeclause (B. G. 1, 40, 5), and 3 times of repeated action; in Nep. once of repeated action (Att. 9, 6); in Sall. twice (J. 31, 20; id. H. 1, 48, 6 Dietsch); in Liv. 22 times; in Verg. 4 times; in Ovid twice; in Tib. twice; in Prop. 3 times; in Val. Max. twice; then it disappears (except once each in Tac. and Mart.), but reappears in Gaius (3 times), Gellius (twice), and the Gallic panegyrists (several times)].
a.
Both predicates denoting spaces of time, the principal predicate always in the imperf. indic. unless the mood is changed by other influences.
(α).
Cum with the imperf. indic. (1) In express or implied opposition to other periods of time, esp. with tum or tunc:
eademne erat haec disciplina tibi quom tu adulescens eras?
Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 17:
alium esse censes nunc me atque olim quom dabam?
Ter. And. 3, 3, 13; Plaut. Capt. 2, 1, 50; id. Most. 1, 3, 64; id. Mil. 2, 2, 26; Ter. And. 1, 1, 69; Enn. ap. Cic. Brut. 19, 76 (Ann. v. 222 Vahl.):
qui cum plures erant, paucis nobis exaequari non poterant, hi postquam pauciores sunt, etc.,
Auct. Her. 4, 18, 25:
qui (Pompeius) cum omnes Caesarem metuebamus ipse eum diligebat, postquam ille metuere coepit, etc.,
Cic. Att. 8, 1, 4:
res per eosdem creditores per quos cum tu aderas agebatur,
id. Fam. 1, 1, 1 (cf.:
Senatus consultum factum est de ambitu in Afranii sententiam quam ego dixeram cum tu adesses,
id. Q. Fr. 2, 9, 3):
Trebellium valde jam diligit: oderat tum cum ille tabulis novis adversabatur,
id. Phil. 6, 4, 11:
non tam id sentiebam cum fruebar, quam tunc cum carebam,
id. Red. Quir. 1, 3:
etenim tunc esset hoc animadvertendum cum classis Syracusis proficiebatur,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 43, § 111 (so 111 times in Cicero, including the instances where the principal predicate is in the perf.):
cum captivis redemptio negabatur, nos vulgo homines laudabant, nunc deteriore condicione sumus, etc.,
Liv. 25, 6, 14; 10, 7, 2; 33, 34, 3; 34, 4, 10; 44, 36, 8; 45, 38, 1; Ov. P. 2, 6, 9; id. M. 13, 473; Val. Max. 6, 3, 1; 4, 1, 10; Mart. 12, 70, 10; Gai Inst. 1, 184; Eum. Grat. Act. 6; cf.: cur eum, cum in consilium iretur, Cluentius et Canutius abesse patiebantur? Cur cum in consilium mittebant, Stajenum judicem qui pecuniam dederant, non requirebant? Cic. Clu. 30, 83 (cum iretur, of the time when the judges retired; cum mittebant, of the previous time, when the parties were asked about the closing of the case; opp. cum iretur).—Poets, even in the class. per., sometimes use the subj. in dependence upon the indic.:
hic subito quantus cum viveret esse solebat, Exit humo,
Ov. M. 13, 441. —(2) The principal predicate denoting a mental act or reflection occasioned by, or accompanying the action of the clause with cum (mostly ante-class. and in Cicero):
desipiebam mentis cum illa scripta mittebam tibi,
Plaut. Ep. 1, 2, 35; id. Aul. 2, 2, 1; id. Ps. 1, 5, 86:
sed tu cum et tuos amicos in provinciam quasi in praedam invitabas, et cum eis praedabare, et... non statuebas tibi rationem esse reddendam?
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 11, § 29:
illas res tantas cum gerebam, non mihi mors, non exsilium ob oculos versabatur?
id. Sest. 21, 47; id. Cat. 3, 1, 3; 3, 7, 16; id. Verr. 2, 2, 10, § 26; 2, 2, 13, § 33; 2, 2, 35, § 86; 2, 3, 86, § 198; 2, 5, 21, § 54; id. Fl. 1, 1; id. Deiot. 1, 3; 8, 23; id. Pis. 24, 56 and 57; id. Ac. 2, 28, 89; id. Or. 13, 41; id. Tusc. 2, 15, 43; id. Fam. 7, 9, 5 (22 times); Sall. H. 1, 48, 6 Dietsch (cf.:
num P. Decius cum se devoveret, et equo admisso in mediam aciem Latinorum inruebat, aliquid... cogitabat?
Cic. Fin. 2, 19, 61; cum se devoveret explains the circumstances of inruebat; hence acc. to 3. a. b, 2. in subj.; cf. Madv. ad loc., who reads devoverat).—(3) If the predicate after cum has a meaning peculiar to the imperf. indic., which by the use of the subj. would be effaced: quod erat os tuum, cum videbas eos homines, quorum ex bonis istum anulus aureus donabas? (descriptive imperf.) Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 80, § 187; so,
fulgentis gladios hostium videbant Decii, cum in aciem eorum inruebant,
id. Tusc. 2, 24, 59: cum de plebe consulem non accipiebat ( = accipere nolebat, conative imperf.), id. Brut. 14, 55:
cum vim quae esset in sensibus explicabamus, etc.,
id. Ac. 2, 12, 37 (the verbum dicendi refers to a certain stage in the discourse, for which Cicero uses the imperf. indic. in independent sentences, e. g. N. D. 3, 29, 71; 3, 6, 15; de Or. 1, 53, 230; 2, 19, 83; 2, 84, 341); so,
equidem... risum vix tenebam, cum Attico Lysiae Catonem nostrum comparabas,
id. Brut. 8, 293:
cum censebam,
id. de Or. 1, 62, 264:
cum dicebam,
id. Fam. 6, 1, 5:
cum ponebas,
id. Fin. 2, 19, 63; so esp. in Cicero's letters the phrase cum haec scribebam = while I am writing this, to preserve the meaning of an epistolary tense, referring to a state, condition, or action in progress at the time of writing the letter:
res, cum haec scribebam, erat in extremum adducta discrimen,
id. Fam. 12, 6, 2; 3, 12, 2; 5, 12, 2; 6, 4, 1; id. Att. 5, 20, 5 et saep.; cum haec scriberem, scripsissem, scripsi, are not epistolary tenses, but refer to events happening after the letter or part of it was finished, = when I wrote, had written, id. ib. 2, 15, 3; 10, 4, 7; 4, 10, 2; id. Q. Fr. 3, 1, 6, § 19; Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 6, 5; 8, 13, 2;
sometimes cum dabam = cum scribebam,
Cic. Fam. 12, 16, 3 (but cf.:
cum scriberem, as epistolary tense, in oblique discourse,
id. Att. 15, 13, 7).—(4) The coincidence in time of two actions is made emphatic, = eo ipso tempore quo:
tum cum insula Delos... nihil timebat, non modo provinciis sed etiam Appia via jam carebamus,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 18, 55; id. Phil. 1, 15, 36; 13, 8, 17; id. Sull. 10, 31; id. Tusc. 2, 8, 20; id. Off. 3, 27, 100; id. Dom. 45, 118.—
(β).
The predicate after cum is in the imperf. subj. (1) To impart to the clause a causal, adversative or concessive meaning besides the temporal relation:
antea cum equester ordo judicaret, improbi magistratus in provinciis inserviebant publicanis (a logical consequence),
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 41, § 94:
sed cum jam honores (Hortensii) et illa senior auctoritas gravius quiddam requireret, remanebat idem (dicendi genus) nec decebat idem,
id. Brut. 95, 327; id. Phil. 1, 1, 1; id. Rosc. Am. 15, 42; 16, 45; id. Pis. 10, 2; Liv. 25, 13, 1; 26, 5, 1.—(2) To indicate circumstances under which the main action took place, and by which it is explained:
Flaminius, cum tripudio auspicaretur, pullarius diem differebat, etc.,
Cic. Div. 1, 35, 77: [p. 493] equidem cum peterem magistratum, solebam in prensando dimittere a me Scaevolam, id. de Or. 1, 24, 112; id. Inv. 2, 17, 52; Liv. 41, 1, 2 (cf. 3. b. b, 3.).—(3) To describe the locality of the main action: quom essem in provincia legatus, quam plures ad praetores et consules vinum honorarium dabant, Cato ap. Isid. Orig. 20, 3, 8:
Zenonem cum Athenis essem audiebam frequenter,
Cic. N. D. 1, 21, 59; 1, 28, 79; id. Tusc. 2, 14, 34; id. Fam. 3, 8, 5; id. Att. 2, 11, 1; 12, 5, 4; 16, 14, 1; id. Verr. 2, 4, 12, § 29; Liv. 5, 54, 3 (cf. 3. b. b, 4.).—(4) To designate the time of the main action as a condition:
cum ageremus vitae supremum diem, scribebamus hoc,
Cic. Fin. 4, 27, 54:
cum jam in exitu annus esset, Q. Marcius... magistratu abiturus erat,
Liv. 39, 23, 1 (cf. 3. b. b, 5.).—
(γ).
If both the clause with cum and the principal predicate denote repeated action, the predicate with cum in class. prose is in the imperf. indic. or subj. according to the rules under a and b; the principal predicate being always in the imperf. indic.; but in ante-class. writers cum has always the imperf. indic. (1) Imperf. indic.:
tum mi aedes quoque arridebant, quom ad te veniebam, tuae,
Plaut. As. 1, 3, 55; id. Am. 1, 1, 45; id. Rud. 4, 7, 25 sqq.; Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 19; Cinc. de Re Mil. ap. Gell. 16, 4, 5; Asell. ap. Gell. 2, 13, 4; Cic. Att. 2, 7, 4; id. Verr. 2, 2, 13, § 34; Caes. B. C. 1, 79, 2; Gai Inst. 2, 101; Pacat. Pan. 9 fin.:
cum a nostro Catone laudabar vel reprehendi me a ceteris facile patiebar,
Cic. Or. 13, 41; so Nep. Att. 9, 6.—To distinguish from adversative relations, as Cic. Rosc. Com. 3, 9; id. Att. 12, 39, 2; id. de Or. 1, 14, 62; Caes. B. C. 3, 44, 6; Gai Inst. 2, 254.—If only the clause with cum, but not the principal predicate, denotes repeated action, the latter is in the perf., the former in imperf. indic., Caes. B. C. 2, 17; Cic. Arch. 5, 10.—(2) Imperf. subj., mostly denoting circumstances to explain the main action: cum dilectus antiquitus fieret... tribunus militaris adigebat, etc., Cinc. de Re Mil. ap. Gell. 16, 4, 2:
Hortensius cum partiretur tecum causas, prorogandi locum semper tibi relinquebat,
Cic. Brut. 51, 190; id. Div. 1, 45, 102; id. de Or. 1, 54, 232; id. Brut. 62, 222; Liv. 3, 66, 2; 5, 25, 12:
ex hoc effectos panes, cum in colloquiis Pompeiani famem nostris objectarent, vulgo in eos jaciebant (causal),
Caes. B. C. 3, 48; Cic. Fin. 2, 19, 62; so,
according to class. usage,
Sen. Ep. 86, 11; Curt. 5, 2, 7; 6, 5, 18; 7, 3, 13; Suet. Caes. 65;
contrary to class. usage,
Val. Max. 3, 6, 6; Sen. Ep. 30, 7; 77, 8; Tac. H. 2, 91; Spart. Had. 18. —
(δ).
In other instances (which are rare), both moods occur, either without any discrimination, or for special reasons. (1) Ante-class.:
nam quom modo exibat foras, ad portum se aibat ire,
Plaut. Rud. 2, 2, 2. —(2) Class.:
ut, cum L. Opimii causam defendebat, C. Carbo nihil de Gracchi nece negabat, sed id jure factum esse dicebat,
Cic. de Or. 2, 25, 106 (cf.:
nuper cum ego C. Sergii Oratae... causam defenderem, nonne omnis nostra in jure versata defensio est?
id. ib. 1, 39, 178; in each of these sentences the clause with cum sustains exactly the same relation to the principal predicate; but the former has the imperf. in the principal sentence, and in this connection Cic. prefers the indic. after cum):
similiter arbitror... illum (oratorem) de toto illo genere non plus quaesiturum esse, quid dicat, quam Polycletum illum, cum Herculem fingebat, quem ad modum pellem aut hydram fingeret (fingebat, for euphony, in view of the foll. fingeret),
id. de Or. 2, 16, 70; cf.:
nec vero ille artifex cum faceret Jovis formam... contemplabatur aliquem, e quo similitudinem duceret,
id. Or. 2, 9.—Without assignable reason:
casu, cum legerem tuas litteras, Hirtius erat apud me,
Cic. Att. 15, 1, 2; cf.:
Hasdrubal tum forte cum haec gerebantur, apud Syphacem erat,
Liv. 29, 31, 1:
cum haec Romae agebantur, Chalcide Antiochus ipse sollicitabat civitatium animos, etc.,
id. 36, 5, 1; cf.:
cum haec in Hispania gererentur, comitiorum jam appetebat dies,
id. 35, 8, 1 (Weissenb. gerebantur):
cum haec agebantur, Chalcide erat Antiochus,
id. 36, 15, 1; cf.:
cum haec agerentur jam consul via Labicana ad fanum Quietis erat,
id. 4, 41, 8; 35, 2, 1.—(3) PostAug. writers almost always use imperf. subj., disregarding the class. usage: ipsa fruebatur arte cum pingeret (cf. a, 2.), Sen. Ep. 9, 7; id. Cons. Marc. 23, 3; Plin. Pan. 34:
tunc erat mendacio locus cum ignota essent externa... nunc vero, etc. (opposition of times),
Sen. Q. N. 4, 2, 24; so id. Ep. 97, 9; Mart. 2, 61, 1; cf. Don. ad Ter. And. 3, 3, 13 (3. a. a, 1. supra):
cum haec proderem habebant et Caesares juvenes sturnum, etc.,
Plin. 10, 41, 59, § 120.—
b.
If the principal predicate denotes a point of time, and the predicate with cum a period of time, the former is in the perf. indic. unless changed by construction; the latter
(α).
In the imperf. indic., according to the rules a. a, except 2. (1) When the time of the cum clause is opposed to other periods of time:
res quom animam agebat tum esse offusam oportuit,
Plaut. Trin. 4, 3, 85; id. Truc. 4, 2, 20; id. Ep. 3, 3, 50 (3, 4, 21); id. Most. 5, 1, 68:
quod cum res agebatur nemo in me dixit, id tot annis post tu es inventus qui diceres?
Cic. Phil. 2, 9, 22; id. Rep. 2, 23, 43; id. Div. 1, 41, 92; 1, 45, 101; id. Ac. 2, 28, 90; id. Quint. 19, 60; 17, 54; 19, 61; id. Verr. 2, 3, 90, § 210 et saep.; Liv. 22, 60, 25; Verg. A. 4, 597; Tib. 1, 10, 8; 1, 10, 19; Prop. 2, 1, 31; 5 (4), 10, 24.—The subj. may be used if the principal action is represented as a consequence or result:
o, Astaphium, haut isto modo solita's me ante appellare, Sed blande, quom illuc quod aput vos nunc est, aput me haberem,
Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 60 (Lubbert conjectures habebam); Cic. Off. 2, 1, 2 and 3; id. Fin. 4, 27, 54; id. Rosc. Am. 4, 11; id. Verr. 2, 3, 57, § 130; id. Mur. 3, 8; Liv. 5, 53, 9; 10, 6, 9; 43, 21, 1;
44, 39, 7.— Hence the mood may change in co-ordinate clauses: tum, cum haberet haec res publica Luscinos, Calatinos, etc., homines... patientia paupertatis ornatos, et tum, cum erant Catones, Phili, etc., tamen hujusce modi res commissa nemini est (haberet, concessive),
Cic. Agr. 2, 24, 64.—(2) To make emphatic the coincidence of time, = eo ipso tempore (a. a, 4.):
cum is triumphus de Liguribus agebatur, Ligures... coloniam ipsam ceperunt,
Liv. 41, 14, 1; Cic. Sest. 26, 56; id. Phil. 2, 36, 90; id. Div. 2, 1, 3; id. Verr. 2, 5, 37, § 97; id. Att. 1, 4, 1.—(3) To preserve the peculiar force of the imperf. indic. (a. a, 3.): cum iste jam decedebat, ejus modi litteras ad eos misit, etc. (conative imperf.), Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 70, § 172:
cum Africanus censor tribu movebat centurionem... inquit,
id. de Or. 2, 67, 272 (cf.:
cum (censor) M. Antistio equum ademisset,
id. ib. 2, 71, 287).—
(β).
With the imperf. subj. (1) Always when cum means while (time during which): quomque caput caderet, carmen tuba sola peregit et, etc., Enn. ap. Lact. ad Stat. Th. 11, 56 (Ann. v. 508 Vahl.):
magistratus quom ibi adesset, occepta'st agi,
Ter. Eun. prol. 22 (Lubbert conjectures adsedit); Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1 (Ann. v. 106 Vahl.):
Alexandrum uxor sua, cum simul cubaret, occidit,
Cic. Inv. 2, 49, 144:
armati, cum sui utrosque adhortarentur... in medium inter duas acies procedunt,
Liv. 1, 25, 1; Varr. R. R. 2, 81; Auct. Her. 4, 52, 65; Cic. Brut. 3, 10; id. Clu. 62, 175; Caes. B. G. 2, 19; id. B. C. 3, 57; Liv. 1, 30, 8; 10, 30, 3 et saep.—(2) To connect a logical (causal, etc.) relation with the temporal meaning (a. b, 1.):
cum ille Romuli senatus... temptaret ut ipse gereret sine rege rem publicam, populus id non tulit,
Cic. Rep. 2, 12, 23:
an pater familiarissimis suis succensuit cum Sullam et defenderent et laudarent? (causal),
id. Sull. 17, 49:
tum cum bello sociorum tota Italia arderet, homo non acerrimus... C. Norbanus in summo otio fuit (concessive),
id. Verr. 2, 5, 4, § 8:
quibus rebus cum unus in civitate maxime floreret, incidit in eandem invidiam, etc. (adversative),
Nep. Cim. 3, 1:
sed cum jam appropinquantium forma lemborum haud dubia esset... tunc injecta trepidatio est,
Liv. 44, 28, 10; Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 90, § 211; id. Clu. 31, 84; id. Mur. 3, 8; id. Phil. 3, 2, 3; id. Tusc. 1, 2, 4; Auct. Her. 4, 24, 33; Caes. B. C. 2, 7; Liv. 25, 9, 10; 21, 41, 12.—(3) To explain the main fact by circumstances:
quem quidem hercle ego, in exilium quom iret, redduxi domum,
Plaut. Merc. 5, 4, 19:
consule me, cum esset designatus tribunus, obtulit in discrimen vitam suam,
Cic. Sest. 28, 61:
haec epistula est, quam nos, in aedibus Apronii cum litteras conquireremus, invenimus,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 66, § 154: Socrates, cum XXX. tyranni essent, pedem porta non extulit, id. Att. 8, 2, 4:
Brundusii cum loquerer cum Phania, veni in eum sermonem ut dicerem, etc.,
id. Fam. 3, 5, 3:
itaque, cum populum in curias triginta divideret, nomina earum (Sabinarum) curiis imposuit,
Liv. 1, 13, 6:
Ap. Claudius, ovans cum in urbem iniret, decem milia pondo argenti, etc., in aerarium tulit,
id. 41, 28, 6; Cic. Clu. 20, 55; id. Phil. 12, 8, 20; id. Scaur. 47; id. Inv. 2, 31, 96; id. Tusc. 2, 22, 53; id. Div. 1, 52, 119; id. Off. 2, 8, 27; id. Or. 2, 55, 225 sq.; id. Fam. 1, 9, 13; 6, 6, 5; Liv. 1, 39, 4; 3, 63, 6; 4, 53, 11 et saep.—(4) To describe the place of the main action (a. a, 3.):
cum essem in castris ad fluvium Pyramum, redditae mihi sunt uno tempore a te epistulae duae,
Cic. Fam. 3, 11, 1;
so with cum essem (essemus, etc.),
id. ib. 2, 19, 1; 3, 4, 1; 13, 56, 1; id. Att. 1, 10, 1; 14, 19, 1; id. Ac. 1, 1, 1; id. Rep. 1, 39, 61; Varr. R. R. 3, 13; Caes. B. G. 4, 11 et saep.:
Eumenes rex ab Roma cum in regnum rediret... mactatus est ( = on the journey),
Liv. 42, 40, 8:
Agesilaus cum ex Aegypto reverteretur... in morbum implicitus decessit,
Nep. Ages. 8, 6.—The perf. indic. (cum fui, etc.) refers to temporary visits to a place:
Gallo narravi, cum proxime Romae fui, quid audissem,
Cic. Att. 13, 49, 2:
proxime cum in patria mea fui, venit ad me, etc.,
Plin. Ep. 4, 13, 3.—(5) To designate the time by natural occurrences (a. a, 4.):
ipsi comprehensi a me, cum jam dilucesceret, deducuntur,
Cic. Cat. 3, 3, 6:
cum advesperasceret, cum lucesceret,
id. Fam. 15, 4, 8:
cum lux appropinquaret,
id. Tull. 9, 21:
cum dies instaret,
id. Inv. 2, 31, 96:
cum comitiorum tempus adpeteret,
Liv. 28, 10, 1:
cum dies comitiorum adpropinquaret,
id. 3, 34, 7; 10, 13, 2.—But when a date is given as a point of time, the perf. indic. is used:
cum ea dies venit,
Liv. 4, 44, 10; 6, 20, 4.—(6) When the action of the cum clause is interrupted or ended by the main action:
cum hanc jam epistulam complicarem, tabellarii a vobis venerunt, etc.,
Cic. Q. Fr. 3, 1, 5, § 17:
L. Octavius, cum multas jam causas diceret, adulescens est mortuus,
id. Brut. 68, 241:
cum plures jam tribus dicto esse audientem pontifici duumvirum juberent... ultimum de caelo quod comitia turbaret intervenit,
Liv. 40, 42, 10:
cum maxime conquereretur apud patres... repente strepitus ante curiam... auditur,
id. 8, 33, 4:
haec cum maxime dissereret, intervenit Tarquinius,
id. 1, 50, 7;
so with cum maxime,
Cic. Fam. 1, 5, a, 2; Liv. 23, 24, 6; 30, 33, 12.—(7) If the clause with cum has the force of a participial adjunct of the principal predicate (cum diceret = dicens, or dicendo):
Caesarem saepe accusavit, cum adfirmaret illum numquam, dum haec natio viveret, sine cura futurum ( = adfirmans, or adfirmando),
Cic. Sest. 63, 132:
Antigonus in proelio, cum adversus Seleucum dimicaret, occisus est ( = dimicans),
Nep. Reg. 3, 2:
impulit ut cuperem habere, cum diceret,
Varr. R. R. 3, 2, 8; Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 9 (11), 3; id. Clu. 42, 119; 56, 153; id. pro Corn. Maj. Fragm. 16; id. Mil. 5, 12; id. de Or. 1, 57, 243; id. Or. 37, 129; id. Fin. 1, 5, 16; id. Inv. 2, 34, 105; Val. Max. 1, 2, ext. 1; Ov. P. 1, 9, 42.—(8) In the historians, in a summary reference to events already related:
cum haec in Achaia atque apud Dyrrhachium gererentur... Caesar mittit, etc.,
Caes. B. C. 3, 57:
cum civitas in opere ac labore adsiduo reficiendae urbis teneretur, interim Q. Fabio... dicta dies est,
Liv. 6, 1, 6:
cum hic status in Boeotia esset, Perseus... misit,
id. 42, 56, 10; 33, 36, 1; 34, 22, 3; 38, 8, 1; 42, 64, 1; 45, 11, 1.—
(γ).
In all other cases the imperf. subj. is regularly used in class. prose, even if the action of the clause with cum is logically independent of the principal sentence:
illum saepe audivi, hic, cum ego judicare jam aliquid possem, abfuit,
Cic. Brut. 71, 248: senatus consultum est factum de ambitu in Afranii sententiam, in quam ego dixeram, cum tu adesses. id. Q. Fr. 2, 7 (9), 3; so always (class.) with cum maxime, precisely when, just when:
cum maxime haec in senatu agerentur, Canuleius... (ad populum) ita disseruit,
Liv. 4, 3, 1:
cum maxime Capua circumvallaretur, Syracusarum oppugnatio ad finem venit,
id. 25, 23, 1.—In a very few instances the imperf. indic. occurs without apparent reason: an vero cum honos agebatur familiae vestrae... succensuit [p. 494] pater tuus cum Sullam defenderent (probably to distinguish the two cum clauses), Cic. Sull. 17, 49 (cf.:
cum jus amicitiae, societatis, adfinitatis ageretur, cum, etc., eo tempore tu non modo non... retulisti, sed ne ipse quidem, etc.,
id. Quint. 16, 53):
ille versus, qui in te erat collatus cum aedilitatem petebas,
id. Q. Fr. 1, 3, 8:
cum ex oppido exportabatur (Dianae statua) quem conventum mulierum factum esse arbitramini?... Quid hoc tota Sicilia est clarius quam omnes convenisse cum Diana exportaretur ex oppido? etc.,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 35, § 77.—Poets and post-class. writers frequently disregard the class. usage, the former by using either mood instead of the other, the latter by the un-Ciceronian use of the subj.; v. Prop. 2, 9, 15; 5 (4), 4, 10; Tib. 1, 10, 16; Verg. A. 7, 148; 12, 735; Mart. 13, 122; Curt. 8, 12, 16; 9, 2, 24; Quint. 11, 1, 89; Plin. 36, 6, 5, § 46; Dig. 28, 1, 22, § 1; Gell. strangely uses an imperf. indic. where class. writers would use a subj.:
sed ego, homines cum considerabam, alterum fidei, alterum probri plenum, nequaquam adduci potui ad absolvendum,
Gell. 14, 2, 10; cf.:
cum secum reputavit,
Tac. A. 15, 54.
D.
In adverbial clauses denoting identity of action (if the principal sentence and the clause with cum denote not different actions, but one action, which, expressed by the latter clause, is by the principal sentence defined in its meaning and import, the clause with cum always takes the indic., except once or twice post-class., and almost always the same tense as the principal sentence), when, by, in, etc.
1.
The predicate in present:
amice facis Quom me laudas,
Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 31; id. Poen. 3, 2, 12; 3, 5, 15; Ter. And. prol. 18; id. Ad. 1, 2, 16 et saep.:
bene facitis cum venitis,
Auct. Her. 4, 50, 63:
quae cum taces, nulla esse concedis,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 19, 54; 21, 58; id. Clu. 47, 132; Liv. 25, 6, 5 et saep.—
2.
With fut. (rare):
cum igitur proferent aliquid hujusmodi... inventum proferent,
Cic. Inv. 1, 40, 75; id. Fl. 39, 99; Plin. Ep. 7, 24, 9.—
3.
With fut. perf. (rare):
quod cum dederis, illud dederis ut is absolvatur,
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 7, 23; id. Lig. 12, 36; id. Part. Or. 39; Auct. Her. 4, 30, 41.—
4.
With perf.:
fecisti furtum quom istaec flagitia me celavisti et patrem,
Plaut. Bacch. 1, 2, 60; 1, 2, 52; id. Cas. 4, 4, 18 (22); id. Capt. 2, 3, 52; Ter. Phorm. prol. 32 et saep.:
loco ille motus est cum ex urbe est depulsus,
Cic. Cat. 2, 1, 1; id. Verr. 2, 5, 23, § 59; id. Fam. 11, 29, 2; id. Rosc. Am. 14, 39; Liv. 5, 49, 8; 9, 8, 4; Val. Max. 3, 7, ext. 1; Curt. 6, 10, 9; Quint. 1, 10, 47 et saep.—
5.
With histor. pres.:
Orestes cum se defendit, in matrem confert crimen,
Auct. Her. 1, 15, 25.—
6.
With imperf.:
cum grandiorem aetatem ad consulatum constituebant, adulescentiae temeritatem verebantur,
Cic. Phil. 5, 17, 47; 14, 10, 28; id. Fl. 33, 83; id. Lig. 6, 18; id. Fam. 6, 1, 3; id. Off. 3, 10, 40; id. Sen. 6, 15 et saep.—
7.
Imperf. with perf. ( poet. and post-class.;
very rare): quid quod et ominibus certis prohibebar amori Indulgere meo, tum cum mihi ferre jubenti Excidit et fecit spes nostras cera caducas,
Ov. M. 9, 595 sq.; Val. Max. 9, 1, 5.—
8.
With pluperf. (very rare):
exspectationem nobis non parvam attuleras cum scripseras, etc.,
Cic. Att. 3, 18, 1; id. Sest. 16, 37.—
* 9.
Pluperf. and imperf.:
quod quidem tibi ostenderam cum a me Capuam reiciebam,
Cic. Att. 8, 11, D, 5.—
10.
Imperf. subj. (post-class.):
tunc venena edebat bibebatque, cum immensis epulis non delectaretur tantum, sed gloriaretur,
Sen. Cons. Helv. 10, 10.—
11.
Often relatively added to nouns when a relative clause must be supplied:
illa scelera... cum ejus domum evertisti, cujus, etc.,
which you committed when (by), Cic. Pis. 34, 83; id. Imp. Pomp. 12, 33; id. Verr. 2, 5, 13, § 33; Liv. 5, 3, 4; 23, 9, 11; 29, 17, 9.
E.
In relative clauses, = quo tempore, quo, etc.
1.
Dependent on nouns designating time, the mood follows the general rules of relative clauses.
a.
The principal sentence is a formal statement of indefinite time, with the copula (tempus fuit cum, or fuit cum, analogous to sunt qui, etc.); generally with subj., but sometimes indic., when sunt qui would take this mood.
(α).
With pres. or fut. indic.: nunc est profecto (i. e. tempus), interfici quom perpeti me possum (the ante-class. writers construe sunt qui with indic.), Ter. Eun. 3, 5, 3; id. And. 1, 1, 125:
jam aderit tempus quom sese etiam ipse oderit,
Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 12; Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 28.—
(β).
With pres. subj.: nunc est ille dies quom gloria maxima sese nobis ostendat, si vivimus, sive morimur, Enn. ap. Prisc. 10, p. 880 P. (Ann. v. 383 Vahl.); so Plaut. Capt. 3, 3, 1:
erit illud profecto tempus et illucescet aliquando dies cum... amicissimi benevolentiam desideres,
Cic. Mil. 25, 69; Val. Max. 6, 2, 9.—
(γ).
With preterites, indic., Plaut. Truc. 2, 4, 29:
fuit quoddam tempus cum in agris homines bestiarum more vagabantur,
Cic. Inv. 1, 2, 2 (cf.:
fuerunt alia genera qui... dicebant,
id. de Or. 3, 17, 62):
fuit cum hoc dici poterat (potuisset would be hypothetical),
Liv. 7, 32, 13.—
(δ).
With preterites, subj., Ter. Heaut. 5, 4, 1:
quod fuit tempus cum rura colerent homines,
Varr. R. R. 3, 1:
ac fuit cum mihi quoque initium requiescendi concessum arbitrarer,
Cic. Or. 1, 1, 1; so id. Brut. 2, 7; Caes. B. G. 6, 24.—
b.
Attributively with nouns denoting time (tempus, dies, etc.), in ordinary sentences.
(α).
With pres. or fut. indic.:
incidunt saepe tempora cum ea commutantur,
Cic. Off. 1, 10, 31:
longum illud tempus cum non ero, etc.,
id. Att. 12, 8, 1; id. Verr. 2, 5, 69, § 177; id. Quint. 2, 8; id. Sen. 23, 84.—With potential subj., Cic. Att. 3, 3.—
(β).
With past tenses, indic., Plaut. Am. prol. 91; id. rud. 2, 6, 12; Ter. And. 5, 3, 12:
atque ille eo tempore paruit cum parere senatui necesse erat,
Cic. Lig. 7, 20:
memini noctis illius cum... pollicebar,
id. Planc. 42, 101; id. Phil. 2, 18, 45; 2, 35, 88; id. Imp. Pomp. 15, 44; id. Sest. 7, 15; 29, 62; id. Sull. 18, 52; id. Fam. 11, 8, 1; 11, 27, 3; id. de Or. 1, 11, 45; Sall. J. 31, 20; Ov. Tr. 4, 10, 6; Prop. 1, 10, 5; 1, 22, 5; Gell. 1, 23, 2 et saep.—So with nouns implying time:
illa pugna quom, etc. ( = in qua),
Plaut. Poen. 2, 26;
Marcellino Consule, cum ego... putabam ( = anno Marcellini, quo, etc.),
Cic. Att. 9, 9, 4:
patrum nostrorum memoria cum exercitus videbatur ( = tempore quo),
Caes. B. G. 1, 40; Cic. Fam. 13, 1, 2; Liv. 6, 40, 17.—
(γ).
With preterites in subj., Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 30:
accepit enim agrum iis temporibus cum jacerent pretia praediorum,
Cic. Rosc. Com. 12, 33; so id. Off. 2, 19, 65:
numerandus est ille annus cum obmutuisset senatus?
id. Pis. 12, 26; so id. Verr. 2, 4, 35, § 77; id. Rep. 2, 37, 62; id. Font. 3, 6; Liv. 3, 65, 8:
haec scripsi postridie ejus diei cum castra haberem Mopsuhestiae (cf. habebam, as epistolary tense),
Cic. Fam. 3, 8, 10.—If the clause does not define the noun, but is a co-ordinate designation of time, it follows the rule of adverbial clauses:
eodem anno, cum omnia infida Romanis essent, Capuae quoque conjurationes factae,
while, Liv. 9, 26, 5; Cic. Rep. 2, 36, 61; id. de Or. 2, 3, 12; Liv. 8, 15, 1; 1, 41, 6.—
c.
Appositively added to temporal adverbs and to dates (heri, hodie, medius, tertius, olim, antea, quondam, nuper, olim, postea) following the rules of adverbial clauses:
Crassus hodie, cum vos non adessetis, posuit idem, etc.,
Cic. de Or. 2, 10, 41:
omnia quae a te nudius tertius dicta sunt, cum docere velles, etc.,
id. N. D. 3, 7, 18; id. Sest. 48, 103; id. Att. 4, 3, 2; id. Inv. 2, 1, 1; id. Rep. 1, 39, 61; Caes. B. C. 2, 17 et saep.—So with dates (always subj.. except with cum haec scribebam, or dabam):
posteaquam Pompeius apud populum ad VIII. Id. Febr., cum pro Milone diceret, clamore convicioque jactatus est,
Cic. Fam. 1, 5, b, 1; 3, 3, 1; 3, 4, 1; 4, 2, 1; id. Att. 14, 19, 1.—
2.
The principal sentence defines a period of time during which the action of the clause has or had lasted, always with indic., and after the words defining the period, = per quod tempus, when, that, during which, while, etc.
a.
With pres., = Engl. pres. perf.
(α).
With cardinal, definite or indefinite. (1) Time in acc. (ante-class.):
hanc domum Jam multos annos est quom possideo,
that I have been the owner, Plaut. Aul. prol. 4; cf. id. Merc. 3, 1, 37.—(2) Time in nom.:
anni sunt octo cum ista causa in ista meditatione versatur,
Cic. Clu. 30, 82; id. Or. 51, 171; id. Fam. 15, 14, 1; id. Div. 2, 36, 76.—
(β).
With ordinals:
vigesimus annus est, cum omnes scelerati me unum petunt,
Cic. Phil. 12, 10, 24; Verg. A. 5, 627; 3, 646.—
(γ).
With diu:
jam diu'st quom ventri victum non datis,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 146; Gell. 1, 25, 12.—
b.
Perf. with negation, the principal predicate in pres. or logical perf., = Engl. pres. perf.:
quia septem menses sunt quom in hasce aedes pedem Nemo intro tetulit,
Plaut. Most. 2, 2, 39; id. Men. 3, 1, 3; Prop. 3, 8, 33 (2, 16, 33. —
c.
With pluperf., the principal predicate in imperf.:
permulti jam anni erant cum inter patricios magistratus tribunosque nulla certamina fuerant,
Liv. 9, 33, 3.—
d.
With imperf., the principal predicate in perf. or pluperf.:
dies triginta aut plus in ea navi fui, Quom interea semper mortem exspectabam miser,
Ter. Hec. 3, 4, 7:
unus et alter dies intercesserat, cum res parum certa videbatur,
Cic. Clu. 26, 72.—
3.
The principal sentence specifying a period of time which has or had elapsed since the action took place, = ex ejus tempore, since or after, always with indic.; the principal predicate pres. or logical perf., cum with perf. indic.
a.
With cardinals.
(α).
Time in acc. (ante-class.):
annos factum'st sedecim Quom conspicatus est primo crepusculo Puellam exponi,
Plaut. Cas. prol. 39; so probably id. Pers. 1, 3, 57; id. Trin. 2, 4, 1; id. Merc. 3, 1, 37.—
(β).
With nom.:
nondum centum et decem anni sunt cum de pecuniis repetundis lata lex est,
Cic. Off. 2, 21, 75; id. Fam. 15, 16, 3; id. Att. 9, 11, A, 2.—
b.
With diu or dudum:
nam illi quidem haut sane diu'st quom dentes exciderunt,
Plaut. Merc. 3, 1, 42; id. As. 2, 1, 3; id. Trin. 4, 3, 3.—
c.
Peculiarly, cum referring to an action which was to be done after a period of time, before, at the end of which:
omnino biduum supererat cum exercitui frumentum metiri oporteret,
Caes. B. G. 1, 23. —
4.
In inverted clauses, the principal sentence determining the time of the clause, cum ( = quo tempore) having the force of a relative; cum with the indic. always following the principal sentence; never in oblique discourse; very freq. in class. and post-class. writings (ante-class. only Plaut. Men. 5, 8, 3; Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 40; id. Eun. 4, 2, 5); principal sentence often with jam, vix, vixdum, nondum, tantum quod, and commodum; cum often with subito, repente, sometimes interim, tamen, etiamtum.
a.
Principal sentence defining time by temporal expressions.
(α).
Principal sentence with pluperf. (1) Cum with perf. or histor. pres.:
dies nondum decem intercesserant cum ille alter filius necatur,
Cic. Clu. 9, 28; id. Verr. 1, 2, 36; id. Or. 2, 21, 89; Ov. M. 9, 715; Plin. Pan. 91, 1.—(2) Cum with histor. inf., Sall. J. 98, 2.—
(β).
Principal sentence with imperf. (1) Cum with perf. or histor. pres.:
nondum lucebat cum Ameriae scitum est,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 34, 97; Liv. 21, 59, 5; 41, 26, 2; 22, 1, 1; 9, 33, 3; 9, 37, 5; Verg. G. 2, 340; Curt. 4, 3, 16; 5, 12, 6 al.—(2) Cum with imperf., Curt. 6, 7, 1.—
(γ).
Principal sentence with perf., cum with perf.:
dies haud multi intercesserunt cum ex Leontinis praesidium... venerunt,
Liv. 24, 29, 1; 40, 48, 4.—
b.
Principal sentence not containing expressions of time; most freq. with pluperf. or imperf. in principal sentence, and perf. or histor. pres. in clause with cum, but (far more rarely) many other combinations occur.
(α).
Principal sentence with imperf., cum with perf.:
non dubitabat Minucius quin, etc., cum repente jubetur dicere,
Cic. Verr. 1, 2, 29, § 72:
jamque hoc facere noctu adparabant cum matres familiae repente... procucurrerunt,
Caes. B. G. 7, 26, 3; Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 14, § 36; Liv. 1, 36, 1 (57 times); Verg. A. 1, 36 (26 times); Vell. 2, 28, 2; Sen. Ira, 1, 18, 3; Tac. A. 3, 1 (31 times); Curt. 3, 10, 1 (19 times); Plin. Ep. 6, 24, 2.—
(β).
Principal sentence with pluperf., cum with perf. or histor. pres.:
jam Sora capta erat cum consules prima luce advenere,
Liv. 9, 24, 13 (32 times); Cic. Clu. 9, 28 (14 times); Sall. J. 60, 6; Verg. A. 1, 586 (13 times); Tac. A. 1, 19 (13 times); Curt. 3, 10, 1 (18 times). —And cum with potential subj.:
vix erat hoc plane imperatum cum illum spoliatum... videres,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 40, § 86.—
(γ).
Principal sentence with perf., Cic. Sest. 37, 39 (5 times); Liv. 2, 46, 3 (8 times).—
(δ).
Principal sentence with histor. inf., Liv. 5, 46, 1; Tac. A. 1, 11; 11, 16; Curt. 5, 9, 1; 9, 5, 1.—
(ε).
Principal sentence with histor. pres., Liv. 4, 32, 1 (3 times); Ov. M. 4, 695 (5 times).—
(ζ).
Cum with imperf., Cic. Verr. 1, 6, 17 (3 times); Sall. J. 51, 2; Liv. 44, 10, 6; Tac. A. 1, 51; 11, 26.—
(η).
Cum with [p. 495] histor. inf., Liv. 2, 27, 1; Tac. A. 2, 31 (6 times); Curt. 4, 4, 9.—
(θ).
Cum with pluperf., Liv. 2, 46, 3 (3 times); Ov. M. 14, 581; Verg. A. 2, 256 sq.—
(κ).
With logical perf., or logical perf. and pres. (rare):
quam multi enim jam oratores commemorati sunt... cum tamen spisse ad Antonium Crassumque pervenimus,
Cic. Brut. 36, 138:
jamque fuga timidum caput abdidit alte (coluber), Cum medii nexus extremaeque agmina caudae Solvuntur,
Verg. G. 3, 422.—
5.
In clauses added loosely or parenthetically to a preceding clause or to a substantive in it (the mood governed by the rules for relative clauses).
a.
When, on an occasion, on which, etc.
(α).
With perf. indic.:
Hortensium maxime probavi pro Messala dicentem, cum tu abfuisti,
Cic. Brut. 96, 328; id. Phil. 11, 8, 18; id. Dom. 9, 22; 53, 136; id. Fam. 13, 75, 1; Spart. Had. 3; Flor. 1, 18, 9 (1, 13, 19).—
(β).
With imperf. indic.:
num infitiari potes te illo ipso die meis praesidiis circumclusum commovere te non potuisse, cum tu nostra... caede contentum esse dicebas?
Cic. Cat. 1, 3, 7; id. Sest. 63, 131; id. Cael. 24, 59.—
(γ).
Cum with pres. indic., a past tense in principal sentence (mostly poet.):
nox erat et placidum carpebant fessa soporem Corpora... cum medio volvuntur sidera lapsu, Cum tacet omnis ager, etc.,
Verg. A. 4, 522; 8, 407; 12, 114; id. E. 8, 15; Hor. S. 1, 10, 31; Plin. Ep. 6, 16, 22.—
(δ).
Imperf. subj.: qui... accensi nulla deinde vi sustineri potuere, cum compulsi in castra Romani rursus obsiderentur, in consequence of which ( = ita ut), Liv. 3, 5, 8.—
(ε).
So freq. cum quidem, always with indic.:
sed uterque noster cedere cogebatur, cum quidem ille pollicitus est, se quod velletis esse facturum,
Cic. Phil. 9, 4, 9; id. Fl. 22, 53; id. Pis. 9, 21; 34, 83 and 84; id. Leg. 2, 6, 14; id. Sen. 4, 11; Suet. Caes. 50; Spart. Had. 9; id. Ael. Ver. 4.—
b.
Cum tamen, at which time however, and yet, while nevertheless, representing the principal sentence as concessive, analogous to qui tamen (v. tamen).
(α).
With indic., like qui tamen, always, except for particular reasons:
fit gemitus omnium et clamor, cum tamen a praesenti supplicio tuo continuit populus Romanus se, etc.,
Cic. Verr. 1, 5, 29, § 74; id. Pis. 12, 27; Liv. 6, 42, 11; Verg. A. 9, 513; Tac. H. 1, 62; so,
cum nihilo magis,
Nep. Dat. 10, 3; passing over into inverted cum clauses (4. b.), as Sall. J. 98, 2; Liv. 27, 20, 11.—
(β).
With subj., Cic. Phil. 2, 18, 45; id. Fam. 1, 9, 10; Liv. 4, 31, 6 (where the clause with cum is adverbial).—
6.
Cum interea (interim).
a.
Adverbial (rare).
(α).
Temporal with subj.; with subj. imperf., while, Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 25, § 62; with pluperf. subj., after, id. ib. 1, 2, 9, § 25; id. Fam. 15, 43.—
(β).
Adversative, with subj., whereas during this time. (1) Pres.:
simulat se eorum praesidio conflteri, cum interea aliud quiddam jam diu machinetur,
Cic. Verr. 1, 6, 15; Val. Max. 2, 9, 1; Sen. Q. N. 1, prol. 14.—(2) With perf. subj.:
cum tu interim vero numquam significaris sententiam tuam,
Cic. Pis. 4, 9; id. Rosc. Am. 5, 11 dub.; Val. Max. 7, 8, 6.—(3) With imperf. subj., Cic. Sull. 5, 6; Plin. Pan. 76, 1.—
b.
Relative, always with indic., in class. writings always referring to a period during which, belonging,
(α).
To the attributive clauses (v. 2. supra). (1) In pres.:
anni sunt octo... cum interea Cluentianae pecuniae vestigium nullum invenitis,
Cic. Clu. 30, 82; Liv. 5, 54, 5; Plaut. Stich. 1, 1, 33.— (2) In imperf., Ter. Hec. 3, 4, 8 (2. c.).—
(β).
To the inverted clauses (4.):
tanta erat in his locis multitudo cum interim Rufio noster... hominem percussit,
Cic. Att. 5, 2, 2.—So probably: cum interim Gallus quidam processit, Quadrig. ap. Gell. 9, 13, 7; Cic. Fam. 3, 6, 5; id. Pis. 38, 92 sq.; id. Tusc. 4, 3, 6; Sall. J. 12, 5; 49, 4; Liv. 3, 37, 5; Val. Max. 8, 1, 3; 9, 7, 2; Sen. Ira, 2, 33, 4; Tac. H. 1, 60; with indefinite pres. indic. in both terms, Sen. Cons. Marc. 11, 5.—
(γ).
To the additional clauses (5.). (1) With perf. indic., Plaut. Men. 3, 1, 3; Flor. 4, 2, 69; 4, 12, 33; with inf. in oblique discourse, Liv. 4, 51, 4; 6, 27, 6.—(2) Post-Aug., and in Nep., = cum tamen (5. b.), while nevertheless, whereas, with pres. or perf. indic.:
post Leuctricam pugnam Lacedaemonii se numquam refecerunt... cum interim Agesilaus non destitit patriam juvare,
Nep. Ages. 7, 1: cum interim Oedipodis ossa... colis, Val. Max. 5, 3, ext. 3; 3, 4, 5; 4, 4, 1; Quint. 10, 1, 18; 10, 1, 11; 12, 10, 67; Tac. H. 4, 42; Suet. Claud. 6; Flor. 4, 12, 33.
F.
In clauses completing the idea of the governing verb.
1.
After verbs of perception (videre, perspicere, audire, etc.; audivi cum diceres, etc. = audivi te dicentem).
a.
Dependent on verbs of seeing and feeling.
(α).
With indic.:
nam ipsi vident eorum quom auferimus bona ( = nos auferre or auferentes),
Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 16; id. Poen. 3, 4, 13; id. Am. 5, 1, 19; id. Bacch. 3, 3, 65; id. Mil. 2, 6, 26:
conspectum est cum obiit,
Liv. 5, 25, 3.—
(β).
With subj.:
is... numquam est conspectus cum veniret,
Cic. Sest. 59, 126:
vidi... Cum tu terga dares,
Ov. M. 13, 224.—
b.
After verbs of hearing, always with subj.:
L. Flaccum ego audivi cum diceret Caeciliam exisse, etc.,
Cic. Div. 1, 46, 104; id. Par. 6, 1, 45; id. de Or. 2, 6, 22; 2, 28, 129; 2, 33, 144; 2, 37, 155; 2, 90, 365; id. Brut. 27, 85; id. Fin. 5, 19, 54; id. Fam. 3, 7, 4; Sen. Ben. 5, 24, 1.—
c.
After memini, with indic. (sc. tempus):
memini quom... haud audebat,
Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 53:
memini cum mihi desipere videbare,
Cic. Fam. 7, 28, 1.—With subj.:
memini cum velles residere ferventissimo sole,
Sen. Ben. 5, 24, 1.—
2.
After verba adfectuum, with the force of quod, always with indic. (mostly ante-class.).
a.
Verbs of thanking:
habeo gratiam tibi Quom copiam istam mi et potestatem facis,
Plaut. Capt. 2, 3, 14; id. Curc. 5, 3, 21; id. As. 3, 2, 2; id. Most. 2, 2, 2; id. Poen. 1, 2, 46; 5, 4, 84 (99); Ter. And. 4, 4, 32; id. Ad. 1, 2, 59:
tibi maximas gratias ago, cum tantum litterae meae potuerunt, ut eis lectis, etc.,
Cic. Fam. 13, 24, 2.—
b.
Of congratulation:
quom tu's aucta liberis... gratulor,
Plaut. Truc. 2, 4, 33; 2, 6, 35: L. Caesar, O mi Cicero, inquit, gratulor tibi cum tantum vales apud Dolabellam, etc., L. Caesar ap. Cic. Fam. 9, 14, 3; and ib. Att. 14, 17, A, 3.—
c.
Of rejoicing and grieving:
quom istaec res tibi ex sententia Pulcre evenit, gaudeo,
Plaut. Rud. 5, 3, 10; id. Poen. 5, 5, 48:
cum vero in C. Matii familiaritatem venisti, non dici potest quam valde gaudeam,
Cic. Fam. 7, 15, 2; Sall. J. 102, 5.—
d.
Dependent on optative sentences:
di tibi bene faciant semper quom advocatus bene mi ades,
Plaut. Mil. 5, 26; id. Poen. 3, 3, 54; 3, 3, 74; Ter. Ad. 5, 7, 19.
G.
Elliptical usages (without predicate).
1.
Cum maxime.
a.
With ut: hanc Bacchidem Amabat, ut quom maxime, tum Pamphilus ( = ut amabat tum quom maxume amabat, as much as he ever did), Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 40:
etiamne ea neglegamus, quae fiunt cum maxime, quae videmus?
Cic. Har. Resp. 15, 32.—Hence,
b.
By abbreviation: nunc cum maxime or cum maxime alone, now especially, just now: tum cum maxime, just then:
nunc cum maxume operis aliquid facere credo,
Ter. Ad. 4, 1, 2; id. Phorm. 1, 4, 26; id. Heaut. 4, 5, 40:
quae multos jam annos et nunc cum maxime filium interfectum cupit,
Cic. Clu. 5, 12:
castra amissa, et tum cum maxime ardere,
Liv. 40, 32, 1; Curt. 3, 2, 17; Sen. Ira, 1, 16, 3; id. Ben. 3, 3, 3; id. Ep. 55, 1; 55, 11; 81, 7; Tac. Or. 16; 37; Eum. pro Schol. 4; Mamert. 2.—With maxime in adverbial clauses, just while, especially when, Cic. Att. 2, 15, 3; id. Off. 1, 13, 41; id. Fam. 1, 5, a, 2; Liv. 1, 50, 7; 2, 59, 7; 3, 25, 4; 3, 31, 3; 4, 3, 1; 8, 33, 4 et saep.—
2.
Similarly with other superlatives (post-class.):
foliis ternis, aut, cum plurimum, quaternis,
at the utmost, Plin. 25, 10, 74, § 121; 18, 7, 10, § 60:
cum tardissime,
id. 18, 7, 10, § 51:
cum longissime,
Suet. Tib. 38.
H.
For co-ordinate clauses with cum... tum, v. tum, I. A. 3.
II.
Causal, since, because, as.
A.
Anteclass., chiefly with indic.
1.
With pres. indic.:
hoc hic quidem homines tam brevem vitam colunt, Quom hasce herbas hujus modi in suom alvom congerunt,
because, Plaut. Ps. 3, 2, 34; id. Truc. 1, 2, 50; 2, 4, 8:
edepol, merito esse iratum arbitror, Quom apud te tam parva'st ei fides,
since, id. Ps. 1, 5, 62; id. Most. 1, 1, 28; id. Truc. 2, 1, 32; Ter. Phorm. 1, 4, 30; id. Hec. 4, 1, 53.—
2.
With perf. indic.:
praesertim quom is me dignum quoi concrederet Habuit, me habere honorem ejus ingenio decet,
Plaut. As. 1, 1, 66; Ter. And. 3, 2, 8.—
3.
With subj.
a.
By construction of principal sentence: adeon, me fuisse fungum ut qui illi crederem, Quom mi ipsum nomen ejus Clamaret, etc., Plaut. Bacch. 2, 3, 51; id. Capt. 1, 2, 37; Ter. Hec. 3, 2, 6; id. Eun. 3, 5, 18; 5, 2, 24.—
b.
Independent of such construction:
jam istoc probior es meo quidem animo quom in amore temperes,
Plaut. Ep. 1, 2, 8 (bracketed by Goetz;
Brix conjectures temperas): nil miror si lubenter tu hic eras, Quom ego servos quando aspicio hunc lacrumem quia dijungimur,
id. Mil. 4, 8, 18 Lorenz (Brix: quin ego... lacrumo; cf.
Lubbert, Grammat. Stud. II. pp. 133, 137): Nam puerum injussu eredo non tollent meo, Praesertim in ea re quom sit mi adjutrix socrus,
Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 82; so id. Ad. 2, 1, 12.
B.
Class. and post-class., always with subj.
1.
With pres. subj.:
cum ista sis auctoritate, non debes arripere maledictum ex trivio,
Cic. Mur. 6, 13:
cum vita sine amicis insidiarum et metus plena sit, ratio ipsa monet amicitias comparare,
id. Fin. 1, 20, 66:
quae cum ita sint, videamus, etc.,
id. Clu. 44, 123:
quod cum ita sit, etc.,
id. Fam. 3, 1, 1; id. Mur. 1, 2; id. Arch. 5, 10; id. Off. 3, 3, 13; id. Rosc. Am. 8, 22; Liv. 7, 9, 5; 21, 21, 5 et saep.—
2.
With perf. subj.:
cum inimicitiae fuerint numquam, opinio injuriae beneficiis sit exstincta... rei publicae providebo,
Cic. Prov. Cons. 20, 47; id. de Or. 1, 49, 214; the perf. subj. is often retained after a principal predicate in a past tense, id. Clu. 60, 167; id. Fam. 3, 8, 4.—
3.
With imperf. subj.
a.
Denoting both cause and coincidence of time:
vacuum fundum, cum ego adessem, possidere non potuisti,
Auct. Her. 4, 29, 40; Cic. Or. 8, 25:
cum tanta multitudo lapides et tela conicerent, in muro consistendi potestas erat nulli,
Caes. B. G. 2, 6; id. B. C. 3, 1; Liv. 39, 31, 3; 4, 8, 3; 25, 11, 1.—
b.
Denoting cause without time:
cum esset egens, sumptuosus, audax... ad omnem fraudem versare suam mentem coepit,
Cic. Clu. 26, 70:
quod oppidum cum esset altissimo et munitissimo loco, ad existimationem imperii arbitratus sum, comprimere eorum audaciam,
id. Fam. 15, 4, 10; Caes. B. C. 3, 37.—
4.
With pluperf. subj.:
Caesar cum constituisset hiemare in continenti, neque multum aestatis superesset, obsides imperat, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 5, 22.
C.
With adverbs of emphasis.
1.
Praesertim cum, or cum praesertim, = especially since, the more so because:
quae cum ita sint, quid est quod de ejus civitate dubitetis, praesertim cum aliis quoque civitatibus fuerit adscriptus?
Cic. Arch. 5, 10:
cur enim tibi hoc non gratificor nescio, praesertim cum his temporibus audacia pro sapientia liceat uti,
id. Fam. 1, 10, 1:
cum praesertim vos alium miseritis,
id. Imp. Pomp. 5, 12; id. Rosc. Am. 8, 22; id. Prov. Cons. 7, 16 (cum praesertim rarely refers to time, with indic., Sen. Ep. 85, 6).—
2.
Quippe cum represents the conclusion as selfevident, since of course, since obviously:
nihil est virtute amabilius, quippe cum propter virtutem etiam eos, quos numquam videmus, quodammodo diligamus,
Cic. Lael. 8, 28:
numquam ego pecunias istorum, etc., in bonis rebus duxi, quippe cum viderem, etc.,
id. Par. 1, 1, 6; id. Leg. 1, 1, 5; 1, 20, 54; id. Fin. 3, 12, 41; 5, 28, 84; Liv. 4, 27, 8; 4, 57, 10.—Sometimes with indic. if cum refers to time, when of course, if, of course: tu vero etiam si reprehenderes... laetarer: quippe cum in reprehensione est prudentia cum eumeneiai, Cic. Att. 16, 11, 2.—In later writers with indic., because when:
omnia experiri necessitas cogebat: quippe cum primas spes fortuna destituit, futura praesentibus videntur esse potiora,
Curt. 4, 1, 29.—
3.
Utpote cum, seeing that, explanatory, with subj.:
me incommoda valetudo qua jam emerseram, utpote cum sine febri laborassem, tenebat Brundusii,
Cic. Att. 5, 8, 1; Cels. 1 prooem.; Sen. Cons. Marc. 21, 2.
III.
Adversative, while, whereas, denoting a logical contrast with the principal sentence.
A.
Ante-class., chiefly,
1.
With indic.:
hei mihi, insanire me aiunt, ultro quom ipsi insaniunt,
Plaut. Men. 5, 2, 80; id. Stich. 1, 37; id. Bacch. 5, 2, 5; Ter. Phorm. prol. 23; 2, 2, 26.—
2.
Subj.
a.
By construction of principal predicate:
tibi obtemperem quom tu mihi nequeas?
Plaut. Most. 4, 2, 16 (4, 1, 50).—
b.
Independent of construction: edepol, Cupido, quom tam pausillus sis, nimis multum vales, Naev. ap. Non. p. 421, 25 (Lubbert conjectures quom [p. 496] tu's tam pausillus):
eo vos madefacitis, quom ego sim hic siccus?
Plaut. Ps. 1, 2, 52.
B.
Class. and post-class., always with subj.
1.
With pres. subj.:
cum de bonis et de caede agatur, testimonium dicturus est is qui et sector est et sicarius,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 36, 103; id. Clu. 24, 65; id. Leg. 1, 7, 22:
et cum tibi, viro, liceat purpura in veste stragula uti, matrem familias tuam purpureum amiculum habere non sines?
Liv. 34, 7, 3; Sen. Prov. 4, 10; id. Clem. 1, 18, 2; id. Ben. 2, 16, 1.—
2.
With perf. subj.: an tu, cum omnem auctoritatem universi ordinis pro pignore putaris, eamque... concideris, me his existimas pignoribus terreri? Crass. ap. Cic. de Or. 3, 1, 4:
indignatur exul aliquid sibi deesse, cum defuerit Scipioni dos?
Sen. Cons. Helv. 12, 7; id. Ira, 3, 12, 7; freq. pres. and perf. subj. retained, if dependent on preterites, Cic. Brut. 71, 250; id. Agr. 3, 2, 5.—
3.
With imperf. subj.:
ita, cum maximis eum rebus liberares, perparvam amicitiae culpam relinquebas,
Cic. Deiot. 3, 10:
hunc Egnatium censores, cum patrem eicerent, retinuerunt,
id. Clu. 48, 135:
eorum erat V. milium numerus, cum ipsi non amplius octingentos equites haberent,
Caes. B. G. 4, 11; Liv. 1, 55, 3; Cic. de Or. 1, 1, 1; 1, 53, 227; 2, 50, 203; id. Clu. 5, 12; id. Ac. 1, 10, 38 sq.; Liv. 39, 49, 1; Val. Max. 1, 6, 11; 3, 2, 10 fin. —
4.
With pluperf. subj.:
Socratis ingenium immortalitati scriptis suis Plato tradidit, cum ipse litteram Socrates nullam reliquisset,
Cic. de Or. 3, 16, 60; id. Ac. 2, 1, 2; id. Prov. Cons. 11, 27; Val. Max. 1, 8, 11.
IV.
Concessive, although, denoting a reason for the contrary of the principal sentence.
A.
Ante-class., mostly with indic.
1.
Indic.:
qui it lavatum In balineas, quom ibi sedulo sua vestimenta servat, Tam subripiuntur,
Plaut. Rud. 2, 3, 52; Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 12; Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 26; id. Truc. 1, 2, 89 (95); id. Stich. 1, 2, 67.—
2.
With subj.: nihilominus ipsi lucet, quom illi accenderit, Enn. ap. Cic. Off. 1, 16, 51 (Trag. Rel. v. 389 Rib.).
B.
Class. and post-class., always with subj.
1.
Pres. subj.:
testis est Graecia, quae cum eloquentiae studio sit incensa, jamdiuque excellat in ea... tamen omnis artis vetustiores habet,
Cic. Brut. 7, 26:
nam (Druentia) cum aquae vim vehat ingentem, non tamen navium patiens est,
Liv. 21, 31, 11.—
2.
Imperf. subj.:
ego autem, cum consilium tuum probarem, et idem ipse sentirem, nihil proficiebam,
Cic. Fam. 4, 1, 1:
non poterant tamen, cum cuperent, Apronium imitari,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 34, § 78; id. de Or. 1, 28, 126; id. Brut. 7, 28; 91, 314; id. Inv. 2, 31, 97; id. Clu. 40, 110; Caes. B. G. 5, 40; Liv. 5, 38, 5; Nep. Att. 13, 1; so,
quae cum ita essent... tamen,
although this was so, Cic. Clu. 34, 94; id. Fam. 2, 16, 2.—
3.
With pluperf. subj.:
cui cum Cato et Caninius intercessissent, tamen est perscripta,
Cic. Fam. 1, 2, 4:
patrem meum, cum proscriptus non esset, jugulastis,
id. Rosc. Am. 11, 32.
V.
In hypothetical clauses, always with imperf. or pluperf. subj., = si, but defining an assumed or fictitious time.
1.
With imperf. subj.:
quis ex populo, cum Scaevolam dicentem audiret in ea causa, quicquam politius aut elegantius exspectaret?
Cic. Brut. 55, 194:
etiam tum quiesceretis cum rem publicam a facinorosissimis sicariis esse oppressam videretis?
id. Sest. 38, 81; id. Rosc. Am. 31, 86; id. Verr. 2, 1, 10, §§ 28 and 29.—
2.
With pluperf. subj.:
quod esset judicium cum de Verris turpissimo comitatu tres recuperatorum nomine adsedissent?
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 12, § 30:
mors cum exstinxisset invidiam, res ejus gestae sempiterni nominis glorianiterentur,
id. Balb. 6, 16.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > Cum
5 cum

1.
cum (archaic form COM, found in an inscr., COM PREIVATVD; in MSS. sometimes quom or quum), prep. with abl. [for skom, Sanscr. root sak, together; cf. sequor, and Gr. koinos, sun], designates in gen. accompaniment, community, connection of one object with another (opp. sine, separatim, etc.), with, together, together with, in connection or company with, along with; sometimes also to be translated and.
I.
In gen., Plaut. Am. prol. 95:
qui cum Amphitruone abiit hinc in exercitum,
id. ib. prol. 125:
cum Pansā vixi in Pompeiano,
Cic. Att. 14, 20, 4:
semper ille antea cum uxore, tum sine eā,
id. Mil. 21, 55:
quibuscum essem libenter,
id. Fam. 5, 21, 1; cf.:
cum quibus in ceteris intellegis afuisse,
id. Sull. 3, 7:
si cenas hodie mecum,
Hor. Ep. 1, 7, 70:
vagamur egentes cum conjugibus et liberis,
Cic. Att. 8, 2, 3:
errare malo cum Platone, etc.,
id. Tusc. 1, 17, 39:
qui unum imperium unumque magistratum cum ipsis habeant,
Caes. B. G. 2, 3 et saep.—
b.
In an expression of displeasure:
in' hinc, quo dignus, cum donis tuis Tam lepidis,
Ter. Eun. 4, 3, 9; cf. Plaut. Most. 2, 2, 33; Ter. And. 5, 4, 38; id. Eun. 1, 2, 73; id. Heaut. 4, 6, 7 al.—
B.
In a designation of time with which some action concurs:
egone abs te abii hinc hodie cum diluculo?
Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 121; so,
cum primo luci,
id. Cist. 2, 1, 58:
cras cum filio cum primo luci ibo hinc,
Ter. Ad. 5, 3, 55; Cic. Off. 3, 31, 112; cf.:
cum primā luce,
id. Att. 4, 3, 4; and:
cum primo lumine solis,
Verg. A. 7, 130: cum primo mane, Auct. B. Afr. 62: cum mane, Lucil. ap. Diom. p. 372 P:
pariter cum ortu solis,
Sall. J. 106, 5:
pariter cum occasu solis,
id. ib. 68, 2; cf.:
cum sole reliquit,
Verg. A. 3, 568 et saep.:
mane cum luci simul,
Plaut. Merc. 2, 1, 31; v. simul: exiit cum nuntio (i. e. at the same time with, etc.), Caes. B. G. 5, 46; cf.: cum his nuntius Romam ad consulendum redit ( = hama toisde), Liv. 1, 32, 10:
simul cum dono designavit templo Jovis fines,
id. 1, 10, 5; cf.:
et vixisse cum re publicā pariter, et cum illā simul extinctus esse videatur,
Cic. de Or. 3, 3, 10.—
C.
In designating the relations, circumstances, way, and manner with which any act is connected, by which it is accompanied, under or in which it takes place, etc., with, in, under, in the midst of, among, to, at: aliquid cum malo suo facere, Plaut. Bacch. 3, 4, 4; cf.:
cum magnā calamitate et prope pernicie civitatis,
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 24, § 63:
cum summā rei publicae salute et cum tuā peste ac pernicie cumque eorum exitio, qui, etc.,
id. Cat. 1, 13, 33:
cum magno provinciae periculo,
Caes. B. G. 1, 10:
cum summo probro,
Ter. And. 5, 3, 10: cum summo terrore hominum, Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 24, 6:
cum summā tuā dignitate,
Cic. Fin. 4, 22, 61:
cum bonā alite,
Cat. 61, 19:
ferendum hoc onus est cum labore,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 21; cf. Cic. N. D. 2, 23, 59:
multis cum lacrimis aliquem obsecrare,
amid many tears, Caes. B. G. 1, 20; cf.:
hunc ipsum abstulit magno cum gemitu civitatis,
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 19, § 49:
orare cum lacrimis coepere,
Liv. 5, 30, 5:
si minus cum curā aut cautelā locus loquendi lectus est,
Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 6 Ritschl; so,
cum curā,
Cic. Inv. 1, 39, 70; Sall. J. 54, 1; Liv. 22, 42, 5 et saep.; cf.:
cum summo studio,
Sall. C. 51, 38:
cum quanto studio periculoque,
Liv. 8, 25, 12 al.:
cum multā venustate et omni sale,
Cic. Fin. 1, 3, 9:
summā cum celeritate ad exercitum rediit,
Hirt. B. G. 8, 52:
maximo cum clamore involant,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 89:
cum clamore,
Liv. 2, 23, 8; 5, 45, 2:
cum clamore ac tumultu,
id. 9, 31, 8; cf.:
Athenienses cum silentio auditi sunt,
id. 38, 10, 4; 7, 35, 1:
illud cum pace agemus,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 29, 83:
cum bonā pace,
Liv. 1, 24, 3; 21, 24, 5:
cum bonā gratiā,
Cic. Fat. 4, 7:
cum bonā veniā,
Liv. 29, 1, 7; cf.:
cum veniā,
Ov. Tr. 4, 1, 104; Quint. 10, 1, 72:
cum virtute vivere,
Cic. Fin. 3, 8, 29; cf. id. ib. 2, 11, 34:
cum judicio,
Quint. 10, 1, 8:
cum firmā memoriā,
id. 5, 10, 54:
legata cum fide ac sine calumniā persolvere,
Suet. Calig. 16:
spolia in aede... cum sollemni dedicatione dono fixit,
Liv. 4, 20, 3.—
b.
Attributively, with subst.:
et huic proelium cum Tuscis ad Janiculum erat crimini,
Liv. 2, 52, 7 Weissenb. ad loc.:
frumenti cum summā caritate inopia erat,
id. 2, 12, 1; 2, 5, 2; 7, 29, 3.—
2.
Cum eo quod, ut, or ne (in an amplification or limitation), with the circumstance or in the regard that, on or under the condition, with the exception, that, etc. (except once in Cic. epistt. not ante-Aug.).
(α).
Cum eo quod, with indic., Quint. 12, 10, 47 Spald.; 10, 7, 13; so,
cum eo quidem, quod, etc.,
id. 2, 4, 30. —With subj.:
sit sane, quoniam ita tu vis: sed tamen cum eo, credo, quod sine peccato meo fiat,
Cic. Att. 6, 1, 7.—
(β).
With ut:
Antium nova colonia missa cum eo, ut Antiatibus permitteretur, si et ipsi adscribi coloni vellent,
Liv. 8, 14, 8; so id. 8, 14, 2; 30, 10, 21; 36, 5, 3; Cels. 3, 22.—So with tamen:
cum eo tamen, ut nullo tempore is... non sit sustinendus,
Cels. 3, 5 fin.; 4, 6 fin. —
(γ).
With ne:
obsequar voluntati tuae cum eo, ne dubites, etc.,
Col. 5, 1, 4:
cum eo, ne amplius quam has urant,
Cels. 7, 22; and with tamen:
cum eo tamen, ne, etc.,
id. 2, 17.—
3.
Cum dis volentibus, etc., with God's help, by the will of the gods, sun theôi:
cum divis volentibus quodque bene eveniat mando tibi, Mani, etc.,
Cato, R. R. 141, 1: volentibu' cum magnis dis, Enn. ap. Cic. Off. 1, 12, 38:
agite, cum dis bene juvantibus arma capite,
Liv. 21, 43, 7; so,
cum superis,
Claud. Cons. Stil. III. p. 174.—
4.
Cum with an ordinal number (cum octavo, cum decimo, etc.) for our - fold, in economical lang., of the multiplication of cultivated products:
ut ex eodem semine aliubi cum decimo redeat, aliubi cum quinto decimo,
ten-, fifteenfold, Varr. R. R. 1, 44, 1; so,
cum octavo, cum decimo,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 47, § 112:
cum centesimo,
Plin. 18, 10, 21, § 95; cf. with a subst.:
cum centesimā fruge agricolis faenus reddente terrā,
id. 5, 4, 3, § 24.—
D.
With a means or instrument, considered as attending or accompanying the actor in his action (so most freq. anteclass., or in the poets and scientific writers): acribus inter se cum armis confligere, Lucil. ap. Non. p. 261, 6: effundit voces proprio cum pectore, Enn. ap. Serv. ad Verg. G. 2, 424: cum voce maximā conclamat, Claud. Quadrig. ap. Gell. 9, 13, 10:
cum linguā lingere,
Cat. 98, 3:
cum suo gurgite accepit venientem (fluvius),
Verg. A. 9, 816:
cum vino et oleo ungere,
Veg. 1, 11, 8 et saep.:
terra in Augurum libris scripta cum R uno,
Varr. L. L. 5, § 21 Müll.
II.
In partic.
A.
Completing the meaning of verbs.
1.
With verbs of union, connection, and agreement: cum veteribus copiis se conjungere, Caes. B. G. 1, 37:
ut proprie cohaereat cum narratione,
Auct. Her. 1, 7, 11:
(haec) arbitror mihi constare cum ceteris scriptoribus,
id. 1, 9, 16:
interfectam esse... convenit mihi cum adversariis,
id. 1, 10, 17; cf. Cic. Inv. 1, 22, 31:
quī autem poterat in gratiam redire cum Oppianico Cluentius?
id. Clu. 31, 86:
hanc sententiam cum virtute congruere semper,
id. Off. 3, 3, 13:
foedera quibus etiam cum hoste devincitur fides,
id. ib. 3, 31, 111:
capita nominis Latini stare ac sentire cum rege videbant,
Liv. 1, 52, 4:
cum aliquo in gratiam redire,
id. 3, 58, 4:
stabat cum eo senatūs majestas,
id. 8, 34, 1:
conjurasse cum Pausaniā,
Curt. 7, 1, 6:
Autronium secum facere,
Cic. Sull. 13, 36; cf. also conecto, colligo, consentio, compono, etc.—
2.
Of companionship, association, sharing, etc.:
cum his me oblecto, qui res gestas aut orationes scripserunt suas,
Cic. de Or. 2, 14, 61:
quoniam vivitur, non cum perfectis hominibus, sed cum iis, etc.,
id. Off. 1, 15, 46:
nulla (societas) carior quam ea quae cum re publicā est unicuique nostrum,
id. ib. 1, 17, 51:
cum civibus vivere,
id. ib. 1, 34, 124:
cum M. Fabio mihi summus usus est,
id. Fam. 9, 25, 2; cf.:
cum quibus publice privatimque hospitia amicitiasque junxerant,
Liv. 1, 45, 2:
partiri cum Dinaeā matre jussit,
Cic. Clu. 7, 21:
cum Baebio communicare,
id. ib. 16, 47; cf.
of local association, nearness: cum mortuā jugulatum servum nudum positurum ait,
Liv. 1, 58, 4:
duos tamen pudor cum eo tenuit,
id. 2, 10, 5.—
3.
Of intercourse, traffic, etc.:
cum aliquo agere,
to deal with, Cic. Ac. 2, 35, 112; Caes. B. G. 1, 13:
cum eo Accius injuriarum agit,
Auct. Her. 1, 14, 24:
si par est agere cum civibus,
Cic. Off. 2, 23, 83; 3, 22, 88; id. Scaur. 10, 20; cf. id. Fam. 5, 18, 1; Liv. 1, 19, 7; 3, 9, 13; 4, 15, 2; Val. Max. 4, 3, 8:
si mihi cum Peripateticis res esset,
Cic. Ac. 2, 35, 112:
tecum enim mihi res est,
id. Rosc. Am. 30, 84:
uni tibi et cum singulis res est,
Liv. 2, 12, 11:
pacem cum Sabinis facere,
Cic. Off. 3, 30, 109.—Esp.: agere cum aliquo, to have a lawsuit with, Gai Inst. 4, 87; 4, 114 et saep.; v. ago, II. B. 8. a., and II. B. 9.; consisto, I. B. 5.; cf. also pango, etc.—
4.
Of deliberation and discussion:
haec ego cum ipsis philosophis disserebam,
Cic. de Or. 1, 13, 57:
tempus cum conjuratis consultando absumunt,
Liv. 2, 4, 3 et saep.; v. also cogito, reputo, dubito, etc.—
5.
Of strife, difference, etc.:
quibuscum continenter bellum gerunt,
Caes. B. G. 1, 1:
cum Cleanthe quam multis rebus Chrysippus dissidet!
Cic. Ac. 2, 47, 143:
neque tam quererer cum deo quod, etc.,
id. ib. 2, 25, 81:
cum quo Antiochum saepe disputantem audiebam,
id. ib. 2, 4, 11:
cum stomacheretur cum Metello,
id. Or. 2, 66, 267:
manu cum hoste confligere,
id. Off. 1, 23, 81:
utilia cum honestis pugnare,
id. ib. 3, 7, 34: cum Catone dissentire. id. ib. 3, 22, 88:
cum majoribus nostris bella gessit,
id. Scaur. 19, 45; Liv. 1, 35, 7; 7, 22, 4:
cum Auruncis bellum inire,
id. 2, 16, 8; cf.:
cum Volscis aequo Marte discessum est,
id. 2, 40, 14:
inimicitias cum Africano gerere,
Val. Max. 4, 1, 8; Sen. Vit. Beat. 2, 3:
cum Scipione dissentire,
Val. Max. 4, 1, 12:
cum utrāque (uxore) divortium fecit,
Suet. Claud. 26; cf. also certo, pugno, discrepo, differo, distraho, dissentio, etc.—
6.
Of comparison:
nec Arcesilae calumnia conferenda est cum Democriti verecundiā,
Cic. Ac. 2, 5, 14:
hanc rationem dicendi cum imperatoris laude comparare,
id. de Or. 1, 2, 8:
conferam Sullamne cum Junio,
id. Clu. 34, 94:
(orationem) cum magnitudine utilitatis comparare,
id. Off. 2, 6, 20.—
B.
Pregn., implying the notion of being furnished, endowed, clothed with any thing, or of possessing, holding, suffering under, etc., in a lit. and trop. sense: ille vir haud magnā cum re sed plenus fidei, Enn. ap. Cic. Sen. 1, 1 (cf. the antith.:
hominem sine re, sine fide,
Cic. Cael. 32, 78):
a portu illuc nunc cum laternā advenit,
Plaut. Am. prol. 149:
cadus cum vino,
id. Stich. 5, 1, 7; cf. id. Pers. 2, 3, 15:
olla cum aquā,
Cato, R. R. 156:
arcula cum ornamentis,
Plaut. Most. 1, 3, 91:
fiscos cum pecuniā Siciliensi,
Cic. Verr. 1, 8, 22:
onerariae naves cum commeatu,
Liv. 30, 24, 5 et saep.:
cum servili schemā,
Plaut. Am. prol. 117;
so of clothing,
id. Rud. 1, 4, 31; Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 24, § 54; 2, 5, 13, § 31; [p. 490] id. Rab. Post. 10, 27; Liv. 35, 34, 7; Suet. Claud. 13; Sil. 1, 94 et saep.:
ut ne quis cum telo servus esset,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 3, § 7;
so of weapons,
id. Phil. 2, 8, 19; cf.:
inmissi cum falcibus, etc.,
id. Tusc. 5, 23, 65:
vidi argenteum Cupidinem cum lampade,
holding, id. Verr. 2, 2, 47, § 115:
simulacrum Cereris cum faucibus,
id. ib. 2, 4, 49, §
109: cum elephanti capite puer natus,
Liv. 27, 11, 5; cf.:
cum quinque pedibus natus,
id. 30, 2, 10; 33, 1, 11; 27, 4, 14 al.: omnia cum pulchris animis Romana juventus, Enn. ap. Don. ad Ter. Phorm. 3, 1, 1; cf.
Ter. ib.: Minucius cum vulnere gravi relatus in castra,
Liv. 9, 44, 14:
te Romam venisse cum febri,
Cic. Att. 6, 9, 1; so id. de Or. 3, 2, 6; id. Clu. 62, 175: cum eisdem suis vitiis nobilissimus, with all his faults, i. e. in spite of, id. ib. 40, 112:
ex eis qui cum imperio sint,
id. Fam. 1, 1, 3 Manut.; cf.:
cum imperio aut magistratu,
Suet. Tib. 12 Bremi; v. imperium.—
C.
With idem (never of the identity of two subjects, but freq. of the relation of two subjects to the same object, etc.;
v. Krebs, Antibarb. p. 538): tibi mecum in eodem est pistrino vivendum,
Cic. de Or. 2, 33, 144:
quandoque tu... omnibus in eisdem flagitiis mecum versatus es,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 80, § 187:
Numidae... in eādem mecum Africā geniti,
Liv. 30, 12, 15; 28, 28, 14; Tac. A. 15, 2; Val. Max. 6, 5, 3.—
D.
In the adverb. phrase, cum primis, with the foremost, i.e. especially, particularly (rare), Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 28, § 68; id. Brut. 62, 224.—Post-class. also as one word: cumprīmis, Gell. 1, 12, 7 al.
► a.
Cum in anastrophe. So always with the pers. pron.: mecum, tecum, secum, nobiscum, etc.; cf. Cic. Or. 45, 154; Prisc. pp. 949 and 988 P.; and in gen. with the rel. pron.:
quocum (quīcum), quacum, quibuscum, quīcum (for quocum),
Cic. Or. 45, 154; Liv. 38, 9, 2; Cic. Att. 5, 1, 4; id. Verr. 2, 2, 31, §§ 76 and 77; Caes. B. G. 1, 8; Cic. Rep. 1, 10, 15; id. Att. 4, 9, 2; id. Off. 1, 35, 126; Quint. 8, 6, 65; 10, 5, 7; 11, 2, 38. But where cum is emphatic, or a demonstrative pron. is understood, cum is placed before the rel.; cf.:
his de rebus velim cum Pompeio, cum Camillo, cum quibus vobis videbitur, consideretis,
Cic. Fam. 14, 14, 3:
adhibuit sibi quindecim principes cum quibus causas cognovit,
id. Off. 2, 23, 82; Liv. 1, 45, 2.—
b.
Before et... et, connecting two substt.:
cum et diurno et nocturno metu,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 23, 66.
III.
In compounds the primitive form com was alone in use, and was unchanged before b, p, m: comburo, compono, committo, and a few words beginning with vowels: comes, comitium, and comitor; m was assimilated before r: corripio; often before l: colligo or conligo; rarely before n, as connumero, but usually dropped: conecto, conitor, conubium; with the change of m into n before all the remaining consonants: concutio, condono, confero, congero, conqueror, consumo, contero, convinco; so, conjicio, etc., but more usually conicio; and with the rejection of m before vowels and before h: coarguo, coëo, coinquino, coopto, cohibeo.—
B.
It designates,
1.
A being or bringing together of several objects: coëo, colloquor, convivor, etc.: colligo, compono, condo, etc.—
2.
The completeness, perfecting of any act, and thus gives intensity to the signif. of the simple word, as in commaculo, commendo, concito, etc., comminuo, concerpo, concido, convello, etc.
2.
Cum (ante-class. quom; freq. in MSS. of Cicero; the post-class. form quum is incorrectly given in many MSS. and edd.), conj. [pronom. stem ka- or kva- with acc. case ending].
I.
Of time, when, as, while, sometimes = after, since.
A.
In adverbial clauses dependent on non-preterite predicates.
1.
The time designated by cum being indefinite, when, if, whenever, always with indic., except in the instances A. 2.
a.
Cum with pres. indic., often equivalent to si.
(α).
With principal predicate in pres.:
nam omnes id faciunt quom se amari intellegunt,
Plaut. Truc. prol. 17:
facile, quom valemus, recta consilia aegrotis damus,
Ter. And. 2, 1, 9; Plaut. Ep. 1, 2, 44; id. Poen. 4, 2, 20; id. Truc. 1, 1, 46; Ter. Phorm. 2, 1, 11:
cum semen maturum habet, tum tempestiva est,
Cato, R. R. 17; 41: quid? tum cum es iratus, permittis illi iracundiae dominationem animi tui? Cic. Rep. 1, 38, 59:
cum permagna praemia sunt, est causa peccandi,
id. Off. 3, 20, 79; id. de Or. 3, 23, 87:
quidam vivere tunc incipiunt cum desinendum est,
Sen. Ep. 23, 11.—
(β).
With principal predicate in fut. (rare):
ad cujus igitur fidem confugiet cum per ejus fidem laeditur cui se commiserit?
Cic. Rosc. Am. 40, 116; id. Leg. 3, 10, 24; id. Fl. 17, 40; Verg. A. 12, 208.—
(γ).
With principal predicate in logical perf. (mostly poet.):
haud invito ad auris sermo mi accessit tuos, Quom te postputasse omnis res prae parente intellego,
Ter. Hec. 3, 5, 33:
qui cum levati morbo videntur, in eum de integro inciderunt,
Cic. Fam. 12, 30, 2:
(dolor) Cum furit... Profuit incensos aestus avertere ( = prodest),
Verg. G. 3, 457:
nemo non, cum alteri prodest, sibi profuit,
Sen. Ep. 81, 19; Cic. Att. 4, 18, 1; Liv. 8, 8, 11; Verg. A. 9, 435; id. G. 1, 288.—
b.
With logical perf. indic.
(α).
With principal predicate in pres. (very freq.), the perf. translated either by English pres. perf. or by pres.: omnia sunt incerta cum a jure discessum est, when we ( once) disregard the law, Cic. Fam. 9, 16, 1:
gubernatores cum exultantes loligines viderunt... tempestatem significari putant,
id. Div. 2, 70, 145:
cum depulsi sunt agni a matribus, diligentia adhibenda est ne, etc.,
Varr. R. R. 2, 2, 17:
cum ejus generis copia defecit, ad innocentium supplicia descendunt,
Caes. B. G. 6, 16, 5:
(hostis) cum intravit... modum a captivis non accipit,
Sen. Ira, 1, 8, 2:
quia enim, cum prima cognovi, jungere extrema cupio,
Plin. Ep. 7, 10, 1; Cic. Or. 1, 33, 153; id. Div. 2, 26, 56; id. Brut. 24, 93; id. Cat. 4, 6, 12; id. Fam. 6, 3, 3; Auct. Her. 4, 50, 63; Caes. B. G. 4, 33; 5, 21; Liv. 22, 9, 8; 34, 31, 4; Val. Max. 8, 10 prooem.; 9, 6 init.; Sen. Ep. 3, 2; 21, 9; id. Cons. Helv. 13, 2; Curt. 3, 3, 18; Plin. 18, 7, 10, § 60; Quint. 4, 2, 122; 10, 7, 14.—In oblique clauses the perf. indic. may remain, or may be changed into perf. subj., even after preterites, Cic. Off. 1, 28, 26; 2, 20, 69.—
(β).
With principal predicate in fut. ( poet.), Ov. P. 1, 5, 47.—
(γ).
With two logical perff. (rare):
cum id factum est, tamen grex dominum non mutavit,
Varr. R. R. 2, 2, 6:
quae cum se disposuit... summum bonum tetigit,
Sen. Vit. Beat. 8, 5; id. Tranq. 17, 11; id. Ben. 1, 1, 5. —
c.
With fut.
(α).
With principal predicate in fut.:
ita fere officia reperientur, cum quaeretur, quid deceat, etc.,
Cic. Off. 1, 34, 125; Auct. Her. 2, 7, 10; 2, 12, 17.— So with principal predicate in fut. imper:
etiam tum cum verisimile erit aliquem commisisse... latratote,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 20, 57, id. Mur. 31, 65; id. Att. 3, 8, 4; Liv. 35, 19, 6.—
(β).
With principal predicate in pres.:
in talibus... stabilitas amicitiae confirmari potest, cum homines cupiditatibus imperabunt,
Cic. Lael. 22, 82; Val. Max. 4, 8 prooem.—
d.
With fut. perf.
(α).
With principal predicate in pres.:
quam (spem), cum in otium venerimus, habere volumus,
Cic. Att. 1, 7:
nec irascimur illis cum sessorem recusaverint,
Sen. Const. 12, 3; id. Cons. Marc. 7, 2.—
(β).
With principal predicate in fut. indic.:
cum haec erunt considerata, statim nostrae legis expositione... utemur,
Auct. Her. 2, 10, 15:
cum viderit secari patrem suum filiumve, vir bonus non flebit?
Sen. Ira, 1, 12, 1.—In oblique clauses, dependent on preterites, it is changed to the pluperf. subj.:
qui tum demum beatum terrarum orbem futurum praedicavit cum aut sapientes regnare, aut reges sapere coepissent,
Val. Max. 7, 2, ext. 4.—
(γ).
With principal predicate in fut. imper.:
cum tempestates pluviae fuerint, videtote quot dies, etc.,
Cato, R. R. 2, 3; 25 init.; 38.—
(δ).
With two fut. perff.:
cum bene cesserit negotiatio, multum militia retulerit,
Sen. Cons. Helv. 10, 6.—
e.
In partic.
(α).
In definitions with pres, indic.:
humile genus est (causae) cum contempta res adfertur,
Auct. Her. 1, 3, 5:
purgatio est cum factum conceditur, culpa removetur,
Cic. Inv. 1, 11, 15: maxima est capitis deminutio cum aliquis simul et civitatem et libertatem amittit, Gai Inst. 1, 160; Auct. Her. 1, 46; 2, 4, 6; 4, 12, 17; 4, 53, 66 et saep. —
(β).
Etiam cum (less freq. cum etiam), even when (nearly = etiamsi), always with indic. if dependent on other than preterite predicates. (1) With pres.: qui cavet ne decipiatur, vix cavet, quom etiam cavet, Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 5:
in quo scelere, etiam cum multae causae convenisse... videntur, tamen non temere creditur,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 22, 62:
qui incolunt maritimas urbis, etiam cum manent corpore, animo tamen excursant,
id. Rep. 2, 4, 7; Curt. 6, 3, 10; Plin. Ep. 1, 8, 6.—(2) With fut.:
etiam cum potentes nocere intendent,
Sen. Const. 4, 1. —(3) With fut. perf.:
cum etiam plus contenderimus, etc.,
Cic. Fam. 1, 8, 7; Sen. Ben. 4, 13, 3.—(4) In oblique clauses with imperf. subj., Cic. Fragm. Tog. Cand. 15.—
(γ).
Anteclass. with indic. in addressing indefinite persons in rules, after imper.:
sorba in sapa cum vis condere, arida facias,
Cato, R. R. 7 fin. — Always with indic. if a certain person is addressed; cf. Cic. Rep. 1, 38, 59 (l. A. 1. a. a supra); id. Verr. 2, 1, 18, § 47.—
2.
With subj. referring to indefinite time.
a.
With the 2d pers. sing., used in an indefinite sense ( you = one, any one).
(α).
With pres. subj.:
acerbum'st pro benefactis quom mali messim metas,
Plaut. Ep. 5, 2, 53:
quom faciem videas, videtur esse quantivis preti,
Ter. And. 5, 2, 15; Plaut. Cas. 3, 2, 32; id. Bacch. 3, 3, 38; id. Merc. 3, 2, 7 and 8 et saep.:
difficile est tacere cum doleas,
Cic. Sull. 10, 31:
etiam interpretatio nominis habet acumen cum ad ridiculum convertas,
id. de Or. 2, 63, 257; 2, 64, 259; 2, 67, 269; 2, 75, 305; 3, 38, 156; Sen. Ep. 75, 4 et saep.—
(β).
With perf. subj.:
difficile est cum praestare omnibus concupieris, servare aequitatem,
Cic. Off. 1, 19, 64:
quos (versus) cum cantu spoliaveris, nuda paene remanet oratio,
id. Or. 55, 183; id. Lael. 21, 77; id. Inv. 1, 47, 88; Sall. C. 12, 3; 51, 24; 58, 16.—
b.
In the jurists, in a clause exemplifying a general rule: cum ergo ita scriptum sit Heres Titius esto, addicere debemus, Gai Inst. 2, 165; so id. ib. 4, 97; 3, 161; Auct. Her. 4, 31, 42.—
c.
In the phrase audio cum dicat (I. F. 1, b. infra):
saepe soleo audire Roscium cum ita dicat se, etc.,
Cic. de Or. 2, 28, 129.—
d.
When, after cum, an imperfect or pluperfect is used as a logical tense (post-Aug.): non tulit gratis qui cum rogasset accepit, who has asked for the favor, and, etc., Sen. Ben. 2, 1, 4; 2, 3, 1; 2, 13, 2; id. Ep. 86, 8.—
e.
If the principal predicate is a potential subjunctive, an indefinite clause with a present or future after cum is always in the same mood:
caveto quom ventus siet aut imber, effodias aut seras,
Cato, R. R. 28:
quis tam dissoluto animo est qui, haec cum videat, tacere ac neglegere possit?
Cic. Rosc. Am. 11, 32; id. Planc. 39, 94; id. Clu. 55, 153; id. Inv. 1, 4, 87; 1, 51, 95; Auct. Her. 4, 6, 9; 4, 32, 43.—
3.
Of definite time, always with indic. (for exceptions, v. 4. infra), when, if, while (for the distinction between cum and si, cf.:
formam mihi totius rei publicae, si jam es Romae, aut cum eris, velim mittas,
Cic. Att. 6, 3, 4:
quae si prodierit, atque adeo cum prodierit—scio enim proditurum esse—audiet,
id. Rosc. Am. 25, 100:
si damnatus eris, atque adeo cum damnatus eris—nam dubitatio quae poterit esse? etc.,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 29, § 70; id. Or. 2, 75, 304; Sen. Ep. 83, 10).
a.
Cum with pres. indic.
(α).
Principal predicate in pres.:
certe, edepol, quom illum contemplo et formam cognosco meam... nimis simili'st mei,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 288; so id. Poen. 1, 2, 71; id. Pers. 4, 4, 15; Ter. Hec. 3, 3, 45: Py. Ne fle. Ph. Non queo Quom te video, Plaut. Mil. 4, 8, 14; id. Am. 1, 1, 260; id. Rud. 3, 4, 38:
potestne tibi ulla spes salutis ostendi cum recordaris in deos immortalis quam impius... fueris?
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 18, § 47: cum hoc vereor, et cupio tibi... parcere, rursus immuto voluntatem meam ( = while), id. Rosc. Am. 34, 95; Serv. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 5, 4:
equidem cum... recordor, vix aetatem Alexandri suffecturam fuisse reor ad unum bellum,
Liv. 9, 19, 12; Cic. Planc. 12, 29; id. Clu. 10, 29; Liv. 40, 46, 3:
quod cum ita est,
if this is so, Quint. 24, 58 (cf.:
quodsi ita est,
Cic. Mur. 2, 5); so,
often, nunc cum: qui modo nusquam conparebas, nunc quom conpares, peris,
Plaut. Aul. 4, 4, 2; so id. ib. 1, 3, 35; 2, 2, 17; id. As. 1, 2, 18; Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 39:
nos de injusto rege nihil loquimur, nunc cum de ipsa regali re publica quaerimus,
Cic. Rep. 3, 35, 47; Liv. 44, 39, 7.—So with logical perf. for the pres., Quint. 4, 2, 122.—But Cicero always uses nunc cum with a subj. when the clause, while designating present time, generally [p. 491] in opposition to a former time, implies a reason for the principal action, now that:
quodsi tum, cum res publica severitatem desiderabat, vici naturam, etc., nunc cum omnes me causae ad misericordiam... vocent, quanto tandem studio, etc.,
Cic. Mur. 2, 3, 6; id. Fam. 9, 16, 7; id. Font. 15, 35 (25); id. Imp. Pomp. 10, 27; 17, 50; not found in later writers, except in the Gallic panegyrists, e. g. Eum. Grat. Act. 2 init. —
(β).
With principal predicate in the logical perf., if (ante-class.):
Curculio hercle verba mihi dedit quom cogito,
Plaut. Curc. 4, 4, 27:
sed tandem, quom recogito, qui potis est scire, haec scire me?
id. Stich. 2, 1, 29; id. Mil. 4, 8, 64.—
b.
Cum with logical perf. indic.
(α).
Principal predicate in pres.:
ergo quom optume fecisti, nunc adest occasio Benefacta cumulare,
after doing excellently, Plaut. Capt. 2, 3, 63: quo etiam major vir habendus est (Numa), cum illam sapientiam constituendae civitatis duobus prope saeculis ante cognovit, quam, etc. ( = siquidem, if he has; seeing that he has), Cic. de Or. 2, 37, 154; Verg. A. 9, 249.—
(β).
With principal predicate in fut. ( poet.):
at cumst imposta corona, Clamabis capiti vina subisse meo (est imposta = erit imposta),
Prop. 4 (5), 2, 30.—
c.
With fut.
(α).
With principal predicate in fut.:
quom videbis tum scies,
Plaut. Bacch. 1, 2, 37; id. Am. 3, 3, 15; id. Men. 5, 7, 7; Ter. Phorm. 1, 2, 82; id. Heaut. prol. 33:
sed cum certum sciam faciam te paulo ante certiorem,
Cic. Fam. 9, 23; 3, 11, 3; 12, 30, 5; 14, 3, 4; id. Q. Fr. 3, 8, 2; Liv. 3, 53, 10.—
(β).
With principal predicate in fut. perf.:
cum tu haec leges, ego jam annuum munus confecero,
Cic. Fam. 2, 12, 1.—
(γ).
With principal predicate in imper. fut.:
mox quom imitabor Sauream, caveto ne succenseas,
Plaut. As. 2, 2, 105; id. Mil. 3, 3, 59.—
(δ).
With principal predicate in subj. (potential):
cum testes ex Sicilia dabo, quem volet ille eligat,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 22, § 48; id. Off. 1, 34, 122; 3, 10, 46; id. Att. 4, 9, 1; 4, 10, 2; 4, 17, 1 et saep.—
(ε).
In oblique clauses, after preterites, changed into imperf. subj., Caes. B. C. 2, 40; after other tenses it is either changed into pres. subj. or remains unchanged, Cic. Fam. 1, 56, 2; 1, 7, 4; Sall. C. 58, 8.—
d.
With fut. perf.
(α).
With principal predicate in fut.:
mox dabo quom ab re divina rediero,
Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 193; id. Am. 1, 1, 43; 1, 2, 4; Ter. Phorm. 1, 4, 8:
cum haec docuero, tum illud ostendam, etc.,
Cic. Clu. 4, 9; id. Verr. 2, 1, 1, § 3; id. de Or. 2, 33, 143; 2, 59, 239; id. Att. 3, 23, 5 et saep.—In oblique clauses, after preterites, the fut. perf. is changed into pluperf. subj., Cic. Rosc. Am. 10, 28; 28, 78; Liv. 1, 56, 11; 5, 30, 1; after other tenses, and often in oblique oration, it remains unchanged, or is changed into perf. subj., Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 71, § 183; id. Fam. 2, 5, 2 dub.; Liv. 21, 13, 8; 3, 56, 10.—
(β).
With principal predicate in imper. (almost always fut. imper.):
quod quom dixero, si placuerit, Facitote,
Ter. Eun. 5, 8, 37:
cum ego Granium testem produxero, refellito, si poteris,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 59, § 154; id. Marcell. 9, 27; id. Fam. 16, 4, 3; Tac. A. 1, 22.—With pres. imper., Liv. 24, 38, 7.—
(γ).
With principal predicate in subj. (potential):
quae cum omnia collegeris, tum ipse velim judices satisne videatur,
Cic. Fam. 5, 2, 4; id. Or. 13, 41 dub.—In oblique clauses, after non-preterites, the fut. perf. remains unchanged:
oro, ne me hodie, cum isti respondero, putetis, etc.,
Cic. Phil. 2, 5, 10; id. Clu. 2, 6.—
4.
With subj. in definite time.
a.
Sometimes in oblique construction (3. c. e; 3. d. a).—
b.
Sometimes by attraction:
curata fac sint quom a foro redeam domum,
Plaut. Aul. 2, 3, 6; 2, 3, 11; id. Stich. 1, 2, 8; id. Curc. 2, 2, 3:
non admirere cum ego ipse me id ex te primum audisse confitear?
Cic. Planc. 24, 58. —
c.
In the semi-causal connection nunc cum, v. 3, a. a fin. supra.
B.
In adverbial anterior clauses dependent on preterite predicates, the time of the cum clause preceding that of the principal sentence (always with subj., except in the instances mentioned 2.; 3. a; and 5.), when, after.
1.
With pluperf. subj. (so generally): quom socios nostros mandisset impius Cyclops, Liv. And. Fragm. ap. Prisc. 8, p. 817 (Lubbert conjectures, without sufficient reason, mandit sex): quom saucius multifariam ibi factus esset, tamen volnus capiti nullum evenit, Cato, Orig. ap. Gell. 3, 7, 19:
portisculus signum cum dare coepisset,
Enn. Ann. v. 234 Vahl.:
quom testamento patris partisset bona,
Afran. Com. Rel. v. 50 Rib.: quem quom ibi vidissent Hortensius Postumiusque, Lucil. ap. Non. p. 4, 32; Enn. Ann. v. 241 Vahl.; Turp. Com. Rel. v. 48 Rib.; Lucil. ap. Non. p. 394, 27 (the MSS. reading:
quom venisset,
Plaut. As. 2, 3, 15, is corrupt):
audivi summos homines cum quaestor ex Macedonia venissem Athenas,
Cic. de Or. 1, 11, 45:
haec cum Crassus dixisset, silentium est consecutum,
id. ib. 1, 35, 160:
cum Thebani Lacedaemonios bello superavissent... aeneum statuerunt tropaeum,
id. Inv. 2, 23, 69:
Dionysius cum fanum Proserpinae Locris expilavisset, navigabat Syracusas,
id. N. D. 3, 34, 83:
eo cum venisset, animadvertit ad alteram ripam magnas esse copias hostium,
Caes. B. G. 5, 18:
Tarquinius et Tullia minor... cum domos vacuas novo matrimonio fecissent, junguntur nuptiis,
Liv. 1, 46, 9 et saep. —
2.
With pluperf. indic.
a.
Ante-class. in place of the class. subj.:
idem me pridem quom ei advorsum veneram, Facere atriensem voluerat,
Plaut. Cas. 2, 8, 28:
Quid ais? Quom intellexeras, id consilium capere, quor non dixti extemplo,
Ter. And. 3, 2, 38.—
b.
If the pluperfect is a virtual imperfect, designating the time at which the main action took place, the principal predicate being likewise in the pluperfect, when the clause would require an indicative if placed in the imperfect (3. a. a): exspectationem nobis non parvam adtuleras cum scripseras Varronem tibi confirmasse, etc. ( = exspectabam cum legebam; cf. C. 3, a. a, 2.), Cic. Att. 3, 18, 1; cf. Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 9, 2, where the cum clause is relative; v. E.: Romae haud minus terroris... erat quam fuerat biennio ante cum castra Punica objecta Romanis moenibus fuerant (C. 3. a. a, 1.), Liv. 27, 44, 1; so id. 5, 28, 1; 26, 40, 17; 44, 10, 1.—
c.
If the clause indicates that the time of the main action is a period, subsequent to that of the action designated by the pluperfect:
nam tum cum in Asia res magnas permulti amiserant, scimus Romae, solutione impedita, fidem concidisse,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 7, 19:
cum ea consecutus nondum eram... tamen ista vestra nomina numquam sum admiratus,
id. Fam. 3, 7, 5; id. Verr. 2, 5, 69, § 178; id. Inv. 2, 42, 124; Caes. B. G. 7, 35; Liv. 24, 7, 1 sq.; Nep. Dat. 6, 5; Curt. 9, 10, 12; Verg. A. 5, 42.—
3.
If both predicates denote repeated action, the anterior clause with cum has the pluperf. indic. or subj.
a.
With pluperf. indic.
(α).
With principal predicate in imperf. indic. (so almost always in Cicero and Caesar; not in the poets, nor in Vell., Val. Max., Tac., Suet., or Plin.), whenever:
cum ad aliquod oppidum venerat, eadem lectica usque ad cubiculum deferebatur,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 11, § 27; 2, 1, 46, § 120; 2, 3, 67, § 156; 2, 4, 61, § 137; 2, 5, 10, § 27; id. Fl. 7, 16; 10, 21; id. Agr. 2, 26, 68; id. Or. 32, 113; id. Brut. 24, 93:
(Cassi vellaunus) cum equitatus noster se in agros ejecerat, essedarios ex silvis emittebat,
Caes. B. G. 5, 19; 3, 14; 3, 15; 4, 7; 5, 35; 7, 22; id. B. C. 1, 58; Sall. J. 92, 8; 44, 4:
cum comminus venerant, gladiis a velitibus trucidabantur,
Liv. 38, 21, 12; Nep. Epam. 3, 6; Sen. Ep. 11, 4; Curt. 3, 10, 8; 3, 10, 11; Quint. 7, 1, 4; Gell. 15, 22, 5; 17, 18, 3; Gai Inst. 4, 15; Pacat. 9.—
(β).
With principal predicate in perf. indic.:
Pacuvius qui Syriam usu suam fecit, cum vino... sibi parentaverat,
Sen. Ep. 12, 8; 108, 14.—
b.
With pluperf. subj., an imperf. indic. in principal sentence:
cum fossam latam cubiculari lecto circumdedisset, ejusque transitum... conjunxisset, eum ipse detorquebat,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 20, 59; id. Verr. 2, 3, 41, § 94:
cum cohortes ex acie procucurrissent, Numidae... effugiebant, etc.,
Caes. B. C. 2, 41:
cum in jus duci debitorem vidissent, undique convolabant,
Liv. 2, 27, 8; 25, 3, 11; 5, 48, 2.—
4.
In anterior clauses with imperf. subj.
(α).
When the principal clause expresses an immediate consequence ( = pluperf. subj.):
Demaratus cum audiret dominationem Cypseli confirmari, defugit patriam ( = cum audivisset),
Cic. Rep. 2, 19, 34; Caes. B. G. 5, 17 et saep.—
(β).
Where both verbs relate to one transaction, especially in remarks and replies:
(Epaminondas) cum gravi vulnere exanimari se videret, quaesivit salvusne esset clipeus, etc.,
Cic. Fin. 2, 30, 97:
cum ex eo quaereretur quid esset dolus magnus, respondebat, etc.,
id. Off. 3. 14, 60; id. Or. 2, 69, 278; id. Rosc. Am. 25, 70; Liv. 3, 71, 4 et saep.—
(γ).
When the principal action takes place during the action of the dependent clause:
qui cum unum jam et alterum diem desideraretur, neque in eis locis inveniretur... liberti Asuvii in eum invadunt, etc.,
Cic. Clu. 13, 38.—
5.
For the perf. indic. instead of pluperf. subj. v. C. 1. d. infra.
C.
In adverbial clauses of coincident time dependent on preterites ( = eo tempore quo), the clause with cum designating the time at which or during which the main action took place, when, as, while.[The theory of the use of tenses and moods in these clauses is not fully settled. The older grammarians require the indicative if cum denotes pure time, but the subjunctive if denoting cause or relations similar to cause. Zumpt and others acknowledge that the rule is frequently not observed, attributing this to the predilection of the Latin language for the subjunctive. Recently Hoffmann (Zeitpartikeln der Lateinischen Sprache, 1st ed. 1860; 2d ed. 1873) and Lubbert (Syntax von Quom, 1870) have advanced the theory that cum requires the indicative if denoting absolute time, but the subjunctive if denoting relative time. They define absolute time as time co-ordinate or parallel with, or logically independent of, the time of the principal action, which performs the function of a chronological date for the principal action, and they consider it as a criterion that the clause might have constituted an independent sentence; while relative time is logically subordinate to the principal action. Hoffmann condenses his theory in the following words: cum with indicative names and describes the time at which the action of the principal sentence took place; cum with the subjunctive, on the contrary, designates the point of time at which, or the space of time during which, the action expressed in the principal sentence commenced or ended. The chief objections to this theory are: (1) Its vagueness.—(2) The facts that in many instances cum with the subjunctive clearly dates the main action (C. 3. a. b, 2, and 4.; C. 3. a. 5.; C. 3. b. b, 3. and 5.; C. 3. b. g infra); that many of the subjunctive clauses with cum may be transformed into independent sentences (C. 3. b. b, 2. and 3. infra); that many indicative clauses with cum are logically subordinate to the main action (C. 3. a. a, 2. infra), and that when both moods are used in two co-ordinated clauses with cum belonging to the same main sentence, Hoffmann must account for the difference of the moods by explanations not drawn from his theory (Cic. Agr. 2, 64, 64; id. Clu. 30, 83; id. Div. 1, 43, 97; id. Fin. 2, 19, 61; id. de Or. 67, 272; Caes. B. C. 2, 17; Liv. 6, 40, 17; 30, 44, 10).—(3) The impossibility of clearly drawing the line between logical co-ordination and subordination; and the fact that, wherever it is drawn, there will be many passages not accounted for (cf. 1. init. and many passages under C. 3. a. a, 3.; C. 3. a. d; C. 3. b. g, etc.).—(4) That the supposed use of cum with the imperfect indicative is inconsistent with the received doctrine that the imperfect always designates a time relative to another time—a difficulty not satisfactorily met by Hoffman's assumption of an aoristic imperfect.]GENERAL RULE.—The predicate after cum is in the perfect indicative (or historical present) if the action is conceived as a point of time coincident with the time of the main action. It is either in the imperfect indicative or in the imperfect subjunctive if the action is conceived as occupying a period of time within which the main action took place (e. g.:
quid enim meus frater ab arte adjuvari potuit, cum... furem se videre respondit? Quid in omni oratione Crassus... cum pro Cn. Plancio diceret?
Cic. de Or. 2, 54, 220;
where dicebat might stand for diceret, but not responderet for respondit: cum ad tribum Polliam ventum est, et praeco cunctaretur, etc.,
Liv. 29, 37, 8; cf.:
cum tecum Ephesi collocutus sum,
Cic. Fam. 13, 55, 1; and:
cum te Puteolis prosequerer,
id. ib. 3, 10, 8: cum primum lex coepta ferri est, Liv 3, 14, 4; and: cum [p. 492] ferretur lex, id. 5, 30, 4;
also,
Cic. Fam. 4, 3, 1, and Liv. 3, 58, 7).
1.
Both predicates in the perf. indic. (or histor. pres.), both clauses denoting points of time (the principal predicate may be in any verbal form implying a perfect).
a.
The clause expressing a momentary action:
posticulum hoc recepit quom aedis vendidit, Flaut. Trin. 1, 2, 157: scilicet qui dudum tecum venit cum pallam mihi Detulisti,
id. Men. 2, 3, 46; prol. 62; id. Poen. 4, 2, 82; id. Ep. 2, 2, 33; Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 57; id. Heaut. 2, 3, 21 et saep.:
non tum cum emisti fundum Tusculanum, in leporario apri fuerunt,
Varr. R. R. 3, 3, 8:
in judiciis quanta vis esset didicit cum est absolutus,
Cic. Tog. Cand. Fragm. 4:
per tuas statuas vero cum dixit, vehementer risimus,
id. de Or. 2, 59, 242:
cum occiditur Sex. Roscius, (servi) ibidem fuerunt,
id. Rosc. Am. 41, 120; id. Verr. 2, 2, 29, § 70; 1, 4, 11; 2, 2, 66, § 160; 2, 3, 47, § 112; id. Caecin. 29, 85; id. Sest. 55, 157; id. Phil. 2, 9, 21; id. Rep. 6, 22, 24; id. Fam. 9, 15, 2; id. Att. 2, 1, 5 et saep.:
tunc flesse decuit cum adempta sunt nobis arma,
Liv. 3, 55, 10; 10, 6, 8; 28, 42, 14; 42, 46, 1; Vitr. 2, 8, 12; 2, 1, 7; 2, 9, 15;
6, 7, 4: semel dumtaxat vultum mutavit, tunc cum... anulum in profundum dejecit,
Val. Max. 6, 9, 6; 8, 8, ext. 1; 9, 1, ext. 1;
9, 8, 1: rerum natura... cum visum est deinde, (filium tuum) repetiit,
Sen. Cons. Polyb. 10, 4; 11, 2; id. Q. N. 1, 11, 3; 6, 25, 4:
accepimus et serpentem latrasse cum pulsus est regno Tarquinius,
Plin. 8, 41, 63, § 153; 2, 24, 22, § 90; 2, 52, 53, § 139; Suet. Claud. 21; Hor. S. 2, 3, 61; Ov. Tr. 5, 11, 8; Tib. 3, 5, 18; Mart. 5, 49, 9.—So, cum primum, when first, the first time that, as soon as:
jube vinum dari: jam dudum factum'st quom primum bibi,
Plaut. As. 5, 2, 40; id. Cas. prol. 17; Ter. Hec. alt. prol. 31; id. And. prol. 1; id. Eun. 3, 3, 4:
Pompeius cum primum contionem habuit... ostendit, etc.,
Cic. Verr. 1, 15, 45; id. Fam. 2, 9, 1; Liv. 3, 55, 10; 25, 6, 2; 25, 29, 4; 31, 3, 1; 40, 8, 1; 42, 34, 3; Curt. 6, 11, 23; but with imperf. subj. when referring to a per. of time:
ipse cum primum pabuli copia esse inciperet, ad exercitum venit,
Caes. B. G. 2, 2.—In the poets and later writers, the imperf. subj. often occurs where classic prose has the perf. indic.:
effice ut idem status sit cum exigis qui fuit cum promitterem,
Sen. Ben. 4, 39, 4:
tum lacrimare debueras cum equo calcaria subderes,
Curt. 7, 2, 6; Suet. Claud. 6; Ov. P. 4, 12, 28.—
b.
If the clause denotes a state, condition, or action of longer duration, it takes the perf. indic. if asserted as a complete fact without regard to what happened during its progress (virtual point of time):
in quem Juppiter se convertit cum exportavit per mare... Europen,
Varr. R. R. 2, 5, 5:
ne cum in Sicilia quidem (bellum) fuit... pars ejus belli in Italiam ulla pervasit,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 2, § 6:
nempe eo (lituo) Romulus regiones direxit tum cum urbem condidit,
id. Div. 1, 17, 30; id. Verr. 2, 3, 54, § 125; id. Lig. 7, 20; id. Rep. 3, 32, 44:
non tibi, cum in conspectu Roma fuit, succurrit? etc.,
Liv. 2, 40, 7; 34, 3, 7; Nep. Iphicr. 2, 4; id. Pelop. 4, 3.—
c.
With perf. indic., by the time when, before, referring to facts which actually occurred before the action of the principal sentence:
ab Anaximandro moniti Lacedaemonii sunt ut urbem... linquerent, quod terrae motus instaret, tum cum... urbs tota corruit,
Cic. Div. 1, 50, 112; Liv. 22, 36, 4; 34, 31, 15; Prop. 2, 32 (3, 30), 53.—
d.
With perf. indic. when actions in immediate sequence are represented as coincident:
ad quem cum accessimus, Appio, subridens, Recipis nos, inquit, etc.,
Varr. R. R. 3, 2, 2:
me primus dolor percussit, Cotta cum est expulsus,
Cic. Brut. 89, 303:
itaque ne tum quidem cum classem perdidisti, Mamertinis navem imperare ausus es,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 23, § 59:
haec cum facta sunt in concilio, magna spe et laetitia omnium discessum est,
Caes. B. C. 3, 87:
cum Thessalos in armis esse nuntiatum est, Ap. Claudium... senatus misit,
Liv. 42, 5, 8:
Gracchus cum ex Sardinia rediit, orationem ad populum habuit,
Gell. 15, 12, 1; Cic. Imp. Pomp. 1, 2; id. Deiot. 6, 17; id. Top. 16, 61; id. Div. 1, 43, 98; id. Fam. 5, 21, 2; Liv. 4, 44, 10; 4, 60, 8; 9, 25, 2; 22, 14, 12; Nep. Dat. 11, 1; Suet. Caes. 31; Gell. 1, 23, 5; Prop. 3, 20, 37 (4, 21, 7).—Hence a perf. indic. in co-ordination with pluperf. subj.: cum sol nocte visus esset... et cum caelum discessisse visum est (decemviri ad libros ire jussi sunt), Cic. Div. 1, 43, 97.—
2.
With a perf. indic. (or histor. pres.), the principal predicate in imperf.
a.
The action falling within the time of the principal predicate:
set Stalagmus quojus erat tunc nationis, quom hinc abit?
Plaut. Capt. 4, 2, 107; id. Rud. 3, 6, 9; Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 51:
haec Crassi oratio cum edita est, quattuor et triginta tum habebat annos, etc.,
Cic. Brut. 43, 161:
eo cum venio, praetor quiescebat,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 14, § 32; 2, 5, 69, § 178; id. Fl. 13, 20; id. Pis. 1, 2; id. Lig. 1, 3; id. Phil. 2, 21, 52; 3, 4, 11; id. Fam. 13, 35, 2; id. Att. 6, 1, 13:
cum Caesari in Galliam venit, alterius factionis principes erant Aedui, alterius Sequani,
Caes. B. G. 6, 12; Sall. J. 71, 1:
cum haec accepta clades est, jam C. Horatius et T. Menenius consules erant,
Liv. 2, 51, 1; 21, 39, 4; 23, 49, 5; 28, 27, 14; 34, 16, 6;
45, 39, 1: merito me non adgnoscis, nam cum hoc factum est, integer eram,
Sen. Ben. 5, 24, 3.—Post-class. writers generally use imperf. subj.:
beneficium ei videberis dedisse cui tunc inimicissimus eras cum dares?
Sen. Ben. 5, 19, 7:
bona quoque, quae tunc habuit cum damnaretur, publicabuntur,
Dig. 28, 18, § 1:
pauper Fabricius (erat) Pyrrhi cum sperneret aurum,
Claud. IV. Cons. Hon. 413.—
b.
The action strictly anterior to the principal sentence, rare (1. d.): nam quod conabar cum interventum'st dicere, nunc expedibo, Pac. ap. Non. p. 505, 3 (Trag. Rel. v. 65 Rib.):
cum est ad nos adlatum de temeritate eorum, etc., cetera mihi facillima videbantur... multaque mihi veniebant in mentem, etc.,
Cic. Fam. 3, 10, 1; Sall. C. 51, 32; Verg. A. 6, 515; id. E. 3, 14.—
3.
The predicate after cum conceived as a period or space of time (including repeated action) is either in the imperf. indic. or imperf. subj. [In ante-classical writers and Cicero the imperf. indic. very frequent, and largely prevailing over the subj., except that when the principal predicate denotes a point of time (with perf.), Cicero commonly uses the subj.; the imperf. indic. occurs in Cicero 241 times; in Caesar once with the force of a relativeclause (B. G. 1, 40, 5), and 3 times of repeated action; in Nep. once of repeated action (Att. 9, 6); in Sall. twice (J. 31, 20; id. H. 1, 48, 6 Dietsch); in Liv. 22 times; in Verg. 4 times; in Ovid twice; in Tib. twice; in Prop. 3 times; in Val. Max. twice; then it disappears (except once each in Tac. and Mart.), but reappears in Gaius (3 times), Gellius (twice), and the Gallic panegyrists (several times)].
a.
Both predicates denoting spaces of time, the principal predicate always in the imperf. indic. unless the mood is changed by other influences.
(α).
Cum with the imperf. indic. (1) In express or implied opposition to other periods of time, esp. with tum or tunc:
eademne erat haec disciplina tibi quom tu adulescens eras?
Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 17:
alium esse censes nunc me atque olim quom dabam?
Ter. And. 3, 3, 13; Plaut. Capt. 2, 1, 50; id. Most. 1, 3, 64; id. Mil. 2, 2, 26; Ter. And. 1, 1, 69; Enn. ap. Cic. Brut. 19, 76 (Ann. v. 222 Vahl.):
qui cum plures erant, paucis nobis exaequari non poterant, hi postquam pauciores sunt, etc.,
Auct. Her. 4, 18, 25:
qui (Pompeius) cum omnes Caesarem metuebamus ipse eum diligebat, postquam ille metuere coepit, etc.,
Cic. Att. 8, 1, 4:
res per eosdem creditores per quos cum tu aderas agebatur,
id. Fam. 1, 1, 1 (cf.:
Senatus consultum factum est de ambitu in Afranii sententiam quam ego dixeram cum tu adesses,
id. Q. Fr. 2, 9, 3):
Trebellium valde jam diligit: oderat tum cum ille tabulis novis adversabatur,
id. Phil. 6, 4, 11:
non tam id sentiebam cum fruebar, quam tunc cum carebam,
id. Red. Quir. 1, 3:
etenim tunc esset hoc animadvertendum cum classis Syracusis proficiebatur,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 43, § 111 (so 111 times in Cicero, including the instances where the principal predicate is in the perf.):
cum captivis redemptio negabatur, nos vulgo homines laudabant, nunc deteriore condicione sumus, etc.,
Liv. 25, 6, 14; 10, 7, 2; 33, 34, 3; 34, 4, 10; 44, 36, 8; 45, 38, 1; Ov. P. 2, 6, 9; id. M. 13, 473; Val. Max. 6, 3, 1; 4, 1, 10; Mart. 12, 70, 10; Gai Inst. 1, 184; Eum. Grat. Act. 6; cf.: cur eum, cum in consilium iretur, Cluentius et Canutius abesse patiebantur? Cur cum in consilium mittebant, Stajenum judicem qui pecuniam dederant, non requirebant? Cic. Clu. 30, 83 (cum iretur, of the time when the judges retired; cum mittebant, of the previous time, when the parties were asked about the closing of the case; opp. cum iretur).—Poets, even in the class. per., sometimes use the subj. in dependence upon the indic.:
hic subito quantus cum viveret esse solebat, Exit humo,
Ov. M. 13, 441. —(2) The principal predicate denoting a mental act or reflection occasioned by, or accompanying the action of the clause with cum (mostly ante-class. and in Cicero):
desipiebam mentis cum illa scripta mittebam tibi,
Plaut. Ep. 1, 2, 35; id. Aul. 2, 2, 1; id. Ps. 1, 5, 86:
sed tu cum et tuos amicos in provinciam quasi in praedam invitabas, et cum eis praedabare, et... non statuebas tibi rationem esse reddendam?
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 11, § 29:
illas res tantas cum gerebam, non mihi mors, non exsilium ob oculos versabatur?
id. Sest. 21, 47; id. Cat. 3, 1, 3; 3, 7, 16; id. Verr. 2, 2, 10, § 26; 2, 2, 13, § 33; 2, 2, 35, § 86; 2, 3, 86, § 198; 2, 5, 21, § 54; id. Fl. 1, 1; id. Deiot. 1, 3; 8, 23; id. Pis. 24, 56 and 57; id. Ac. 2, 28, 89; id. Or. 13, 41; id. Tusc. 2, 15, 43; id. Fam. 7, 9, 5 (22 times); Sall. H. 1, 48, 6 Dietsch (cf.:
num P. Decius cum se devoveret, et equo admisso in mediam aciem Latinorum inruebat, aliquid... cogitabat?
Cic. Fin. 2, 19, 61; cum se devoveret explains the circumstances of inruebat; hence acc. to 3. a. b, 2. in subj.; cf. Madv. ad loc., who reads devoverat).—(3) If the predicate after cum has a meaning peculiar to the imperf. indic., which by the use of the subj. would be effaced: quod erat os tuum, cum videbas eos homines, quorum ex bonis istum anulus aureus donabas? (descriptive imperf.) Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 80, § 187; so,
fulgentis gladios hostium videbant Decii, cum in aciem eorum inruebant,
id. Tusc. 2, 24, 59: cum de plebe consulem non accipiebat ( = accipere nolebat, conative imperf.), id. Brut. 14, 55:
cum vim quae esset in sensibus explicabamus, etc.,
id. Ac. 2, 12, 37 (the verbum dicendi refers to a certain stage in the discourse, for which Cicero uses the imperf. indic. in independent sentences, e. g. N. D. 3, 29, 71; 3, 6, 15; de Or. 1, 53, 230; 2, 19, 83; 2, 84, 341); so,
equidem... risum vix tenebam, cum Attico Lysiae Catonem nostrum comparabas,
id. Brut. 8, 293:
cum censebam,
id. de Or. 1, 62, 264:
cum dicebam,
id. Fam. 6, 1, 5:
cum ponebas,
id. Fin. 2, 19, 63; so esp. in Cicero's letters the phrase cum haec scribebam = while I am writing this, to preserve the meaning of an epistolary tense, referring to a state, condition, or action in progress at the time of writing the letter:
res, cum haec scribebam, erat in extremum adducta discrimen,
id. Fam. 12, 6, 2; 3, 12, 2; 5, 12, 2; 6, 4, 1; id. Att. 5, 20, 5 et saep.; cum haec scriberem, scripsissem, scripsi, are not epistolary tenses, but refer to events happening after the letter or part of it was finished, = when I wrote, had written, id. ib. 2, 15, 3; 10, 4, 7; 4, 10, 2; id. Q. Fr. 3, 1, 6, § 19; Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 6, 5; 8, 13, 2;
sometimes cum dabam = cum scribebam,
Cic. Fam. 12, 16, 3 (but cf.:
cum scriberem, as epistolary tense, in oblique discourse,
id. Att. 15, 13, 7).—(4) The coincidence in time of two actions is made emphatic, = eo ipso tempore quo:
tum cum insula Delos... nihil timebat, non modo provinciis sed etiam Appia via jam carebamus,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 18, 55; id. Phil. 1, 15, 36; 13, 8, 17; id. Sull. 10, 31; id. Tusc. 2, 8, 20; id. Off. 3, 27, 100; id. Dom. 45, 118.—
(β).
The predicate after cum is in the imperf. subj. (1) To impart to the clause a causal, adversative or concessive meaning besides the temporal relation:
antea cum equester ordo judicaret, improbi magistratus in provinciis inserviebant publicanis (a logical consequence),
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 41, § 94:
sed cum jam honores (Hortensii) et illa senior auctoritas gravius quiddam requireret, remanebat idem (dicendi genus) nec decebat idem,
id. Brut. 95, 327; id. Phil. 1, 1, 1; id. Rosc. Am. 15, 42; 16, 45; id. Pis. 10, 2; Liv. 25, 13, 1; 26, 5, 1.—(2) To indicate circumstances under which the main action took place, and by which it is explained:
Flaminius, cum tripudio auspicaretur, pullarius diem differebat, etc.,
Cic. Div. 1, 35, 77: [p. 493] equidem cum peterem magistratum, solebam in prensando dimittere a me Scaevolam, id. de Or. 1, 24, 112; id. Inv. 2, 17, 52; Liv. 41, 1, 2 (cf. 3. b. b, 3.).—(3) To describe the locality of the main action: quom essem in provincia legatus, quam plures ad praetores et consules vinum honorarium dabant, Cato ap. Isid. Orig. 20, 3, 8:
Zenonem cum Athenis essem audiebam frequenter,
Cic. N. D. 1, 21, 59; 1, 28, 79; id. Tusc. 2, 14, 34; id. Fam. 3, 8, 5; id. Att. 2, 11, 1; 12, 5, 4; 16, 14, 1; id. Verr. 2, 4, 12, § 29; Liv. 5, 54, 3 (cf. 3. b. b, 4.).—(4) To designate the time of the main action as a condition:
cum ageremus vitae supremum diem, scribebamus hoc,
Cic. Fin. 4, 27, 54:
cum jam in exitu annus esset, Q. Marcius... magistratu abiturus erat,
Liv. 39, 23, 1 (cf. 3. b. b, 5.).—
(γ).
If both the clause with cum and the principal predicate denote repeated action, the predicate with cum in class. prose is in the imperf. indic. or subj. according to the rules under a and b; the principal predicate being always in the imperf. indic.; but in ante-class. writers cum has always the imperf. indic. (1) Imperf. indic.:
tum mi aedes quoque arridebant, quom ad te veniebam, tuae,
Plaut. As. 1, 3, 55; id. Am. 1, 1, 45; id. Rud. 4, 7, 25 sqq.; Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 19; Cinc. de Re Mil. ap. Gell. 16, 4, 5; Asell. ap. Gell. 2, 13, 4; Cic. Att. 2, 7, 4; id. Verr. 2, 2, 13, § 34; Caes. B. C. 1, 79, 2; Gai Inst. 2, 101; Pacat. Pan. 9 fin.:
cum a nostro Catone laudabar vel reprehendi me a ceteris facile patiebar,
Cic. Or. 13, 41; so Nep. Att. 9, 6.—To distinguish from adversative relations, as Cic. Rosc. Com. 3, 9; id. Att. 12, 39, 2; id. de Or. 1, 14, 62; Caes. B. C. 3, 44, 6; Gai Inst. 2, 254.—If only the clause with cum, but not the principal predicate, denotes repeated action, the latter is in the perf., the former in imperf. indic., Caes. B. C. 2, 17; Cic. Arch. 5, 10.—(2) Imperf. subj., mostly denoting circumstances to explain the main action: cum dilectus antiquitus fieret... tribunus militaris adigebat, etc., Cinc. de Re Mil. ap. Gell. 16, 4, 2:
Hortensius cum partiretur tecum causas, prorogandi locum semper tibi relinquebat,
Cic. Brut. 51, 190; id. Div. 1, 45, 102; id. de Or. 1, 54, 232; id. Brut. 62, 222; Liv. 3, 66, 2; 5, 25, 12:
ex hoc effectos panes, cum in colloquiis Pompeiani famem nostris objectarent, vulgo in eos jaciebant (causal),
Caes. B. C. 3, 48; Cic. Fin. 2, 19, 62; so,
according to class. usage,
Sen. Ep. 86, 11; Curt. 5, 2, 7; 6, 5, 18; 7, 3, 13; Suet. Caes. 65;
contrary to class. usage,
Val. Max. 3, 6, 6; Sen. Ep. 30, 7; 77, 8; Tac. H. 2, 91; Spart. Had. 18. —
(δ).
In other instances (which are rare), both moods occur, either without any discrimination, or for special reasons. (1) Ante-class.:
nam quom modo exibat foras, ad portum se aibat ire,
Plaut. Rud. 2, 2, 2. —(2) Class.:
ut, cum L. Opimii causam defendebat, C. Carbo nihil de Gracchi nece negabat, sed id jure factum esse dicebat,
Cic. de Or. 2, 25, 106 (cf.:
nuper cum ego C. Sergii Oratae... causam defenderem, nonne omnis nostra in jure versata defensio est?
id. ib. 1, 39, 178; in each of these sentences the clause with cum sustains exactly the same relation to the principal predicate; but the former has the imperf. in the principal sentence, and in this connection Cic. prefers the indic. after cum):
similiter arbitror... illum (oratorem) de toto illo genere non plus quaesiturum esse, quid dicat, quam Polycletum illum, cum Herculem fingebat, quem ad modum pellem aut hydram fingeret (fingebat, for euphony, in view of the foll. fingeret),
id. de Or. 2, 16, 70; cf.:
nec vero ille artifex cum faceret Jovis formam... contemplabatur aliquem, e quo similitudinem duceret,
id. Or. 2, 9.—Without assignable reason:
casu, cum legerem tuas litteras, Hirtius erat apud me,
Cic. Att. 15, 1, 2; cf.:
Hasdrubal tum forte cum haec gerebantur, apud Syphacem erat,
Liv. 29, 31, 1:
cum haec Romae agebantur, Chalcide Antiochus ipse sollicitabat civitatium animos, etc.,
id. 36, 5, 1; cf.:
cum haec in Hispania gererentur, comitiorum jam appetebat dies,
id. 35, 8, 1 (Weissenb. gerebantur):
cum haec agebantur, Chalcide erat Antiochus,
id. 36, 15, 1; cf.:
cum haec agerentur jam consul via Labicana ad fanum Quietis erat,
id. 4, 41, 8; 35, 2, 1.—(3) PostAug. writers almost always use imperf. subj., disregarding the class. usage: ipsa fruebatur arte cum pingeret (cf. a, 2.), Sen. Ep. 9, 7; id. Cons. Marc. 23, 3; Plin. Pan. 34:
tunc erat mendacio locus cum ignota essent externa... nunc vero, etc. (opposition of times),
Sen. Q. N. 4, 2, 24; so id. Ep. 97, 9; Mart. 2, 61, 1; cf. Don. ad Ter. And. 3, 3, 13 (3. a. a, 1. supra):
cum haec proderem habebant et Caesares juvenes sturnum, etc.,
Plin. 10, 41, 59, § 120.—
b.
If the principal predicate denotes a point of time, and the predicate with cum a period of time, the former is in the perf. indic. unless changed by construction; the latter
(α).
In the imperf. indic., according to the rules a. a, except 2. (1) When the time of the cum clause is opposed to other periods of time:
res quom animam agebat tum esse offusam oportuit,
Plaut. Trin. 4, 3, 85; id. Truc. 4, 2, 20; id. Ep. 3, 3, 50 (3, 4, 21); id. Most. 5, 1, 68:
quod cum res agebatur nemo in me dixit, id tot annis post tu es inventus qui diceres?
Cic. Phil. 2, 9, 22; id. Rep. 2, 23, 43; id. Div. 1, 41, 92; 1, 45, 101; id. Ac. 2, 28, 90; id. Quint. 19, 60; 17, 54; 19, 61; id. Verr. 2, 3, 90, § 210 et saep.; Liv. 22, 60, 25; Verg. A. 4, 597; Tib. 1, 10, 8; 1, 10, 19; Prop. 2, 1, 31; 5 (4), 10, 24.—The subj. may be used if the principal action is represented as a consequence or result:
o, Astaphium, haut isto modo solita's me ante appellare, Sed blande, quom illuc quod aput vos nunc est, aput me haberem,
Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 60 (Lubbert conjectures habebam); Cic. Off. 2, 1, 2 and 3; id. Fin. 4, 27, 54; id. Rosc. Am. 4, 11; id. Verr. 2, 3, 57, § 130; id. Mur. 3, 8; Liv. 5, 53, 9; 10, 6, 9; 43, 21, 1;
44, 39, 7.— Hence the mood may change in co-ordinate clauses: tum, cum haberet haec res publica Luscinos, Calatinos, etc., homines... patientia paupertatis ornatos, et tum, cum erant Catones, Phili, etc., tamen hujusce modi res commissa nemini est (haberet, concessive),
Cic. Agr. 2, 24, 64.—(2) To make emphatic the coincidence of time, = eo ipso tempore (a. a, 4.):
cum is triumphus de Liguribus agebatur, Ligures... coloniam ipsam ceperunt,
Liv. 41, 14, 1; Cic. Sest. 26, 56; id. Phil. 2, 36, 90; id. Div. 2, 1, 3; id. Verr. 2, 5, 37, § 97; id. Att. 1, 4, 1.—(3) To preserve the peculiar force of the imperf. indic. (a. a, 3.): cum iste jam decedebat, ejus modi litteras ad eos misit, etc. (conative imperf.), Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 70, § 172:
cum Africanus censor tribu movebat centurionem... inquit,
id. de Or. 2, 67, 272 (cf.:
cum (censor) M. Antistio equum ademisset,
id. ib. 2, 71, 287).—
(β).
With the imperf. subj. (1) Always when cum means while (time during which): quomque caput caderet, carmen tuba sola peregit et, etc., Enn. ap. Lact. ad Stat. Th. 11, 56 (Ann. v. 508 Vahl.):
magistratus quom ibi adesset, occepta'st agi,
Ter. Eun. prol. 22 (Lubbert conjectures adsedit); Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1 (Ann. v. 106 Vahl.):
Alexandrum uxor sua, cum simul cubaret, occidit,
Cic. Inv. 2, 49, 144:
armati, cum sui utrosque adhortarentur... in medium inter duas acies procedunt,
Liv. 1, 25, 1; Varr. R. R. 2, 81; Auct. Her. 4, 52, 65; Cic. Brut. 3, 10; id. Clu. 62, 175; Caes. B. G. 2, 19; id. B. C. 3, 57; Liv. 1, 30, 8; 10, 30, 3 et saep.—(2) To connect a logical (causal, etc.) relation with the temporal meaning (a. b, 1.):
cum ille Romuli senatus... temptaret ut ipse gereret sine rege rem publicam, populus id non tulit,
Cic. Rep. 2, 12, 23:
an pater familiarissimis suis succensuit cum Sullam et defenderent et laudarent? (causal),
id. Sull. 17, 49:
tum cum bello sociorum tota Italia arderet, homo non acerrimus... C. Norbanus in summo otio fuit (concessive),
id. Verr. 2, 5, 4, § 8:
quibus rebus cum unus in civitate maxime floreret, incidit in eandem invidiam, etc. (adversative),
Nep. Cim. 3, 1:
sed cum jam appropinquantium forma lemborum haud dubia esset... tunc injecta trepidatio est,
Liv. 44, 28, 10; Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 90, § 211; id. Clu. 31, 84; id. Mur. 3, 8; id. Phil. 3, 2, 3; id. Tusc. 1, 2, 4; Auct. Her. 4, 24, 33; Caes. B. C. 2, 7; Liv. 25, 9, 10; 21, 41, 12.—(3) To explain the main fact by circumstances:
quem quidem hercle ego, in exilium quom iret, redduxi domum,
Plaut. Merc. 5, 4, 19:
consule me, cum esset designatus tribunus, obtulit in discrimen vitam suam,
Cic. Sest. 28, 61:
haec epistula est, quam nos, in aedibus Apronii cum litteras conquireremus, invenimus,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 66, § 154: Socrates, cum XXX. tyranni essent, pedem porta non extulit, id. Att. 8, 2, 4:
Brundusii cum loquerer cum Phania, veni in eum sermonem ut dicerem, etc.,
id. Fam. 3, 5, 3:
itaque, cum populum in curias triginta divideret, nomina earum (Sabinarum) curiis imposuit,
Liv. 1, 13, 6:
Ap. Claudius, ovans cum in urbem iniret, decem milia pondo argenti, etc., in aerarium tulit,
id. 41, 28, 6; Cic. Clu. 20, 55; id. Phil. 12, 8, 20; id. Scaur. 47; id. Inv. 2, 31, 96; id. Tusc. 2, 22, 53; id. Div. 1, 52, 119; id. Off. 2, 8, 27; id. Or. 2, 55, 225 sq.; id. Fam. 1, 9, 13; 6, 6, 5; Liv. 1, 39, 4; 3, 63, 6; 4, 53, 11 et saep.—(4) To describe the place of the main action (a. a, 3.):
cum essem in castris ad fluvium Pyramum, redditae mihi sunt uno tempore a te epistulae duae,
Cic. Fam. 3, 11, 1;
so with cum essem (essemus, etc.),
id. ib. 2, 19, 1; 3, 4, 1; 13, 56, 1; id. Att. 1, 10, 1; 14, 19, 1; id. Ac. 1, 1, 1; id. Rep. 1, 39, 61; Varr. R. R. 3, 13; Caes. B. G. 4, 11 et saep.:
Eumenes rex ab Roma cum in regnum rediret... mactatus est ( = on the journey),
Liv. 42, 40, 8:
Agesilaus cum ex Aegypto reverteretur... in morbum implicitus decessit,
Nep. Ages. 8, 6.—The perf. indic. (cum fui, etc.) refers to temporary visits to a place:
Gallo narravi, cum proxime Romae fui, quid audissem,
Cic. Att. 13, 49, 2:
proxime cum in patria mea fui, venit ad me, etc.,
Plin. Ep. 4, 13, 3.—(5) To designate the time by natural occurrences (a. a, 4.):
ipsi comprehensi a me, cum jam dilucesceret, deducuntur,
Cic. Cat. 3, 3, 6:
cum advesperasceret, cum lucesceret,
id. Fam. 15, 4, 8:
cum lux appropinquaret,
id. Tull. 9, 21:
cum dies instaret,
id. Inv. 2, 31, 96:
cum comitiorum tempus adpeteret,
Liv. 28, 10, 1:
cum dies comitiorum adpropinquaret,
id. 3, 34, 7; 10, 13, 2.—But when a date is given as a point of time, the perf. indic. is used:
cum ea dies venit,
Liv. 4, 44, 10; 6, 20, 4.—(6) When the action of the cum clause is interrupted or ended by the main action:
cum hanc jam epistulam complicarem, tabellarii a vobis venerunt, etc.,
Cic. Q. Fr. 3, 1, 5, § 17:
L. Octavius, cum multas jam causas diceret, adulescens est mortuus,
id. Brut. 68, 241:
cum plures jam tribus dicto esse audientem pontifici duumvirum juberent... ultimum de caelo quod comitia turbaret intervenit,
Liv. 40, 42, 10:
cum maxime conquereretur apud patres... repente strepitus ante curiam... auditur,
id. 8, 33, 4:
haec cum maxime dissereret, intervenit Tarquinius,
id. 1, 50, 7;
so with cum maxime,
Cic. Fam. 1, 5, a, 2; Liv. 23, 24, 6; 30, 33, 12.—(7) If the clause with cum has the force of a participial adjunct of the principal predicate (cum diceret = dicens, or dicendo):
Caesarem saepe accusavit, cum adfirmaret illum numquam, dum haec natio viveret, sine cura futurum ( = adfirmans, or adfirmando),
Cic. Sest. 63, 132:
Antigonus in proelio, cum adversus Seleucum dimicaret, occisus est ( = dimicans),
Nep. Reg. 3, 2:
impulit ut cuperem habere, cum diceret,
Varr. R. R. 3, 2, 8; Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 9 (11), 3; id. Clu. 42, 119; 56, 153; id. pro Corn. Maj. Fragm. 16; id. Mil. 5, 12; id. de Or. 1, 57, 243; id. Or. 37, 129; id. Fin. 1, 5, 16; id. Inv. 2, 34, 105; Val. Max. 1, 2, ext. 1; Ov. P. 1, 9, 42.—(8) In the historians, in a summary reference to events already related:
cum haec in Achaia atque apud Dyrrhachium gererentur... Caesar mittit, etc.,
Caes. B. C. 3, 57:
cum civitas in opere ac labore adsiduo reficiendae urbis teneretur, interim Q. Fabio... dicta dies est,
Liv. 6, 1, 6:
cum hic status in Boeotia esset, Perseus... misit,
id. 42, 56, 10; 33, 36, 1; 34, 22, 3; 38, 8, 1; 42, 64, 1; 45, 11, 1.—
(γ).
In all other cases the imperf. subj. is regularly used in class. prose, even if the action of the clause with cum is logically independent of the principal sentence:
illum saepe audivi, hic, cum ego judicare jam aliquid possem, abfuit,
Cic. Brut. 71, 248: senatus consultum est factum de ambitu in Afranii sententiam, in quam ego dixeram, cum tu adesses. id. Q. Fr. 2, 7 (9), 3; so always (class.) with cum maxime, precisely when, just when:
cum maxime haec in senatu agerentur, Canuleius... (ad populum) ita disseruit,
Liv. 4, 3, 1:
cum maxime Capua circumvallaretur, Syracusarum oppugnatio ad finem venit,
id. 25, 23, 1.—In a very few instances the imperf. indic. occurs without apparent reason: an vero cum honos agebatur familiae vestrae... succensuit [p. 494] pater tuus cum Sullam defenderent (probably to distinguish the two cum clauses), Cic. Sull. 17, 49 (cf.:
cum jus amicitiae, societatis, adfinitatis ageretur, cum, etc., eo tempore tu non modo non... retulisti, sed ne ipse quidem, etc.,
id. Quint. 16, 53):
ille versus, qui in te erat collatus cum aedilitatem petebas,
id. Q. Fr. 1, 3, 8:
cum ex oppido exportabatur (Dianae statua) quem conventum mulierum factum esse arbitramini?... Quid hoc tota Sicilia est clarius quam omnes convenisse cum Diana exportaretur ex oppido? etc.,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 35, § 77.—Poets and post-class. writers frequently disregard the class. usage, the former by using either mood instead of the other, the latter by the un-Ciceronian use of the subj.; v. Prop. 2, 9, 15; 5 (4), 4, 10; Tib. 1, 10, 16; Verg. A. 7, 148; 12, 735; Mart. 13, 122; Curt. 8, 12, 16; 9, 2, 24; Quint. 11, 1, 89; Plin. 36, 6, 5, § 46; Dig. 28, 1, 22, § 1; Gell. strangely uses an imperf. indic. where class. writers would use a subj.:
sed ego, homines cum considerabam, alterum fidei, alterum probri plenum, nequaquam adduci potui ad absolvendum,
Gell. 14, 2, 10; cf.:
cum secum reputavit,
Tac. A. 15, 54.
D.
In adverbial clauses denoting identity of action (if the principal sentence and the clause with cum denote not different actions, but one action, which, expressed by the latter clause, is by the principal sentence defined in its meaning and import, the clause with cum always takes the indic., except once or twice post-class., and almost always the same tense as the principal sentence), when, by, in, etc.
1.
The predicate in present:
amice facis Quom me laudas,
Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 31; id. Poen. 3, 2, 12; 3, 5, 15; Ter. And. prol. 18; id. Ad. 1, 2, 16 et saep.:
bene facitis cum venitis,
Auct. Her. 4, 50, 63:
quae cum taces, nulla esse concedis,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 19, 54; 21, 58; id. Clu. 47, 132; Liv. 25, 6, 5 et saep.—
2.
With fut. (rare):
cum igitur proferent aliquid hujusmodi... inventum proferent,
Cic. Inv. 1, 40, 75; id. Fl. 39, 99; Plin. Ep. 7, 24, 9.—
3.
With fut. perf. (rare):
quod cum dederis, illud dederis ut is absolvatur,
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 7, 23; id. Lig. 12, 36; id. Part. Or. 39; Auct. Her. 4, 30, 41.—
4.
With perf.:
fecisti furtum quom istaec flagitia me celavisti et patrem,
Plaut. Bacch. 1, 2, 60; 1, 2, 52; id. Cas. 4, 4, 18 (22); id. Capt. 2, 3, 52; Ter. Phorm. prol. 32 et saep.:
loco ille motus est cum ex urbe est depulsus,
Cic. Cat. 2, 1, 1; id. Verr. 2, 5, 23, § 59; id. Fam. 11, 29, 2; id. Rosc. Am. 14, 39; Liv. 5, 49, 8; 9, 8, 4; Val. Max. 3, 7, ext. 1; Curt. 6, 10, 9; Quint. 1, 10, 47 et saep.—
5.
With histor. pres.:
Orestes cum se defendit, in matrem confert crimen,
Auct. Her. 1, 15, 25.—
6.
With imperf.:
cum grandiorem aetatem ad consulatum constituebant, adulescentiae temeritatem verebantur,
Cic. Phil. 5, 17, 47; 14, 10, 28; id. Fl. 33, 83; id. Lig. 6, 18; id. Fam. 6, 1, 3; id. Off. 3, 10, 40; id. Sen. 6, 15 et saep.—
7.
Imperf. with perf. ( poet. and post-class.;
very rare): quid quod et ominibus certis prohibebar amori Indulgere meo, tum cum mihi ferre jubenti Excidit et fecit spes nostras cera caducas,
Ov. M. 9, 595 sq.; Val. Max. 9, 1, 5.—
8.
With pluperf. (very rare):
exspectationem nobis non parvam attuleras cum scripseras, etc.,
Cic. Att. 3, 18, 1; id. Sest. 16, 37.—
* 9.
Pluperf. and imperf.:
quod quidem tibi ostenderam cum a me Capuam reiciebam,
Cic. Att. 8, 11, D, 5.—
10.
Imperf. subj. (post-class.):
tunc venena edebat bibebatque, cum immensis epulis non delectaretur tantum, sed gloriaretur,
Sen. Cons. Helv. 10, 10.—
11.
Often relatively added to nouns when a relative clause must be supplied:
illa scelera... cum ejus domum evertisti, cujus, etc.,
which you committed when (by), Cic. Pis. 34, 83; id. Imp. Pomp. 12, 33; id. Verr. 2, 5, 13, § 33; Liv. 5, 3, 4; 23, 9, 11; 29, 17, 9.
E.
In relative clauses, = quo tempore, quo, etc.
1.
Dependent on nouns designating time, the mood follows the general rules of relative clauses.
a.
The principal sentence is a formal statement of indefinite time, with the copula (tempus fuit cum, or fuit cum, analogous to sunt qui, etc.); generally with subj., but sometimes indic., when sunt qui would take this mood.
(α).
With pres. or fut. indic.: nunc est profecto (i. e. tempus), interfici quom perpeti me possum (the ante-class. writers construe sunt qui with indic.), Ter. Eun. 3, 5, 3; id. And. 1, 1, 125:
jam aderit tempus quom sese etiam ipse oderit,
Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 12; Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 28.—
(β).
With pres. subj.: nunc est ille dies quom gloria maxima sese nobis ostendat, si vivimus, sive morimur, Enn. ap. Prisc. 10, p. 880 P. (Ann. v. 383 Vahl.); so Plaut. Capt. 3, 3, 1:
erit illud profecto tempus et illucescet aliquando dies cum... amicissimi benevolentiam desideres,
Cic. Mil. 25, 69; Val. Max. 6, 2, 9.—
(γ).
With preterites, indic., Plaut. Truc. 2, 4, 29:
fuit quoddam tempus cum in agris homines bestiarum more vagabantur,
Cic. Inv. 1, 2, 2 (cf.:
fuerunt alia genera qui... dicebant,
id. de Or. 3, 17, 62):
fuit cum hoc dici poterat (potuisset would be hypothetical),
Liv. 7, 32, 13.—
(δ).
With preterites, subj., Ter. Heaut. 5, 4, 1:
quod fuit tempus cum rura colerent homines,
Varr. R. R. 3, 1:
ac fuit cum mihi quoque initium requiescendi concessum arbitrarer,
Cic. Or. 1, 1, 1; so id. Brut. 2, 7; Caes. B. G. 6, 24.—
b.
Attributively with nouns denoting time (tempus, dies, etc.), in ordinary sentences.
(α).
With pres. or fut. indic.:
incidunt saepe tempora cum ea commutantur,
Cic. Off. 1, 10, 31:
longum illud tempus cum non ero, etc.,
id. Att. 12, 8, 1; id. Verr. 2, 5, 69, § 177; id. Quint. 2, 8; id. Sen. 23, 84.—With potential subj., Cic. Att. 3, 3.—
(β).
With past tenses, indic., Plaut. Am. prol. 91; id. rud. 2, 6, 12; Ter. And. 5, 3, 12:
atque ille eo tempore paruit cum parere senatui necesse erat,
Cic. Lig. 7, 20:
memini noctis illius cum... pollicebar,
id. Planc. 42, 101; id. Phil. 2, 18, 45; 2, 35, 88; id. Imp. Pomp. 15, 44; id. Sest. 7, 15; 29, 62; id. Sull. 18, 52; id. Fam. 11, 8, 1; 11, 27, 3; id. de Or. 1, 11, 45; Sall. J. 31, 20; Ov. Tr. 4, 10, 6; Prop. 1, 10, 5; 1, 22, 5; Gell. 1, 23, 2 et saep.—So with nouns implying time:
illa pugna quom, etc. ( = in qua),
Plaut. Poen. 2, 26;
Marcellino Consule, cum ego... putabam ( = anno Marcellini, quo, etc.),
Cic. Att. 9, 9, 4:
patrum nostrorum memoria cum exercitus videbatur ( = tempore quo),
Caes. B. G. 1, 40; Cic. Fam. 13, 1, 2; Liv. 6, 40, 17.—
(γ).
With preterites in subj., Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 30:
accepit enim agrum iis temporibus cum jacerent pretia praediorum,
Cic. Rosc. Com. 12, 33; so id. Off. 2, 19, 65:
numerandus est ille annus cum obmutuisset senatus?
id. Pis. 12, 26; so id. Verr. 2, 4, 35, § 77; id. Rep. 2, 37, 62; id. Font. 3, 6; Liv. 3, 65, 8:
haec scripsi postridie ejus diei cum castra haberem Mopsuhestiae (cf. habebam, as epistolary tense),
Cic. Fam. 3, 8, 10.—If the clause does not define the noun, but is a co-ordinate designation of time, it follows the rule of adverbial clauses:
eodem anno, cum omnia infida Romanis essent, Capuae quoque conjurationes factae,
while, Liv. 9, 26, 5; Cic. Rep. 2, 36, 61; id. de Or. 2, 3, 12; Liv. 8, 15, 1; 1, 41, 6.—
c.
Appositively added to temporal adverbs and to dates (heri, hodie, medius, tertius, olim, antea, quondam, nuper, olim, postea) following the rules of adverbial clauses:
Crassus hodie, cum vos non adessetis, posuit idem, etc.,
Cic. de Or. 2, 10, 41:
omnia quae a te nudius tertius dicta sunt, cum docere velles, etc.,
id. N. D. 3, 7, 18; id. Sest. 48, 103; id. Att. 4, 3, 2; id. Inv. 2, 1, 1; id. Rep. 1, 39, 61; Caes. B. C. 2, 17 et saep.—So with dates (always subj.. except with cum haec scribebam, or dabam):
posteaquam Pompeius apud populum ad VIII. Id. Febr., cum pro Milone diceret, clamore convicioque jactatus est,
Cic. Fam. 1, 5, b, 1; 3, 3, 1; 3, 4, 1; 4, 2, 1; id. Att. 14, 19, 1.—
2.
The principal sentence defines a period of time during which the action of the clause has or had lasted, always with indic., and after the words defining the period, = per quod tempus, when, that, during which, while, etc.
a.
With pres., = Engl. pres. perf.
(α).
With cardinal, definite or indefinite. (1) Time in acc. (ante-class.):
hanc domum Jam multos annos est quom possideo,
that I have been the owner, Plaut. Aul. prol. 4; cf. id. Merc. 3, 1, 37.—(2) Time in nom.:
anni sunt octo cum ista causa in ista meditatione versatur,
Cic. Clu. 30, 82; id. Or. 51, 171; id. Fam. 15, 14, 1; id. Div. 2, 36, 76.—
(β).
With ordinals:
vigesimus annus est, cum omnes scelerati me unum petunt,
Cic. Phil. 12, 10, 24; Verg. A. 5, 627; 3, 646.—
(γ).
With diu:
jam diu'st quom ventri victum non datis,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 146; Gell. 1, 25, 12.—
b.
Perf. with negation, the principal predicate in pres. or logical perf., = Engl. pres. perf.:
quia septem menses sunt quom in hasce aedes pedem Nemo intro tetulit,
Plaut. Most. 2, 2, 39; id. Men. 3, 1, 3; Prop. 3, 8, 33 (2, 16, 33. —
c.
With pluperf., the principal predicate in imperf.:
permulti jam anni erant cum inter patricios magistratus tribunosque nulla certamina fuerant,
Liv. 9, 33, 3.—
d.
With imperf., the principal predicate in perf. or pluperf.:
dies triginta aut plus in ea navi fui, Quom interea semper mortem exspectabam miser,
Ter. Hec. 3, 4, 7:
unus et alter dies intercesserat, cum res parum certa videbatur,
Cic. Clu. 26, 72.—
3.
The principal sentence specifying a period of time which has or had elapsed since the action took place, = ex ejus tempore, since or after, always with indic.; the principal predicate pres. or logical perf., cum with perf. indic.
a.
With cardinals.
(α).
Time in acc. (ante-class.):
annos factum'st sedecim Quom conspicatus est primo crepusculo Puellam exponi,
Plaut. Cas. prol. 39; so probably id. Pers. 1, 3, 57; id. Trin. 2, 4, 1; id. Merc. 3, 1, 37.—
(β).
With nom.:
nondum centum et decem anni sunt cum de pecuniis repetundis lata lex est,
Cic. Off. 2, 21, 75; id. Fam. 15, 16, 3; id. Att. 9, 11, A, 2.—
b.
With diu or dudum:
nam illi quidem haut sane diu'st quom dentes exciderunt,
Plaut. Merc. 3, 1, 42; id. As. 2, 1, 3; id. Trin. 4, 3, 3.—
c.
Peculiarly, cum referring to an action which was to be done after a period of time, before, at the end of which:
omnino biduum supererat cum exercitui frumentum metiri oporteret,
Caes. B. G. 1, 23. —
4.
In inverted clauses, the principal sentence determining the time of the clause, cum ( = quo tempore) having the force of a relative; cum with the indic. always following the principal sentence; never in oblique discourse; very freq. in class. and post-class. writings (ante-class. only Plaut. Men. 5, 8, 3; Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 40; id. Eun. 4, 2, 5); principal sentence often with jam, vix, vixdum, nondum, tantum quod, and commodum; cum often with subito, repente, sometimes interim, tamen, etiamtum.
a.
Principal sentence defining time by temporal expressions.
(α).
Principal sentence with pluperf. (1) Cum with perf. or histor. pres.:
dies nondum decem intercesserant cum ille alter filius necatur,
Cic. Clu. 9, 28; id. Verr. 1, 2, 36; id. Or. 2, 21, 89; Ov. M. 9, 715; Plin. Pan. 91, 1.—(2) Cum with histor. inf., Sall. J. 98, 2.—
(β).
Principal sentence with imperf. (1) Cum with perf. or histor. pres.:
nondum lucebat cum Ameriae scitum est,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 34, 97; Liv. 21, 59, 5; 41, 26, 2; 22, 1, 1; 9, 33, 3; 9, 37, 5; Verg. G. 2, 340; Curt. 4, 3, 16; 5, 12, 6 al.—(2) Cum with imperf., Curt. 6, 7, 1.—
(γ).
Principal sentence with perf., cum with perf.:
dies haud multi intercesserunt cum ex Leontinis praesidium... venerunt,
Liv. 24, 29, 1; 40, 48, 4.—
b.
Principal sentence not containing expressions of time; most freq. with pluperf. or imperf. in principal sentence, and perf. or histor. pres. in clause with cum, but (far more rarely) many other combinations occur.
(α).
Principal sentence with imperf., cum with perf.:
non dubitabat Minucius quin, etc., cum repente jubetur dicere,
Cic. Verr. 1, 2, 29, § 72:
jamque hoc facere noctu adparabant cum matres familiae repente... procucurrerunt,
Caes. B. G. 7, 26, 3; Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 14, § 36; Liv. 1, 36, 1 (57 times); Verg. A. 1, 36 (26 times); Vell. 2, 28, 2; Sen. Ira, 1, 18, 3; Tac. A. 3, 1 (31 times); Curt. 3, 10, 1 (19 times); Plin. Ep. 6, 24, 2.—
(β).
Principal sentence with pluperf., cum with perf. or histor. pres.:
jam Sora capta erat cum consules prima luce advenere,
Liv. 9, 24, 13 (32 times); Cic. Clu. 9, 28 (14 times); Sall. J. 60, 6; Verg. A. 1, 586 (13 times); Tac. A. 1, 19 (13 times); Curt. 3, 10, 1 (18 times). —And cum with potential subj.:
vix erat hoc plane imperatum cum illum spoliatum... videres,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 40, § 86.—
(γ).
Principal sentence with perf., Cic. Sest. 37, 39 (5 times); Liv. 2, 46, 3 (8 times).—
(δ).
Principal sentence with histor. inf., Liv. 5, 46, 1; Tac. A. 1, 11; 11, 16; Curt. 5, 9, 1; 9, 5, 1.—
(ε).
Principal sentence with histor. pres., Liv. 4, 32, 1 (3 times); Ov. M. 4, 695 (5 times).—
(ζ).
Cum with imperf., Cic. Verr. 1, 6, 17 (3 times); Sall. J. 51, 2; Liv. 44, 10, 6; Tac. A. 1, 51; 11, 26.—
(η).
Cum with [p. 495] histor. inf., Liv. 2, 27, 1; Tac. A. 2, 31 (6 times); Curt. 4, 4, 9.—
(θ).
Cum with pluperf., Liv. 2, 46, 3 (3 times); Ov. M. 14, 581; Verg. A. 2, 256 sq.—
(κ).
With logical perf., or logical perf. and pres. (rare):
quam multi enim jam oratores commemorati sunt... cum tamen spisse ad Antonium Crassumque pervenimus,
Cic. Brut. 36, 138:
jamque fuga timidum caput abdidit alte (coluber), Cum medii nexus extremaeque agmina caudae Solvuntur,
Verg. G. 3, 422.—
5.
In clauses added loosely or parenthetically to a preceding clause or to a substantive in it (the mood governed by the rules for relative clauses).
a.
When, on an occasion, on which, etc.
(α).
With perf. indic.:
Hortensium maxime probavi pro Messala dicentem, cum tu abfuisti,
Cic. Brut. 96, 328; id. Phil. 11, 8, 18; id. Dom. 9, 22; 53, 136; id. Fam. 13, 75, 1; Spart. Had. 3; Flor. 1, 18, 9 (1, 13, 19).—
(β).
With imperf. indic.:
num infitiari potes te illo ipso die meis praesidiis circumclusum commovere te non potuisse, cum tu nostra... caede contentum esse dicebas?
Cic. Cat. 1, 3, 7; id. Sest. 63, 131; id. Cael. 24, 59.—
(γ).
Cum with pres. indic., a past tense in principal sentence (mostly poet.):
nox erat et placidum carpebant fessa soporem Corpora... cum medio volvuntur sidera lapsu, Cum tacet omnis ager, etc.,
Verg. A. 4, 522; 8, 407; 12, 114; id. E. 8, 15; Hor. S. 1, 10, 31; Plin. Ep. 6, 16, 22.—
(δ).
Imperf. subj.: qui... accensi nulla deinde vi sustineri potuere, cum compulsi in castra Romani rursus obsiderentur, in consequence of which ( = ita ut), Liv. 3, 5, 8.—
(ε).
So freq. cum quidem, always with indic.:
sed uterque noster cedere cogebatur, cum quidem ille pollicitus est, se quod velletis esse facturum,
Cic. Phil. 9, 4, 9; id. Fl. 22, 53; id. Pis. 9, 21; 34, 83 and 84; id. Leg. 2, 6, 14; id. Sen. 4, 11; Suet. Caes. 50; Spart. Had. 9; id. Ael. Ver. 4.—
b.
Cum tamen, at which time however, and yet, while nevertheless, representing the principal sentence as concessive, analogous to qui tamen (v. tamen).
(α).
With indic., like qui tamen, always, except for particular reasons:
fit gemitus omnium et clamor, cum tamen a praesenti supplicio tuo continuit populus Romanus se, etc.,
Cic. Verr. 1, 5, 29, § 74; id. Pis. 12, 27; Liv. 6, 42, 11; Verg. A. 9, 513; Tac. H. 1, 62; so,
cum nihilo magis,
Nep. Dat. 10, 3; passing over into inverted cum clauses (4. b.), as Sall. J. 98, 2; Liv. 27, 20, 11.—
(β).
With subj., Cic. Phil. 2, 18, 45; id. Fam. 1, 9, 10; Liv. 4, 31, 6 (where the clause with cum is adverbial).—
6.
Cum interea (interim).
a.
Adverbial (rare).
(α).
Temporal with subj.; with subj. imperf., while, Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 25, § 62; with pluperf. subj., after, id. ib. 1, 2, 9, § 25; id. Fam. 15, 43.—
(β).
Adversative, with subj., whereas during this time. (1) Pres.:
simulat se eorum praesidio conflteri, cum interea aliud quiddam jam diu machinetur,
Cic. Verr. 1, 6, 15; Val. Max. 2, 9, 1; Sen. Q. N. 1, prol. 14.—(2) With perf. subj.:
cum tu interim vero numquam significaris sententiam tuam,
Cic. Pis. 4, 9; id. Rosc. Am. 5, 11 dub.; Val. Max. 7, 8, 6.—(3) With imperf. subj., Cic. Sull. 5, 6; Plin. Pan. 76, 1.—
b.
Relative, always with indic., in class. writings always referring to a period during which, belonging,
(α).
To the attributive clauses (v. 2. supra). (1) In pres.:
anni sunt octo... cum interea Cluentianae pecuniae vestigium nullum invenitis,
Cic. Clu. 30, 82; Liv. 5, 54, 5; Plaut. Stich. 1, 1, 33.— (2) In imperf., Ter. Hec. 3, 4, 8 (2. c.).—
(β).
To the inverted clauses (4.):
tanta erat in his locis multitudo cum interim Rufio noster... hominem percussit,
Cic. Att. 5, 2, 2.—So probably: cum interim Gallus quidam processit, Quadrig. ap. Gell. 9, 13, 7; Cic. Fam. 3, 6, 5; id. Pis. 38, 92 sq.; id. Tusc. 4, 3, 6; Sall. J. 12, 5; 49, 4; Liv. 3, 37, 5; Val. Max. 8, 1, 3; 9, 7, 2; Sen. Ira, 2, 33, 4; Tac. H. 1, 60; with indefinite pres. indic. in both terms, Sen. Cons. Marc. 11, 5.—
(γ).
To the additional clauses (5.). (1) With perf. indic., Plaut. Men. 3, 1, 3; Flor. 4, 2, 69; 4, 12, 33; with inf. in oblique discourse, Liv. 4, 51, 4; 6, 27, 6.—(2) Post-Aug., and in Nep., = cum tamen (5. b.), while nevertheless, whereas, with pres. or perf. indic.:
post Leuctricam pugnam Lacedaemonii se numquam refecerunt... cum interim Agesilaus non destitit patriam juvare,
Nep. Ages. 7, 1: cum interim Oedipodis ossa... colis, Val. Max. 5, 3, ext. 3; 3, 4, 5; 4, 4, 1; Quint. 10, 1, 18; 10, 1, 11; 12, 10, 67; Tac. H. 4, 42; Suet. Claud. 6; Flor. 4, 12, 33.
F.
In clauses completing the idea of the governing verb.
1.
After verbs of perception (videre, perspicere, audire, etc.; audivi cum diceres, etc. = audivi te dicentem).
a.
Dependent on verbs of seeing and feeling.
(α).
With indic.:
nam ipsi vident eorum quom auferimus bona ( = nos auferre or auferentes),
Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 16; id. Poen. 3, 4, 13; id. Am. 5, 1, 19; id. Bacch. 3, 3, 65; id. Mil. 2, 6, 26:
conspectum est cum obiit,
Liv. 5, 25, 3.—
(β).
With subj.:
is... numquam est conspectus cum veniret,
Cic. Sest. 59, 126:
vidi... Cum tu terga dares,
Ov. M. 13, 224.—
b.
After verbs of hearing, always with subj.:
L. Flaccum ego audivi cum diceret Caeciliam exisse, etc.,
Cic. Div. 1, 46, 104; id. Par. 6, 1, 45; id. de Or. 2, 6, 22; 2, 28, 129; 2, 33, 144; 2, 37, 155; 2, 90, 365; id. Brut. 27, 85; id. Fin. 5, 19, 54; id. Fam. 3, 7, 4; Sen. Ben. 5, 24, 1.—
c.
After memini, with indic. (sc. tempus):
memini quom... haud audebat,
Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 53:
memini cum mihi desipere videbare,
Cic. Fam. 7, 28, 1.—With subj.:
memini cum velles residere ferventissimo sole,
Sen. Ben. 5, 24, 1.—
2.
After verba adfectuum, with the force of quod, always with indic. (mostly ante-class.).
a.
Verbs of thanking:
habeo gratiam tibi Quom copiam istam mi et potestatem facis,
Plaut. Capt. 2, 3, 14; id. Curc. 5, 3, 21; id. As. 3, 2, 2; id. Most. 2, 2, 2; id. Poen. 1, 2, 46; 5, 4, 84 (99); Ter. And. 4, 4, 32; id. Ad. 1, 2, 59:
tibi maximas gratias ago, cum tantum litterae meae potuerunt, ut eis lectis, etc.,
Cic. Fam. 13, 24, 2.—
b.
Of congratulation:
quom tu's aucta liberis... gratulor,
Plaut. Truc. 2, 4, 33; 2, 6, 35: L. Caesar, O mi Cicero, inquit, gratulor tibi cum tantum vales apud Dolabellam, etc., L. Caesar ap. Cic. Fam. 9, 14, 3; and ib. Att. 14, 17, A, 3.—
c.
Of rejoicing and grieving:
quom istaec res tibi ex sententia Pulcre evenit, gaudeo,
Plaut. Rud. 5, 3, 10; id. Poen. 5, 5, 48:
cum vero in C. Matii familiaritatem venisti, non dici potest quam valde gaudeam,
Cic. Fam. 7, 15, 2; Sall. J. 102, 5.—
d.
Dependent on optative sentences:
di tibi bene faciant semper quom advocatus bene mi ades,
Plaut. Mil. 5, 26; id. Poen. 3, 3, 54; 3, 3, 74; Ter. Ad. 5, 7, 19.
G.
Elliptical usages (without predicate).
1.
Cum maxime.
a.
With ut: hanc Bacchidem Amabat, ut quom maxime, tum Pamphilus ( = ut amabat tum quom maxume amabat, as much as he ever did), Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 40:
etiamne ea neglegamus, quae fiunt cum maxime, quae videmus?
Cic. Har. Resp. 15, 32.—Hence,
b.
By abbreviation: nunc cum maxime or cum maxime alone, now especially, just now: tum cum maxime, just then:
nunc cum maxume operis aliquid facere credo,
Ter. Ad. 4, 1, 2; id. Phorm. 1, 4, 26; id. Heaut. 4, 5, 40:
quae multos jam annos et nunc cum maxime filium interfectum cupit,
Cic. Clu. 5, 12:
castra amissa, et tum cum maxime ardere,
Liv. 40, 32, 1; Curt. 3, 2, 17; Sen. Ira, 1, 16, 3; id. Ben. 3, 3, 3; id. Ep. 55, 1; 55, 11; 81, 7; Tac. Or. 16; 37; Eum. pro Schol. 4; Mamert. 2.—With maxime in adverbial clauses, just while, especially when, Cic. Att. 2, 15, 3; id. Off. 1, 13, 41; id. Fam. 1, 5, a, 2; Liv. 1, 50, 7; 2, 59, 7; 3, 25, 4; 3, 31, 3; 4, 3, 1; 8, 33, 4 et saep.—
2.
Similarly with other superlatives (post-class.):
foliis ternis, aut, cum plurimum, quaternis,
at the utmost, Plin. 25, 10, 74, § 121; 18, 7, 10, § 60:
cum tardissime,
id. 18, 7, 10, § 51:
cum longissime,
Suet. Tib. 38.
H.
For co-ordinate clauses with cum... tum, v. tum, I. A. 3.
II.
Causal, since, because, as.
A.
Anteclass., chiefly with indic.
1.
With pres. indic.:
hoc hic quidem homines tam brevem vitam colunt, Quom hasce herbas hujus modi in suom alvom congerunt,
because, Plaut. Ps. 3, 2, 34; id. Truc. 1, 2, 50; 2, 4, 8:
edepol, merito esse iratum arbitror, Quom apud te tam parva'st ei fides,
since, id. Ps. 1, 5, 62; id. Most. 1, 1, 28; id. Truc. 2, 1, 32; Ter. Phorm. 1, 4, 30; id. Hec. 4, 1, 53.—
2.
With perf. indic.:
praesertim quom is me dignum quoi concrederet Habuit, me habere honorem ejus ingenio decet,
Plaut. As. 1, 1, 66; Ter. And. 3, 2, 8.—
3.
With subj.
a.
By construction of principal sentence: adeon, me fuisse fungum ut qui illi crederem, Quom mi ipsum nomen ejus Clamaret, etc., Plaut. Bacch. 2, 3, 51; id. Capt. 1, 2, 37; Ter. Hec. 3, 2, 6; id. Eun. 3, 5, 18; 5, 2, 24.—
b.
Independent of such construction:
jam istoc probior es meo quidem animo quom in amore temperes,
Plaut. Ep. 1, 2, 8 (bracketed by Goetz;
Brix conjectures temperas): nil miror si lubenter tu hic eras, Quom ego servos quando aspicio hunc lacrumem quia dijungimur,
id. Mil. 4, 8, 18 Lorenz (Brix: quin ego... lacrumo; cf.
Lubbert, Grammat. Stud. II. pp. 133, 137): Nam puerum injussu eredo non tollent meo, Praesertim in ea re quom sit mi adjutrix socrus,
Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 82; so id. Ad. 2, 1, 12.
B.
Class. and post-class., always with subj.
1.
With pres. subj.:
cum ista sis auctoritate, non debes arripere maledictum ex trivio,
Cic. Mur. 6, 13:
cum vita sine amicis insidiarum et metus plena sit, ratio ipsa monet amicitias comparare,
id. Fin. 1, 20, 66:
quae cum ita sint, videamus, etc.,
id. Clu. 44, 123:
quod cum ita sit, etc.,
id. Fam. 3, 1, 1; id. Mur. 1, 2; id. Arch. 5, 10; id. Off. 3, 3, 13; id. Rosc. Am. 8, 22; Liv. 7, 9, 5; 21, 21, 5 et saep.—
2.
With perf. subj.:
cum inimicitiae fuerint numquam, opinio injuriae beneficiis sit exstincta... rei publicae providebo,
Cic. Prov. Cons. 20, 47; id. de Or. 1, 49, 214; the perf. subj. is often retained after a principal predicate in a past tense, id. Clu. 60, 167; id. Fam. 3, 8, 4.—
3.
With imperf. subj.
a.
Denoting both cause and coincidence of time:
vacuum fundum, cum ego adessem, possidere non potuisti,
Auct. Her. 4, 29, 40; Cic. Or. 8, 25:
cum tanta multitudo lapides et tela conicerent, in muro consistendi potestas erat nulli,
Caes. B. G. 2, 6; id. B. C. 3, 1; Liv. 39, 31, 3; 4, 8, 3; 25, 11, 1.—
b.
Denoting cause without time:
cum esset egens, sumptuosus, audax... ad omnem fraudem versare suam mentem coepit,
Cic. Clu. 26, 70:
quod oppidum cum esset altissimo et munitissimo loco, ad existimationem imperii arbitratus sum, comprimere eorum audaciam,
id. Fam. 15, 4, 10; Caes. B. C. 3, 37.—
4.
With pluperf. subj.:
Caesar cum constituisset hiemare in continenti, neque multum aestatis superesset, obsides imperat, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 5, 22.
C.
With adverbs of emphasis.
1.
Praesertim cum, or cum praesertim, = especially since, the more so because:
quae cum ita sint, quid est quod de ejus civitate dubitetis, praesertim cum aliis quoque civitatibus fuerit adscriptus?
Cic. Arch. 5, 10:
cur enim tibi hoc non gratificor nescio, praesertim cum his temporibus audacia pro sapientia liceat uti,
id. Fam. 1, 10, 1:
cum praesertim vos alium miseritis,
id. Imp. Pomp. 5, 12; id. Rosc. Am. 8, 22; id. Prov. Cons. 7, 16 (cum praesertim rarely refers to time, with indic., Sen. Ep. 85, 6).—
2.
Quippe cum represents the conclusion as selfevident, since of course, since obviously:
nihil est virtute amabilius, quippe cum propter virtutem etiam eos, quos numquam videmus, quodammodo diligamus,
Cic. Lael. 8, 28:
numquam ego pecunias istorum, etc., in bonis rebus duxi, quippe cum viderem, etc.,
id. Par. 1, 1, 6; id. Leg. 1, 1, 5; 1, 20, 54; id. Fin. 3, 12, 41; 5, 28, 84; Liv. 4, 27, 8; 4, 57, 10.—Sometimes with indic. if cum refers to time, when of course, if, of course: tu vero etiam si reprehenderes... laetarer: quippe cum in reprehensione est prudentia cum eumeneiai, Cic. Att. 16, 11, 2.—In later writers with indic., because when:
omnia experiri necessitas cogebat: quippe cum primas spes fortuna destituit, futura praesentibus videntur esse potiora,
Curt. 4, 1, 29.—
3.
Utpote cum, seeing that, explanatory, with subj.:
me incommoda valetudo qua jam emerseram, utpote cum sine febri laborassem, tenebat Brundusii,
Cic. Att. 5, 8, 1; Cels. 1 prooem.; Sen. Cons. Marc. 21, 2.
III.
Adversative, while, whereas, denoting a logical contrast with the principal sentence.
A.
Ante-class., chiefly,
1.
With indic.:
hei mihi, insanire me aiunt, ultro quom ipsi insaniunt,
Plaut. Men. 5, 2, 80; id. Stich. 1, 37; id. Bacch. 5, 2, 5; Ter. Phorm. prol. 23; 2, 2, 26.—
2.
Subj.
a.
By construction of principal predicate:
tibi obtemperem quom tu mihi nequeas?
Plaut. Most. 4, 2, 16 (4, 1, 50).—
b.
Independent of construction: edepol, Cupido, quom tam pausillus sis, nimis multum vales, Naev. ap. Non. p. 421, 25 (Lubbert conjectures quom [p. 496] tu's tam pausillus):
eo vos madefacitis, quom ego sim hic siccus?
Plaut. Ps. 1, 2, 52.
B.
Class. and post-class., always with subj.
1.
With pres. subj.:
cum de bonis et de caede agatur, testimonium dicturus est is qui et sector est et sicarius,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 36, 103; id. Clu. 24, 65; id. Leg. 1, 7, 22:
et cum tibi, viro, liceat purpura in veste stragula uti, matrem familias tuam purpureum amiculum habere non sines?
Liv. 34, 7, 3; Sen. Prov. 4, 10; id. Clem. 1, 18, 2; id. Ben. 2, 16, 1.—
2.
With perf. subj.: an tu, cum omnem auctoritatem universi ordinis pro pignore putaris, eamque... concideris, me his existimas pignoribus terreri? Crass. ap. Cic. de Or. 3, 1, 4:
indignatur exul aliquid sibi deesse, cum defuerit Scipioni dos?
Sen. Cons. Helv. 12, 7; id. Ira, 3, 12, 7; freq. pres. and perf. subj. retained, if dependent on preterites, Cic. Brut. 71, 250; id. Agr. 3, 2, 5.—
3.
With imperf. subj.:
ita, cum maximis eum rebus liberares, perparvam amicitiae culpam relinquebas,
Cic. Deiot. 3, 10:
hunc Egnatium censores, cum patrem eicerent, retinuerunt,
id. Clu. 48, 135:
eorum erat V. milium numerus, cum ipsi non amplius octingentos equites haberent,
Caes. B. G. 4, 11; Liv. 1, 55, 3; Cic. de Or. 1, 1, 1; 1, 53, 227; 2, 50, 203; id. Clu. 5, 12; id. Ac. 1, 10, 38 sq.; Liv. 39, 49, 1; Val. Max. 1, 6, 11; 3, 2, 10 fin. —
4.
With pluperf. subj.:
Socratis ingenium immortalitati scriptis suis Plato tradidit, cum ipse litteram Socrates nullam reliquisset,
Cic. de Or. 3, 16, 60; id. Ac. 2, 1, 2; id. Prov. Cons. 11, 27; Val. Max. 1, 8, 11.
IV.
Concessive, although, denoting a reason for the contrary of the principal sentence.
A.
Ante-class., mostly with indic.
1.
Indic.:
qui it lavatum In balineas, quom ibi sedulo sua vestimenta servat, Tam subripiuntur,
Plaut. Rud. 2, 3, 52; Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 12; Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 26; id. Truc. 1, 2, 89 (95); id. Stich. 1, 2, 67.—
2.
With subj.: nihilominus ipsi lucet, quom illi accenderit, Enn. ap. Cic. Off. 1, 16, 51 (Trag. Rel. v. 389 Rib.).
B.
Class. and post-class., always with subj.
1.
Pres. subj.:
testis est Graecia, quae cum eloquentiae studio sit incensa, jamdiuque excellat in ea... tamen omnis artis vetustiores habet,
Cic. Brut. 7, 26:
nam (Druentia) cum aquae vim vehat ingentem, non tamen navium patiens est,
Liv. 21, 31, 11.—
2.
Imperf. subj.:
ego autem, cum consilium tuum probarem, et idem ipse sentirem, nihil proficiebam,
Cic. Fam. 4, 1, 1:
non poterant tamen, cum cuperent, Apronium imitari,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 34, § 78; id. de Or. 1, 28, 126; id. Brut. 7, 28; 91, 314; id. Inv. 2, 31, 97; id. Clu. 40, 110; Caes. B. G. 5, 40; Liv. 5, 38, 5; Nep. Att. 13, 1; so,
quae cum ita essent... tamen,
although this was so, Cic. Clu. 34, 94; id. Fam. 2, 16, 2.—
3.
With pluperf. subj.:
cui cum Cato et Caninius intercessissent, tamen est perscripta,
Cic. Fam. 1, 2, 4:
patrem meum, cum proscriptus non esset, jugulastis,
id. Rosc. Am. 11, 32.
V.
In hypothetical clauses, always with imperf. or pluperf. subj., = si, but defining an assumed or fictitious time.
1.
With imperf. subj.:
quis ex populo, cum Scaevolam dicentem audiret in ea causa, quicquam politius aut elegantius exspectaret?
Cic. Brut. 55, 194:
etiam tum quiesceretis cum rem publicam a facinorosissimis sicariis esse oppressam videretis?
id. Sest. 38, 81; id. Rosc. Am. 31, 86; id. Verr. 2, 1, 10, §§ 28 and 29.—
2.
With pluperf. subj.:
quod esset judicium cum de Verris turpissimo comitatu tres recuperatorum nomine adsedissent?
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 12, § 30:
mors cum exstinxisset invidiam, res ejus gestae sempiterni nominis glorianiterentur,
id. Balb. 6, 16.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > cum
6 Cum2

1.
cum (archaic form COM, found in an inscr., COM PREIVATVD; in MSS. sometimes quom or quum), prep. with abl. [for skom, Sanscr. root sak, together; cf. sequor, and Gr. koinos, sun], designates in gen. accompaniment, community, connection of one object with another (opp. sine, separatim, etc.), with, together, together with, in connection or company with, along with; sometimes also to be translated and.
I.
In gen., Plaut. Am. prol. 95:
qui cum Amphitruone abiit hinc in exercitum,
id. ib. prol. 125:
cum Pansā vixi in Pompeiano,
Cic. Att. 14, 20, 4:
semper ille antea cum uxore, tum sine eā,
id. Mil. 21, 55:
quibuscum essem libenter,
id. Fam. 5, 21, 1; cf.:
cum quibus in ceteris intellegis afuisse,
id. Sull. 3, 7:
si cenas hodie mecum,
Hor. Ep. 1, 7, 70:
vagamur egentes cum conjugibus et liberis,
Cic. Att. 8, 2, 3:
errare malo cum Platone, etc.,
id. Tusc. 1, 17, 39:
qui unum imperium unumque magistratum cum ipsis habeant,
Caes. B. G. 2, 3 et saep.—
b.
In an expression of displeasure:
in' hinc, quo dignus, cum donis tuis Tam lepidis,
Ter. Eun. 4, 3, 9; cf. Plaut. Most. 2, 2, 33; Ter. And. 5, 4, 38; id. Eun. 1, 2, 73; id. Heaut. 4, 6, 7 al.—
B.
In a designation of time with which some action concurs:
egone abs te abii hinc hodie cum diluculo?
Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 121; so,
cum primo luci,
id. Cist. 2, 1, 58:
cras cum filio cum primo luci ibo hinc,
Ter. Ad. 5, 3, 55; Cic. Off. 3, 31, 112; cf.:
cum primā luce,
id. Att. 4, 3, 4; and:
cum primo lumine solis,
Verg. A. 7, 130: cum primo mane, Auct. B. Afr. 62: cum mane, Lucil. ap. Diom. p. 372 P:
pariter cum ortu solis,
Sall. J. 106, 5:
pariter cum occasu solis,
id. ib. 68, 2; cf.:
cum sole reliquit,
Verg. A. 3, 568 et saep.:
mane cum luci simul,
Plaut. Merc. 2, 1, 31; v. simul: exiit cum nuntio (i. e. at the same time with, etc.), Caes. B. G. 5, 46; cf.: cum his nuntius Romam ad consulendum redit ( = hama toisde), Liv. 1, 32, 10:
simul cum dono designavit templo Jovis fines,
id. 1, 10, 5; cf.:
et vixisse cum re publicā pariter, et cum illā simul extinctus esse videatur,
Cic. de Or. 3, 3, 10.—
C.
In designating the relations, circumstances, way, and manner with which any act is connected, by which it is accompanied, under or in which it takes place, etc., with, in, under, in the midst of, among, to, at: aliquid cum malo suo facere, Plaut. Bacch. 3, 4, 4; cf.:
cum magnā calamitate et prope pernicie civitatis,
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 24, § 63:
cum summā rei publicae salute et cum tuā peste ac pernicie cumque eorum exitio, qui, etc.,
id. Cat. 1, 13, 33:
cum magno provinciae periculo,
Caes. B. G. 1, 10:
cum summo probro,
Ter. And. 5, 3, 10: cum summo terrore hominum, Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 24, 6:
cum summā tuā dignitate,
Cic. Fin. 4, 22, 61:
cum bonā alite,
Cat. 61, 19:
ferendum hoc onus est cum labore,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 21; cf. Cic. N. D. 2, 23, 59:
multis cum lacrimis aliquem obsecrare,
amid many tears, Caes. B. G. 1, 20; cf.:
hunc ipsum abstulit magno cum gemitu civitatis,
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 19, § 49:
orare cum lacrimis coepere,
Liv. 5, 30, 5:
si minus cum curā aut cautelā locus loquendi lectus est,
Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 6 Ritschl; so,
cum curā,
Cic. Inv. 1, 39, 70; Sall. J. 54, 1; Liv. 22, 42, 5 et saep.; cf.:
cum summo studio,
Sall. C. 51, 38:
cum quanto studio periculoque,
Liv. 8, 25, 12 al.:
cum multā venustate et omni sale,
Cic. Fin. 1, 3, 9:
summā cum celeritate ad exercitum rediit,
Hirt. B. G. 8, 52:
maximo cum clamore involant,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 89:
cum clamore,
Liv. 2, 23, 8; 5, 45, 2:
cum clamore ac tumultu,
id. 9, 31, 8; cf.:
Athenienses cum silentio auditi sunt,
id. 38, 10, 4; 7, 35, 1:
illud cum pace agemus,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 29, 83:
cum bonā pace,
Liv. 1, 24, 3; 21, 24, 5:
cum bonā gratiā,
Cic. Fat. 4, 7:
cum bonā veniā,
Liv. 29, 1, 7; cf.:
cum veniā,
Ov. Tr. 4, 1, 104; Quint. 10, 1, 72:
cum virtute vivere,
Cic. Fin. 3, 8, 29; cf. id. ib. 2, 11, 34:
cum judicio,
Quint. 10, 1, 8:
cum firmā memoriā,
id. 5, 10, 54:
legata cum fide ac sine calumniā persolvere,
Suet. Calig. 16:
spolia in aede... cum sollemni dedicatione dono fixit,
Liv. 4, 20, 3.—
b.
Attributively, with subst.:
et huic proelium cum Tuscis ad Janiculum erat crimini,
Liv. 2, 52, 7 Weissenb. ad loc.:
frumenti cum summā caritate inopia erat,
id. 2, 12, 1; 2, 5, 2; 7, 29, 3.—
2.
Cum eo quod, ut, or ne (in an amplification or limitation), with the circumstance or in the regard that, on or under the condition, with the exception, that, etc. (except once in Cic. epistt. not ante-Aug.).
(α).
Cum eo quod, with indic., Quint. 12, 10, 47 Spald.; 10, 7, 13; so,
cum eo quidem, quod, etc.,
id. 2, 4, 30. —With subj.:
sit sane, quoniam ita tu vis: sed tamen cum eo, credo, quod sine peccato meo fiat,
Cic. Att. 6, 1, 7.—
(β).
With ut:
Antium nova colonia missa cum eo, ut Antiatibus permitteretur, si et ipsi adscribi coloni vellent,
Liv. 8, 14, 8; so id. 8, 14, 2; 30, 10, 21; 36, 5, 3; Cels. 3, 22.—So with tamen:
cum eo tamen, ut nullo tempore is... non sit sustinendus,
Cels. 3, 5 fin.; 4, 6 fin. —
(γ).
With ne:
obsequar voluntati tuae cum eo, ne dubites, etc.,
Col. 5, 1, 4:
cum eo, ne amplius quam has urant,
Cels. 7, 22; and with tamen:
cum eo tamen, ne, etc.,
id. 2, 17.—
3.
Cum dis volentibus, etc., with God's help, by the will of the gods, sun theôi:
cum divis volentibus quodque bene eveniat mando tibi, Mani, etc.,
Cato, R. R. 141, 1: volentibu' cum magnis dis, Enn. ap. Cic. Off. 1, 12, 38:
agite, cum dis bene juvantibus arma capite,
Liv. 21, 43, 7; so,
cum superis,
Claud. Cons. Stil. III. p. 174.—
4.
Cum with an ordinal number (cum octavo, cum decimo, etc.) for our - fold, in economical lang., of the multiplication of cultivated products:
ut ex eodem semine aliubi cum decimo redeat, aliubi cum quinto decimo,
ten-, fifteenfold, Varr. R. R. 1, 44, 1; so,
cum octavo, cum decimo,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 47, § 112:
cum centesimo,
Plin. 18, 10, 21, § 95; cf. with a subst.:
cum centesimā fruge agricolis faenus reddente terrā,
id. 5, 4, 3, § 24.—
D.
With a means or instrument, considered as attending or accompanying the actor in his action (so most freq. anteclass., or in the poets and scientific writers): acribus inter se cum armis confligere, Lucil. ap. Non. p. 261, 6: effundit voces proprio cum pectore, Enn. ap. Serv. ad Verg. G. 2, 424: cum voce maximā conclamat, Claud. Quadrig. ap. Gell. 9, 13, 10:
cum linguā lingere,
Cat. 98, 3:
cum suo gurgite accepit venientem (fluvius),
Verg. A. 9, 816:
cum vino et oleo ungere,
Veg. 1, 11, 8 et saep.:
terra in Augurum libris scripta cum R uno,
Varr. L. L. 5, § 21 Müll.
II.
In partic.
A.
Completing the meaning of verbs.
1.
With verbs of union, connection, and agreement: cum veteribus copiis se conjungere, Caes. B. G. 1, 37:
ut proprie cohaereat cum narratione,
Auct. Her. 1, 7, 11:
(haec) arbitror mihi constare cum ceteris scriptoribus,
id. 1, 9, 16:
interfectam esse... convenit mihi cum adversariis,
id. 1, 10, 17; cf. Cic. Inv. 1, 22, 31:
quī autem poterat in gratiam redire cum Oppianico Cluentius?
id. Clu. 31, 86:
hanc sententiam cum virtute congruere semper,
id. Off. 3, 3, 13:
foedera quibus etiam cum hoste devincitur fides,
id. ib. 3, 31, 111:
capita nominis Latini stare ac sentire cum rege videbant,
Liv. 1, 52, 4:
cum aliquo in gratiam redire,
id. 3, 58, 4:
stabat cum eo senatūs majestas,
id. 8, 34, 1:
conjurasse cum Pausaniā,
Curt. 7, 1, 6:
Autronium secum facere,
Cic. Sull. 13, 36; cf. also conecto, colligo, consentio, compono, etc.—
2.
Of companionship, association, sharing, etc.:
cum his me oblecto, qui res gestas aut orationes scripserunt suas,
Cic. de Or. 2, 14, 61:
quoniam vivitur, non cum perfectis hominibus, sed cum iis, etc.,
id. Off. 1, 15, 46:
nulla (societas) carior quam ea quae cum re publicā est unicuique nostrum,
id. ib. 1, 17, 51:
cum civibus vivere,
id. ib. 1, 34, 124:
cum M. Fabio mihi summus usus est,
id. Fam. 9, 25, 2; cf.:
cum quibus publice privatimque hospitia amicitiasque junxerant,
Liv. 1, 45, 2:
partiri cum Dinaeā matre jussit,
Cic. Clu. 7, 21:
cum Baebio communicare,
id. ib. 16, 47; cf.
of local association, nearness: cum mortuā jugulatum servum nudum positurum ait,
Liv. 1, 58, 4:
duos tamen pudor cum eo tenuit,
id. 2, 10, 5.—
3.
Of intercourse, traffic, etc.:
cum aliquo agere,
to deal with, Cic. Ac. 2, 35, 112; Caes. B. G. 1, 13:
cum eo Accius injuriarum agit,
Auct. Her. 1, 14, 24:
si par est agere cum civibus,
Cic. Off. 2, 23, 83; 3, 22, 88; id. Scaur. 10, 20; cf. id. Fam. 5, 18, 1; Liv. 1, 19, 7; 3, 9, 13; 4, 15, 2; Val. Max. 4, 3, 8:
si mihi cum Peripateticis res esset,
Cic. Ac. 2, 35, 112:
tecum enim mihi res est,
id. Rosc. Am. 30, 84:
uni tibi et cum singulis res est,
Liv. 2, 12, 11:
pacem cum Sabinis facere,
Cic. Off. 3, 30, 109.—Esp.: agere cum aliquo, to have a lawsuit with, Gai Inst. 4, 87; 4, 114 et saep.; v. ago, II. B. 8. a., and II. B. 9.; consisto, I. B. 5.; cf. also pango, etc.—
4.
Of deliberation and discussion:
haec ego cum ipsis philosophis disserebam,
Cic. de Or. 1, 13, 57:
tempus cum conjuratis consultando absumunt,
Liv. 2, 4, 3 et saep.; v. also cogito, reputo, dubito, etc.—
5.
Of strife, difference, etc.:
quibuscum continenter bellum gerunt,
Caes. B. G. 1, 1:
cum Cleanthe quam multis rebus Chrysippus dissidet!
Cic. Ac. 2, 47, 143:
neque tam quererer cum deo quod, etc.,
id. ib. 2, 25, 81:
cum quo Antiochum saepe disputantem audiebam,
id. ib. 2, 4, 11:
cum stomacheretur cum Metello,
id. Or. 2, 66, 267:
manu cum hoste confligere,
id. Off. 1, 23, 81:
utilia cum honestis pugnare,
id. ib. 3, 7, 34: cum Catone dissentire. id. ib. 3, 22, 88:
cum majoribus nostris bella gessit,
id. Scaur. 19, 45; Liv. 1, 35, 7; 7, 22, 4:
cum Auruncis bellum inire,
id. 2, 16, 8; cf.:
cum Volscis aequo Marte discessum est,
id. 2, 40, 14:
inimicitias cum Africano gerere,
Val. Max. 4, 1, 8; Sen. Vit. Beat. 2, 3:
cum Scipione dissentire,
Val. Max. 4, 1, 12:
cum utrāque (uxore) divortium fecit,
Suet. Claud. 26; cf. also certo, pugno, discrepo, differo, distraho, dissentio, etc.—
6.
Of comparison:
nec Arcesilae calumnia conferenda est cum Democriti verecundiā,
Cic. Ac. 2, 5, 14:
hanc rationem dicendi cum imperatoris laude comparare,
id. de Or. 1, 2, 8:
conferam Sullamne cum Junio,
id. Clu. 34, 94:
(orationem) cum magnitudine utilitatis comparare,
id. Off. 2, 6, 20.—
B.
Pregn., implying the notion of being furnished, endowed, clothed with any thing, or of possessing, holding, suffering under, etc., in a lit. and trop. sense: ille vir haud magnā cum re sed plenus fidei, Enn. ap. Cic. Sen. 1, 1 (cf. the antith.:
hominem sine re, sine fide,
Cic. Cael. 32, 78):
a portu illuc nunc cum laternā advenit,
Plaut. Am. prol. 149:
cadus cum vino,
id. Stich. 5, 1, 7; cf. id. Pers. 2, 3, 15:
olla cum aquā,
Cato, R. R. 156:
arcula cum ornamentis,
Plaut. Most. 1, 3, 91:
fiscos cum pecuniā Siciliensi,
Cic. Verr. 1, 8, 22:
onerariae naves cum commeatu,
Liv. 30, 24, 5 et saep.:
cum servili schemā,
Plaut. Am. prol. 117;
so of clothing,
id. Rud. 1, 4, 31; Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 24, § 54; 2, 5, 13, § 31; [p. 490] id. Rab. Post. 10, 27; Liv. 35, 34, 7; Suet. Claud. 13; Sil. 1, 94 et saep.:
ut ne quis cum telo servus esset,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 3, § 7;
so of weapons,
id. Phil. 2, 8, 19; cf.:
inmissi cum falcibus, etc.,
id. Tusc. 5, 23, 65:
vidi argenteum Cupidinem cum lampade,
holding, id. Verr. 2, 2, 47, § 115:
simulacrum Cereris cum faucibus,
id. ib. 2, 4, 49, §
109: cum elephanti capite puer natus,
Liv. 27, 11, 5; cf.:
cum quinque pedibus natus,
id. 30, 2, 10; 33, 1, 11; 27, 4, 14 al.: omnia cum pulchris animis Romana juventus, Enn. ap. Don. ad Ter. Phorm. 3, 1, 1; cf.
Ter. ib.: Minucius cum vulnere gravi relatus in castra,
Liv. 9, 44, 14:
te Romam venisse cum febri,
Cic. Att. 6, 9, 1; so id. de Or. 3, 2, 6; id. Clu. 62, 175: cum eisdem suis vitiis nobilissimus, with all his faults, i. e. in spite of, id. ib. 40, 112:
ex eis qui cum imperio sint,
id. Fam. 1, 1, 3 Manut.; cf.:
cum imperio aut magistratu,
Suet. Tib. 12 Bremi; v. imperium.—
C.
With idem (never of the identity of two subjects, but freq. of the relation of two subjects to the same object, etc.;
v. Krebs, Antibarb. p. 538): tibi mecum in eodem est pistrino vivendum,
Cic. de Or. 2, 33, 144:
quandoque tu... omnibus in eisdem flagitiis mecum versatus es,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 80, § 187:
Numidae... in eādem mecum Africā geniti,
Liv. 30, 12, 15; 28, 28, 14; Tac. A. 15, 2; Val. Max. 6, 5, 3.—
D.
In the adverb. phrase, cum primis, with the foremost, i.e. especially, particularly (rare), Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 28, § 68; id. Brut. 62, 224.—Post-class. also as one word: cumprīmis, Gell. 1, 12, 7 al.
► a.
Cum in anastrophe. So always with the pers. pron.: mecum, tecum, secum, nobiscum, etc.; cf. Cic. Or. 45, 154; Prisc. pp. 949 and 988 P.; and in gen. with the rel. pron.:
quocum (quīcum), quacum, quibuscum, quīcum (for quocum),
Cic. Or. 45, 154; Liv. 38, 9, 2; Cic. Att. 5, 1, 4; id. Verr. 2, 2, 31, §§ 76 and 77; Caes. B. G. 1, 8; Cic. Rep. 1, 10, 15; id. Att. 4, 9, 2; id. Off. 1, 35, 126; Quint. 8, 6, 65; 10, 5, 7; 11, 2, 38. But where cum is emphatic, or a demonstrative pron. is understood, cum is placed before the rel.; cf.:
his de rebus velim cum Pompeio, cum Camillo, cum quibus vobis videbitur, consideretis,
Cic. Fam. 14, 14, 3:
adhibuit sibi quindecim principes cum quibus causas cognovit,
id. Off. 2, 23, 82; Liv. 1, 45, 2.—
b.
Before et... et, connecting two substt.:
cum et diurno et nocturno metu,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 23, 66.
III.
In compounds the primitive form com was alone in use, and was unchanged before b, p, m: comburo, compono, committo, and a few words beginning with vowels: comes, comitium, and comitor; m was assimilated before r: corripio; often before l: colligo or conligo; rarely before n, as connumero, but usually dropped: conecto, conitor, conubium; with the change of m into n before all the remaining consonants: concutio, condono, confero, congero, conqueror, consumo, contero, convinco; so, conjicio, etc., but more usually conicio; and with the rejection of m before vowels and before h: coarguo, coëo, coinquino, coopto, cohibeo.—
B.
It designates,
1.
A being or bringing together of several objects: coëo, colloquor, convivor, etc.: colligo, compono, condo, etc.—
2.
The completeness, perfecting of any act, and thus gives intensity to the signif. of the simple word, as in commaculo, commendo, concito, etc., comminuo, concerpo, concido, convello, etc.
2.
Cum (ante-class. quom; freq. in MSS. of Cicero; the post-class. form quum is incorrectly given in many MSS. and edd.), conj. [pronom. stem ka- or kva- with acc. case ending].
I.
Of time, when, as, while, sometimes = after, since.
A.
In adverbial clauses dependent on non-preterite predicates.
1.
The time designated by cum being indefinite, when, if, whenever, always with indic., except in the instances A. 2.
a.
Cum with pres. indic., often equivalent to si.
(α).
With principal predicate in pres.:
nam omnes id faciunt quom se amari intellegunt,
Plaut. Truc. prol. 17:
facile, quom valemus, recta consilia aegrotis damus,
Ter. And. 2, 1, 9; Plaut. Ep. 1, 2, 44; id. Poen. 4, 2, 20; id. Truc. 1, 1, 46; Ter. Phorm. 2, 1, 11:
cum semen maturum habet, tum tempestiva est,
Cato, R. R. 17; 41: quid? tum cum es iratus, permittis illi iracundiae dominationem animi tui? Cic. Rep. 1, 38, 59:
cum permagna praemia sunt, est causa peccandi,
id. Off. 3, 20, 79; id. de Or. 3, 23, 87:
quidam vivere tunc incipiunt cum desinendum est,
Sen. Ep. 23, 11.—
(β).
With principal predicate in fut. (rare):
ad cujus igitur fidem confugiet cum per ejus fidem laeditur cui se commiserit?
Cic. Rosc. Am. 40, 116; id. Leg. 3, 10, 24; id. Fl. 17, 40; Verg. A. 12, 208.—
(γ).
With principal predicate in logical perf. (mostly poet.):
haud invito ad auris sermo mi accessit tuos, Quom te postputasse omnis res prae parente intellego,
Ter. Hec. 3, 5, 33:
qui cum levati morbo videntur, in eum de integro inciderunt,
Cic. Fam. 12, 30, 2:
(dolor) Cum furit... Profuit incensos aestus avertere ( = prodest),
Verg. G. 3, 457:
nemo non, cum alteri prodest, sibi profuit,
Sen. Ep. 81, 19; Cic. Att. 4, 18, 1; Liv. 8, 8, 11; Verg. A. 9, 435; id. G. 1, 288.—
b.
With logical perf. indic.
(α).
With principal predicate in pres. (very freq.), the perf. translated either by English pres. perf. or by pres.: omnia sunt incerta cum a jure discessum est, when we ( once) disregard the law, Cic. Fam. 9, 16, 1:
gubernatores cum exultantes loligines viderunt... tempestatem significari putant,
id. Div. 2, 70, 145:
cum depulsi sunt agni a matribus, diligentia adhibenda est ne, etc.,
Varr. R. R. 2, 2, 17:
cum ejus generis copia defecit, ad innocentium supplicia descendunt,
Caes. B. G. 6, 16, 5:
(hostis) cum intravit... modum a captivis non accipit,
Sen. Ira, 1, 8, 2:
quia enim, cum prima cognovi, jungere extrema cupio,
Plin. Ep. 7, 10, 1; Cic. Or. 1, 33, 153; id. Div. 2, 26, 56; id. Brut. 24, 93; id. Cat. 4, 6, 12; id. Fam. 6, 3, 3; Auct. Her. 4, 50, 63; Caes. B. G. 4, 33; 5, 21; Liv. 22, 9, 8; 34, 31, 4; Val. Max. 8, 10 prooem.; 9, 6 init.; Sen. Ep. 3, 2; 21, 9; id. Cons. Helv. 13, 2; Curt. 3, 3, 18; Plin. 18, 7, 10, § 60; Quint. 4, 2, 122; 10, 7, 14.—In oblique clauses the perf. indic. may remain, or may be changed into perf. subj., even after preterites, Cic. Off. 1, 28, 26; 2, 20, 69.—
(β).
With principal predicate in fut. ( poet.), Ov. P. 1, 5, 47.—
(γ).
With two logical perff. (rare):
cum id factum est, tamen grex dominum non mutavit,
Varr. R. R. 2, 2, 6:
quae cum se disposuit... summum bonum tetigit,
Sen. Vit. Beat. 8, 5; id. Tranq. 17, 11; id. Ben. 1, 1, 5. —
c.
With fut.
(α).
With principal predicate in fut.:
ita fere officia reperientur, cum quaeretur, quid deceat, etc.,
Cic. Off. 1, 34, 125; Auct. Her. 2, 7, 10; 2, 12, 17.— So with principal predicate in fut. imper:
etiam tum cum verisimile erit aliquem commisisse... latratote,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 20, 57, id. Mur. 31, 65; id. Att. 3, 8, 4; Liv. 35, 19, 6.—
(β).
With principal predicate in pres.:
in talibus... stabilitas amicitiae confirmari potest, cum homines cupiditatibus imperabunt,
Cic. Lael. 22, 82; Val. Max. 4, 8 prooem.—
d.
With fut. perf.
(α).
With principal predicate in pres.:
quam (spem), cum in otium venerimus, habere volumus,
Cic. Att. 1, 7:
nec irascimur illis cum sessorem recusaverint,
Sen. Const. 12, 3; id. Cons. Marc. 7, 2.—
(β).
With principal predicate in fut. indic.:
cum haec erunt considerata, statim nostrae legis expositione... utemur,
Auct. Her. 2, 10, 15:
cum viderit secari patrem suum filiumve, vir bonus non flebit?
Sen. Ira, 1, 12, 1.—In oblique clauses, dependent on preterites, it is changed to the pluperf. subj.:
qui tum demum beatum terrarum orbem futurum praedicavit cum aut sapientes regnare, aut reges sapere coepissent,
Val. Max. 7, 2, ext. 4.—
(γ).
With principal predicate in fut. imper.:
cum tempestates pluviae fuerint, videtote quot dies, etc.,
Cato, R. R. 2, 3; 25 init.; 38.—
(δ).
With two fut. perff.:
cum bene cesserit negotiatio, multum militia retulerit,
Sen. Cons. Helv. 10, 6.—
e.
In partic.
(α).
In definitions with pres, indic.:
humile genus est (causae) cum contempta res adfertur,
Auct. Her. 1, 3, 5:
purgatio est cum factum conceditur, culpa removetur,
Cic. Inv. 1, 11, 15: maxima est capitis deminutio cum aliquis simul et civitatem et libertatem amittit, Gai Inst. 1, 160; Auct. Her. 1, 46; 2, 4, 6; 4, 12, 17; 4, 53, 66 et saep. —
(β).
Etiam cum (less freq. cum etiam), even when (nearly = etiamsi), always with indic. if dependent on other than preterite predicates. (1) With pres.: qui cavet ne decipiatur, vix cavet, quom etiam cavet, Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 5:
in quo scelere, etiam cum multae causae convenisse... videntur, tamen non temere creditur,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 22, 62:
qui incolunt maritimas urbis, etiam cum manent corpore, animo tamen excursant,
id. Rep. 2, 4, 7; Curt. 6, 3, 10; Plin. Ep. 1, 8, 6.—(2) With fut.:
etiam cum potentes nocere intendent,
Sen. Const. 4, 1. —(3) With fut. perf.:
cum etiam plus contenderimus, etc.,
Cic. Fam. 1, 8, 7; Sen. Ben. 4, 13, 3.—(4) In oblique clauses with imperf. subj., Cic. Fragm. Tog. Cand. 15.—
(γ).
Anteclass. with indic. in addressing indefinite persons in rules, after imper.:
sorba in sapa cum vis condere, arida facias,
Cato, R. R. 7 fin. — Always with indic. if a certain person is addressed; cf. Cic. Rep. 1, 38, 59 (l. A. 1. a. a supra); id. Verr. 2, 1, 18, § 47.—
2.
With subj. referring to indefinite time.
a.
With the 2d pers. sing., used in an indefinite sense ( you = one, any one).
(α).
With pres. subj.:
acerbum'st pro benefactis quom mali messim metas,
Plaut. Ep. 5, 2, 53:
quom faciem videas, videtur esse quantivis preti,
Ter. And. 5, 2, 15; Plaut. Cas. 3, 2, 32; id. Bacch. 3, 3, 38; id. Merc. 3, 2, 7 and 8 et saep.:
difficile est tacere cum doleas,
Cic. Sull. 10, 31:
etiam interpretatio nominis habet acumen cum ad ridiculum convertas,
id. de Or. 2, 63, 257; 2, 64, 259; 2, 67, 269; 2, 75, 305; 3, 38, 156; Sen. Ep. 75, 4 et saep.—
(β).
With perf. subj.:
difficile est cum praestare omnibus concupieris, servare aequitatem,
Cic. Off. 1, 19, 64:
quos (versus) cum cantu spoliaveris, nuda paene remanet oratio,
id. Or. 55, 183; id. Lael. 21, 77; id. Inv. 1, 47, 88; Sall. C. 12, 3; 51, 24; 58, 16.—
b.
In the jurists, in a clause exemplifying a general rule: cum ergo ita scriptum sit Heres Titius esto, addicere debemus, Gai Inst. 2, 165; so id. ib. 4, 97; 3, 161; Auct. Her. 4, 31, 42.—
c.
In the phrase audio cum dicat (I. F. 1, b. infra):
saepe soleo audire Roscium cum ita dicat se, etc.,
Cic. de Or. 2, 28, 129.—
d.
When, after cum, an imperfect or pluperfect is used as a logical tense (post-Aug.): non tulit gratis qui cum rogasset accepit, who has asked for the favor, and, etc., Sen. Ben. 2, 1, 4; 2, 3, 1; 2, 13, 2; id. Ep. 86, 8.—
e.
If the principal predicate is a potential subjunctive, an indefinite clause with a present or future after cum is always in the same mood:
caveto quom ventus siet aut imber, effodias aut seras,
Cato, R. R. 28:
quis tam dissoluto animo est qui, haec cum videat, tacere ac neglegere possit?
Cic. Rosc. Am. 11, 32; id. Planc. 39, 94; id. Clu. 55, 153; id. Inv. 1, 4, 87; 1, 51, 95; Auct. Her. 4, 6, 9; 4, 32, 43.—
3.
Of definite time, always with indic. (for exceptions, v. 4. infra), when, if, while (for the distinction between cum and si, cf.:
formam mihi totius rei publicae, si jam es Romae, aut cum eris, velim mittas,
Cic. Att. 6, 3, 4:
quae si prodierit, atque adeo cum prodierit—scio enim proditurum esse—audiet,
id. Rosc. Am. 25, 100:
si damnatus eris, atque adeo cum damnatus eris—nam dubitatio quae poterit esse? etc.,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 29, § 70; id. Or. 2, 75, 304; Sen. Ep. 83, 10).
a.
Cum with pres. indic.
(α).
Principal predicate in pres.:
certe, edepol, quom illum contemplo et formam cognosco meam... nimis simili'st mei,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 288; so id. Poen. 1, 2, 71; id. Pers. 4, 4, 15; Ter. Hec. 3, 3, 45: Py. Ne fle. Ph. Non queo Quom te video, Plaut. Mil. 4, 8, 14; id. Am. 1, 1, 260; id. Rud. 3, 4, 38:
potestne tibi ulla spes salutis ostendi cum recordaris in deos immortalis quam impius... fueris?
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 18, § 47: cum hoc vereor, et cupio tibi... parcere, rursus immuto voluntatem meam ( = while), id. Rosc. Am. 34, 95; Serv. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 5, 4:
equidem cum... recordor, vix aetatem Alexandri suffecturam fuisse reor ad unum bellum,
Liv. 9, 19, 12; Cic. Planc. 12, 29; id. Clu. 10, 29; Liv. 40, 46, 3:
quod cum ita est,
if this is so, Quint. 24, 58 (cf.:
quodsi ita est,
Cic. Mur. 2, 5); so,
often, nunc cum: qui modo nusquam conparebas, nunc quom conpares, peris,
Plaut. Aul. 4, 4, 2; so id. ib. 1, 3, 35; 2, 2, 17; id. As. 1, 2, 18; Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 39:
nos de injusto rege nihil loquimur, nunc cum de ipsa regali re publica quaerimus,
Cic. Rep. 3, 35, 47; Liv. 44, 39, 7.—So with logical perf. for the pres., Quint. 4, 2, 122.—But Cicero always uses nunc cum with a subj. when the clause, while designating present time, generally [p. 491] in opposition to a former time, implies a reason for the principal action, now that:
quodsi tum, cum res publica severitatem desiderabat, vici naturam, etc., nunc cum omnes me causae ad misericordiam... vocent, quanto tandem studio, etc.,
Cic. Mur. 2, 3, 6; id. Fam. 9, 16, 7; id. Font. 15, 35 (25); id. Imp. Pomp. 10, 27; 17, 50; not found in later writers, except in the Gallic panegyrists, e. g. Eum. Grat. Act. 2 init. —
(β).
With principal predicate in the logical perf., if (ante-class.):
Curculio hercle verba mihi dedit quom cogito,
Plaut. Curc. 4, 4, 27:
sed tandem, quom recogito, qui potis est scire, haec scire me?
id. Stich. 2, 1, 29; id. Mil. 4, 8, 64.—
b.
Cum with logical perf. indic.
(α).
Principal predicate in pres.:
ergo quom optume fecisti, nunc adest occasio Benefacta cumulare,
after doing excellently, Plaut. Capt. 2, 3, 63: quo etiam major vir habendus est (Numa), cum illam sapientiam constituendae civitatis duobus prope saeculis ante cognovit, quam, etc. ( = siquidem, if he has; seeing that he has), Cic. de Or. 2, 37, 154; Verg. A. 9, 249.—
(β).
With principal predicate in fut. ( poet.):
at cumst imposta corona, Clamabis capiti vina subisse meo (est imposta = erit imposta),
Prop. 4 (5), 2, 30.—
c.
With fut.
(α).
With principal predicate in fut.:
quom videbis tum scies,
Plaut. Bacch. 1, 2, 37; id. Am. 3, 3, 15; id. Men. 5, 7, 7; Ter. Phorm. 1, 2, 82; id. Heaut. prol. 33:
sed cum certum sciam faciam te paulo ante certiorem,
Cic. Fam. 9, 23; 3, 11, 3; 12, 30, 5; 14, 3, 4; id. Q. Fr. 3, 8, 2; Liv. 3, 53, 10.—
(β).
With principal predicate in fut. perf.:
cum tu haec leges, ego jam annuum munus confecero,
Cic. Fam. 2, 12, 1.—
(γ).
With principal predicate in imper. fut.:
mox quom imitabor Sauream, caveto ne succenseas,
Plaut. As. 2, 2, 105; id. Mil. 3, 3, 59.—
(δ).
With principal predicate in subj. (potential):
cum testes ex Sicilia dabo, quem volet ille eligat,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 22, § 48; id. Off. 1, 34, 122; 3, 10, 46; id. Att. 4, 9, 1; 4, 10, 2; 4, 17, 1 et saep.—
(ε).
In oblique clauses, after preterites, changed into imperf. subj., Caes. B. C. 2, 40; after other tenses it is either changed into pres. subj. or remains unchanged, Cic. Fam. 1, 56, 2; 1, 7, 4; Sall. C. 58, 8.—
d.
With fut. perf.
(α).
With principal predicate in fut.:
mox dabo quom ab re divina rediero,
Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 193; id. Am. 1, 1, 43; 1, 2, 4; Ter. Phorm. 1, 4, 8:
cum haec docuero, tum illud ostendam, etc.,
Cic. Clu. 4, 9; id. Verr. 2, 1, 1, § 3; id. de Or. 2, 33, 143; 2, 59, 239; id. Att. 3, 23, 5 et saep.—In oblique clauses, after preterites, the fut. perf. is changed into pluperf. subj., Cic. Rosc. Am. 10, 28; 28, 78; Liv. 1, 56, 11; 5, 30, 1; after other tenses, and often in oblique oration, it remains unchanged, or is changed into perf. subj., Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 71, § 183; id. Fam. 2, 5, 2 dub.; Liv. 21, 13, 8; 3, 56, 10.—
(β).
With principal predicate in imper. (almost always fut. imper.):
quod quom dixero, si placuerit, Facitote,
Ter. Eun. 5, 8, 37:
cum ego Granium testem produxero, refellito, si poteris,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 59, § 154; id. Marcell. 9, 27; id. Fam. 16, 4, 3; Tac. A. 1, 22.—With pres. imper., Liv. 24, 38, 7.—
(γ).
With principal predicate in subj. (potential):
quae cum omnia collegeris, tum ipse velim judices satisne videatur,
Cic. Fam. 5, 2, 4; id. Or. 13, 41 dub.—In oblique clauses, after non-preterites, the fut. perf. remains unchanged:
oro, ne me hodie, cum isti respondero, putetis, etc.,
Cic. Phil. 2, 5, 10; id. Clu. 2, 6.—
4.
With subj. in definite time.
a.
Sometimes in oblique construction (3. c. e; 3. d. a).—
b.
Sometimes by attraction:
curata fac sint quom a foro redeam domum,
Plaut. Aul. 2, 3, 6; 2, 3, 11; id. Stich. 1, 2, 8; id. Curc. 2, 2, 3:
non admirere cum ego ipse me id ex te primum audisse confitear?
Cic. Planc. 24, 58. —
c.
In the semi-causal connection nunc cum, v. 3, a. a fin. supra.
B.
In adverbial anterior clauses dependent on preterite predicates, the time of the cum clause preceding that of the principal sentence (always with subj., except in the instances mentioned 2.; 3. a; and 5.), when, after.
1.
With pluperf. subj. (so generally): quom socios nostros mandisset impius Cyclops, Liv. And. Fragm. ap. Prisc. 8, p. 817 (Lubbert conjectures, without sufficient reason, mandit sex): quom saucius multifariam ibi factus esset, tamen volnus capiti nullum evenit, Cato, Orig. ap. Gell. 3, 7, 19:
portisculus signum cum dare coepisset,
Enn. Ann. v. 234 Vahl.:
quom testamento patris partisset bona,
Afran. Com. Rel. v. 50 Rib.: quem quom ibi vidissent Hortensius Postumiusque, Lucil. ap. Non. p. 4, 32; Enn. Ann. v. 241 Vahl.; Turp. Com. Rel. v. 48 Rib.; Lucil. ap. Non. p. 394, 27 (the MSS. reading:
quom venisset,
Plaut. As. 2, 3, 15, is corrupt):
audivi summos homines cum quaestor ex Macedonia venissem Athenas,
Cic. de Or. 1, 11, 45:
haec cum Crassus dixisset, silentium est consecutum,
id. ib. 1, 35, 160:
cum Thebani Lacedaemonios bello superavissent... aeneum statuerunt tropaeum,
id. Inv. 2, 23, 69:
Dionysius cum fanum Proserpinae Locris expilavisset, navigabat Syracusas,
id. N. D. 3, 34, 83:
eo cum venisset, animadvertit ad alteram ripam magnas esse copias hostium,
Caes. B. G. 5, 18:
Tarquinius et Tullia minor... cum domos vacuas novo matrimonio fecissent, junguntur nuptiis,
Liv. 1, 46, 9 et saep. —
2.
With pluperf. indic.
a.
Ante-class. in place of the class. subj.:
idem me pridem quom ei advorsum veneram, Facere atriensem voluerat,
Plaut. Cas. 2, 8, 28:
Quid ais? Quom intellexeras, id consilium capere, quor non dixti extemplo,
Ter. And. 3, 2, 38.—
b.
If the pluperfect is a virtual imperfect, designating the time at which the main action took place, the principal predicate being likewise in the pluperfect, when the clause would require an indicative if placed in the imperfect (3. a. a): exspectationem nobis non parvam adtuleras cum scripseras Varronem tibi confirmasse, etc. ( = exspectabam cum legebam; cf. C. 3, a. a, 2.), Cic. Att. 3, 18, 1; cf. Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 9, 2, where the cum clause is relative; v. E.: Romae haud minus terroris... erat quam fuerat biennio ante cum castra Punica objecta Romanis moenibus fuerant (C. 3. a. a, 1.), Liv. 27, 44, 1; so id. 5, 28, 1; 26, 40, 17; 44, 10, 1.—
c.
If the clause indicates that the time of the main action is a period, subsequent to that of the action designated by the pluperfect:
nam tum cum in Asia res magnas permulti amiserant, scimus Romae, solutione impedita, fidem concidisse,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 7, 19:
cum ea consecutus nondum eram... tamen ista vestra nomina numquam sum admiratus,
id. Fam. 3, 7, 5; id. Verr. 2, 5, 69, § 178; id. Inv. 2, 42, 124; Caes. B. G. 7, 35; Liv. 24, 7, 1 sq.; Nep. Dat. 6, 5; Curt. 9, 10, 12; Verg. A. 5, 42.—
3.
If both predicates denote repeated action, the anterior clause with cum has the pluperf. indic. or subj.
a.
With pluperf. indic.
(α).
With principal predicate in imperf. indic. (so almost always in Cicero and Caesar; not in the poets, nor in Vell., Val. Max., Tac., Suet., or Plin.), whenever:
cum ad aliquod oppidum venerat, eadem lectica usque ad cubiculum deferebatur,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 11, § 27; 2, 1, 46, § 120; 2, 3, 67, § 156; 2, 4, 61, § 137; 2, 5, 10, § 27; id. Fl. 7, 16; 10, 21; id. Agr. 2, 26, 68; id. Or. 32, 113; id. Brut. 24, 93:
(Cassi vellaunus) cum equitatus noster se in agros ejecerat, essedarios ex silvis emittebat,
Caes. B. G. 5, 19; 3, 14; 3, 15; 4, 7; 5, 35; 7, 22; id. B. C. 1, 58; Sall. J. 92, 8; 44, 4:
cum comminus venerant, gladiis a velitibus trucidabantur,
Liv. 38, 21, 12; Nep. Epam. 3, 6; Sen. Ep. 11, 4; Curt. 3, 10, 8; 3, 10, 11; Quint. 7, 1, 4; Gell. 15, 22, 5; 17, 18, 3; Gai Inst. 4, 15; Pacat. 9.—
(β).
With principal predicate in perf. indic.:
Pacuvius qui Syriam usu suam fecit, cum vino... sibi parentaverat,
Sen. Ep. 12, 8; 108, 14.—
b.
With pluperf. subj., an imperf. indic. in principal sentence:
cum fossam latam cubiculari lecto circumdedisset, ejusque transitum... conjunxisset, eum ipse detorquebat,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 20, 59; id. Verr. 2, 3, 41, § 94:
cum cohortes ex acie procucurrissent, Numidae... effugiebant, etc.,
Caes. B. C. 2, 41:
cum in jus duci debitorem vidissent, undique convolabant,
Liv. 2, 27, 8; 25, 3, 11; 5, 48, 2.—
4.
In anterior clauses with imperf. subj.
(α).
When the principal clause expresses an immediate consequence ( = pluperf. subj.):
Demaratus cum audiret dominationem Cypseli confirmari, defugit patriam ( = cum audivisset),
Cic. Rep. 2, 19, 34; Caes. B. G. 5, 17 et saep.—
(β).
Where both verbs relate to one transaction, especially in remarks and replies:
(Epaminondas) cum gravi vulnere exanimari se videret, quaesivit salvusne esset clipeus, etc.,
Cic. Fin. 2, 30, 97:
cum ex eo quaereretur quid esset dolus magnus, respondebat, etc.,
id. Off. 3. 14, 60; id. Or. 2, 69, 278; id. Rosc. Am. 25, 70; Liv. 3, 71, 4 et saep.—
(γ).
When the principal action takes place during the action of the dependent clause:
qui cum unum jam et alterum diem desideraretur, neque in eis locis inveniretur... liberti Asuvii in eum invadunt, etc.,
Cic. Clu. 13, 38.—
5.
For the perf. indic. instead of pluperf. subj. v. C. 1. d. infra.
C.
In adverbial clauses of coincident time dependent on preterites ( = eo tempore quo), the clause with cum designating the time at which or during which the main action took place, when, as, while.[The theory of the use of tenses and moods in these clauses is not fully settled. The older grammarians require the indicative if cum denotes pure time, but the subjunctive if denoting cause or relations similar to cause. Zumpt and others acknowledge that the rule is frequently not observed, attributing this to the predilection of the Latin language for the subjunctive. Recently Hoffmann (Zeitpartikeln der Lateinischen Sprache, 1st ed. 1860; 2d ed. 1873) and Lubbert (Syntax von Quom, 1870) have advanced the theory that cum requires the indicative if denoting absolute time, but the subjunctive if denoting relative time. They define absolute time as time co-ordinate or parallel with, or logically independent of, the time of the principal action, which performs the function of a chronological date for the principal action, and they consider it as a criterion that the clause might have constituted an independent sentence; while relative time is logically subordinate to the principal action. Hoffmann condenses his theory in the following words: cum with indicative names and describes the time at which the action of the principal sentence took place; cum with the subjunctive, on the contrary, designates the point of time at which, or the space of time during which, the action expressed in the principal sentence commenced or ended. The chief objections to this theory are: (1) Its vagueness.—(2) The facts that in many instances cum with the subjunctive clearly dates the main action (C. 3. a. b, 2, and 4.; C. 3. a. 5.; C. 3. b. b, 3. and 5.; C. 3. b. g infra); that many of the subjunctive clauses with cum may be transformed into independent sentences (C. 3. b. b, 2. and 3. infra); that many indicative clauses with cum are logically subordinate to the main action (C. 3. a. a, 2. infra), and that when both moods are used in two co-ordinated clauses with cum belonging to the same main sentence, Hoffmann must account for the difference of the moods by explanations not drawn from his theory (Cic. Agr. 2, 64, 64; id. Clu. 30, 83; id. Div. 1, 43, 97; id. Fin. 2, 19, 61; id. de Or. 67, 272; Caes. B. C. 2, 17; Liv. 6, 40, 17; 30, 44, 10).—(3) The impossibility of clearly drawing the line between logical co-ordination and subordination; and the fact that, wherever it is drawn, there will be many passages not accounted for (cf. 1. init. and many passages under C. 3. a. a, 3.; C. 3. a. d; C. 3. b. g, etc.).—(4) That the supposed use of cum with the imperfect indicative is inconsistent with the received doctrine that the imperfect always designates a time relative to another time—a difficulty not satisfactorily met by Hoffman's assumption of an aoristic imperfect.]GENERAL RULE.—The predicate after cum is in the perfect indicative (or historical present) if the action is conceived as a point of time coincident with the time of the main action. It is either in the imperfect indicative or in the imperfect subjunctive if the action is conceived as occupying a period of time within which the main action took place (e. g.:
quid enim meus frater ab arte adjuvari potuit, cum... furem se videre respondit? Quid in omni oratione Crassus... cum pro Cn. Plancio diceret?
Cic. de Or. 2, 54, 220;
where dicebat might stand for diceret, but not responderet for respondit: cum ad tribum Polliam ventum est, et praeco cunctaretur, etc.,
Liv. 29, 37, 8; cf.:
cum tecum Ephesi collocutus sum,
Cic. Fam. 13, 55, 1; and:
cum te Puteolis prosequerer,
id. ib. 3, 10, 8: cum primum lex coepta ferri est, Liv 3, 14, 4; and: cum [p. 492] ferretur lex, id. 5, 30, 4;
also,
Cic. Fam. 4, 3, 1, and Liv. 3, 58, 7).
1.
Both predicates in the perf. indic. (or histor. pres.), both clauses denoting points of time (the principal predicate may be in any verbal form implying a perfect).
a.
The clause expressing a momentary action:
posticulum hoc recepit quom aedis vendidit, Flaut. Trin. 1, 2, 157: scilicet qui dudum tecum venit cum pallam mihi Detulisti,
id. Men. 2, 3, 46; prol. 62; id. Poen. 4, 2, 82; id. Ep. 2, 2, 33; Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 57; id. Heaut. 2, 3, 21 et saep.:
non tum cum emisti fundum Tusculanum, in leporario apri fuerunt,
Varr. R. R. 3, 3, 8:
in judiciis quanta vis esset didicit cum est absolutus,
Cic. Tog. Cand. Fragm. 4:
per tuas statuas vero cum dixit, vehementer risimus,
id. de Or. 2, 59, 242:
cum occiditur Sex. Roscius, (servi) ibidem fuerunt,
id. Rosc. Am. 41, 120; id. Verr. 2, 2, 29, § 70; 1, 4, 11; 2, 2, 66, § 160; 2, 3, 47, § 112; id. Caecin. 29, 85; id. Sest. 55, 157; id. Phil. 2, 9, 21; id. Rep. 6, 22, 24; id. Fam. 9, 15, 2; id. Att. 2, 1, 5 et saep.:
tunc flesse decuit cum adempta sunt nobis arma,
Liv. 3, 55, 10; 10, 6, 8; 28, 42, 14; 42, 46, 1; Vitr. 2, 8, 12; 2, 1, 7; 2, 9, 15;
6, 7, 4: semel dumtaxat vultum mutavit, tunc cum... anulum in profundum dejecit,
Val. Max. 6, 9, 6; 8, 8, ext. 1; 9, 1, ext. 1;
9, 8, 1: rerum natura... cum visum est deinde, (filium tuum) repetiit,
Sen. Cons. Polyb. 10, 4; 11, 2; id. Q. N. 1, 11, 3; 6, 25, 4:
accepimus et serpentem latrasse cum pulsus est regno Tarquinius,
Plin. 8, 41, 63, § 153; 2, 24, 22, § 90; 2, 52, 53, § 139; Suet. Claud. 21; Hor. S. 2, 3, 61; Ov. Tr. 5, 11, 8; Tib. 3, 5, 18; Mart. 5, 49, 9.—So, cum primum, when first, the first time that, as soon as:
jube vinum dari: jam dudum factum'st quom primum bibi,
Plaut. As. 5, 2, 40; id. Cas. prol. 17; Ter. Hec. alt. prol. 31; id. And. prol. 1; id. Eun. 3, 3, 4:
Pompeius cum primum contionem habuit... ostendit, etc.,
Cic. Verr. 1, 15, 45; id. Fam. 2, 9, 1; Liv. 3, 55, 10; 25, 6, 2; 25, 29, 4; 31, 3, 1; 40, 8, 1; 42, 34, 3; Curt. 6, 11, 23; but with imperf. subj. when referring to a per. of time:
ipse cum primum pabuli copia esse inciperet, ad exercitum venit,
Caes. B. G. 2, 2.—In the poets and later writers, the imperf. subj. often occurs where classic prose has the perf. indic.:
effice ut idem status sit cum exigis qui fuit cum promitterem,
Sen. Ben. 4, 39, 4:
tum lacrimare debueras cum equo calcaria subderes,
Curt. 7, 2, 6; Suet. Claud. 6; Ov. P. 4, 12, 28.—
b.
If the clause denotes a state, condition, or action of longer duration, it takes the perf. indic. if asserted as a complete fact without regard to what happened during its progress (virtual point of time):
in quem Juppiter se convertit cum exportavit per mare... Europen,
Varr. R. R. 2, 5, 5:
ne cum in Sicilia quidem (bellum) fuit... pars ejus belli in Italiam ulla pervasit,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 2, § 6:
nempe eo (lituo) Romulus regiones direxit tum cum urbem condidit,
id. Div. 1, 17, 30; id. Verr. 2, 3, 54, § 125; id. Lig. 7, 20; id. Rep. 3, 32, 44:
non tibi, cum in conspectu Roma fuit, succurrit? etc.,
Liv. 2, 40, 7; 34, 3, 7; Nep. Iphicr. 2, 4; id. Pelop. 4, 3.—
c.
With perf. indic., by the time when, before, referring to facts which actually occurred before the action of the principal sentence:
ab Anaximandro moniti Lacedaemonii sunt ut urbem... linquerent, quod terrae motus instaret, tum cum... urbs tota corruit,
Cic. Div. 1, 50, 112; Liv. 22, 36, 4; 34, 31, 15; Prop. 2, 32 (3, 30), 53.—
d.
With perf. indic. when actions in immediate sequence are represented as coincident:
ad quem cum accessimus, Appio, subridens, Recipis nos, inquit, etc.,
Varr. R. R. 3, 2, 2:
me primus dolor percussit, Cotta cum est expulsus,
Cic. Brut. 89, 303:
itaque ne tum quidem cum classem perdidisti, Mamertinis navem imperare ausus es,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 23, § 59:
haec cum facta sunt in concilio, magna spe et laetitia omnium discessum est,
Caes. B. C. 3, 87:
cum Thessalos in armis esse nuntiatum est, Ap. Claudium... senatus misit,
Liv. 42, 5, 8:
Gracchus cum ex Sardinia rediit, orationem ad populum habuit,
Gell. 15, 12, 1; Cic. Imp. Pomp. 1, 2; id. Deiot. 6, 17; id. Top. 16, 61; id. Div. 1, 43, 98; id. Fam. 5, 21, 2; Liv. 4, 44, 10; 4, 60, 8; 9, 25, 2; 22, 14, 12; Nep. Dat. 11, 1; Suet. Caes. 31; Gell. 1, 23, 5; Prop. 3, 20, 37 (4, 21, 7).—Hence a perf. indic. in co-ordination with pluperf. subj.: cum sol nocte visus esset... et cum caelum discessisse visum est (decemviri ad libros ire jussi sunt), Cic. Div. 1, 43, 97.—
2.
With a perf. indic. (or histor. pres.), the principal predicate in imperf.
a.
The action falling within the time of the principal predicate:
set Stalagmus quojus erat tunc nationis, quom hinc abit?
Plaut. Capt. 4, 2, 107; id. Rud. 3, 6, 9; Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 51:
haec Crassi oratio cum edita est, quattuor et triginta tum habebat annos, etc.,
Cic. Brut. 43, 161:
eo cum venio, praetor quiescebat,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 14, § 32; 2, 5, 69, § 178; id. Fl. 13, 20; id. Pis. 1, 2; id. Lig. 1, 3; id. Phil. 2, 21, 52; 3, 4, 11; id. Fam. 13, 35, 2; id. Att. 6, 1, 13:
cum Caesari in Galliam venit, alterius factionis principes erant Aedui, alterius Sequani,
Caes. B. G. 6, 12; Sall. J. 71, 1:
cum haec accepta clades est, jam C. Horatius et T. Menenius consules erant,
Liv. 2, 51, 1; 21, 39, 4; 23, 49, 5; 28, 27, 14; 34, 16, 6;
45, 39, 1: merito me non adgnoscis, nam cum hoc factum est, integer eram,
Sen. Ben. 5, 24, 3.—Post-class. writers generally use imperf. subj.:
beneficium ei videberis dedisse cui tunc inimicissimus eras cum dares?
Sen. Ben. 5, 19, 7:
bona quoque, quae tunc habuit cum damnaretur, publicabuntur,
Dig. 28, 18, § 1:
pauper Fabricius (erat) Pyrrhi cum sperneret aurum,
Claud. IV. Cons. Hon. 413.—
b.
The action strictly anterior to the principal sentence, rare (1. d.): nam quod conabar cum interventum'st dicere, nunc expedibo, Pac. ap. Non. p. 505, 3 (Trag. Rel. v. 65 Rib.):
cum est ad nos adlatum de temeritate eorum, etc., cetera mihi facillima videbantur... multaque mihi veniebant in mentem, etc.,
Cic. Fam. 3, 10, 1; Sall. C. 51, 32; Verg. A. 6, 515; id. E. 3, 14.—
3.
The predicate after cum conceived as a period or space of time (including repeated action) is either in the imperf. indic. or imperf. subj. [In ante-classical writers and Cicero the imperf. indic. very frequent, and largely prevailing over the subj., except that when the principal predicate denotes a point of time (with perf.), Cicero commonly uses the subj.; the imperf. indic. occurs in Cicero 241 times; in Caesar once with the force of a relativeclause (B. G. 1, 40, 5), and 3 times of repeated action; in Nep. once of repeated action (Att. 9, 6); in Sall. twice (J. 31, 20; id. H. 1, 48, 6 Dietsch); in Liv. 22 times; in Verg. 4 times; in Ovid twice; in Tib. twice; in Prop. 3 times; in Val. Max. twice; then it disappears (except once each in Tac. and Mart.), but reappears in Gaius (3 times), Gellius (twice), and the Gallic panegyrists (several times)].
a.
Both predicates denoting spaces of time, the principal predicate always in the imperf. indic. unless the mood is changed by other influences.
(α).
Cum with the imperf. indic. (1) In express or implied opposition to other periods of time, esp. with tum or tunc:
eademne erat haec disciplina tibi quom tu adulescens eras?
Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 17:
alium esse censes nunc me atque olim quom dabam?
Ter. And. 3, 3, 13; Plaut. Capt. 2, 1, 50; id. Most. 1, 3, 64; id. Mil. 2, 2, 26; Ter. And. 1, 1, 69; Enn. ap. Cic. Brut. 19, 76 (Ann. v. 222 Vahl.):
qui cum plures erant, paucis nobis exaequari non poterant, hi postquam pauciores sunt, etc.,
Auct. Her. 4, 18, 25:
qui (Pompeius) cum omnes Caesarem metuebamus ipse eum diligebat, postquam ille metuere coepit, etc.,
Cic. Att. 8, 1, 4:
res per eosdem creditores per quos cum tu aderas agebatur,
id. Fam. 1, 1, 1 (cf.:
Senatus consultum factum est de ambitu in Afranii sententiam quam ego dixeram cum tu adesses,
id. Q. Fr. 2, 9, 3):
Trebellium valde jam diligit: oderat tum cum ille tabulis novis adversabatur,
id. Phil. 6, 4, 11:
non tam id sentiebam cum fruebar, quam tunc cum carebam,
id. Red. Quir. 1, 3:
etenim tunc esset hoc animadvertendum cum classis Syracusis proficiebatur,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 43, § 111 (so 111 times in Cicero, including the instances where the principal predicate is in the perf.):
cum captivis redemptio negabatur, nos vulgo homines laudabant, nunc deteriore condicione sumus, etc.,
Liv. 25, 6, 14; 10, 7, 2; 33, 34, 3; 34, 4, 10; 44, 36, 8; 45, 38, 1; Ov. P. 2, 6, 9; id. M. 13, 473; Val. Max. 6, 3, 1; 4, 1, 10; Mart. 12, 70, 10; Gai Inst. 1, 184; Eum. Grat. Act. 6; cf.: cur eum, cum in consilium iretur, Cluentius et Canutius abesse patiebantur? Cur cum in consilium mittebant, Stajenum judicem qui pecuniam dederant, non requirebant? Cic. Clu. 30, 83 (cum iretur, of the time when the judges retired; cum mittebant, of the previous time, when the parties were asked about the closing of the case; opp. cum iretur).—Poets, even in the class. per., sometimes use the subj. in dependence upon the indic.:
hic subito quantus cum viveret esse solebat, Exit humo,
Ov. M. 13, 441. —(2) The principal predicate denoting a mental act or reflection occasioned by, or accompanying the action of the clause with cum (mostly ante-class. and in Cicero):
desipiebam mentis cum illa scripta mittebam tibi,
Plaut. Ep. 1, 2, 35; id. Aul. 2, 2, 1; id. Ps. 1, 5, 86:
sed tu cum et tuos amicos in provinciam quasi in praedam invitabas, et cum eis praedabare, et... non statuebas tibi rationem esse reddendam?
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 11, § 29:
illas res tantas cum gerebam, non mihi mors, non exsilium ob oculos versabatur?
id. Sest. 21, 47; id. Cat. 3, 1, 3; 3, 7, 16; id. Verr. 2, 2, 10, § 26; 2, 2, 13, § 33; 2, 2, 35, § 86; 2, 3, 86, § 198; 2, 5, 21, § 54; id. Fl. 1, 1; id. Deiot. 1, 3; 8, 23; id. Pis. 24, 56 and 57; id. Ac. 2, 28, 89; id. Or. 13, 41; id. Tusc. 2, 15, 43; id. Fam. 7, 9, 5 (22 times); Sall. H. 1, 48, 6 Dietsch (cf.:
num P. Decius cum se devoveret, et equo admisso in mediam aciem Latinorum inruebat, aliquid... cogitabat?
Cic. Fin. 2, 19, 61; cum se devoveret explains the circumstances of inruebat; hence acc. to 3. a. b, 2. in subj.; cf. Madv. ad loc., who reads devoverat).—(3) If the predicate after cum has a meaning peculiar to the imperf. indic., which by the use of the subj. would be effaced: quod erat os tuum, cum videbas eos homines, quorum ex bonis istum anulus aureus donabas? (descriptive imperf.) Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 80, § 187; so,
fulgentis gladios hostium videbant Decii, cum in aciem eorum inruebant,
id. Tusc. 2, 24, 59: cum de plebe consulem non accipiebat ( = accipere nolebat, conative imperf.), id. Brut. 14, 55:
cum vim quae esset in sensibus explicabamus, etc.,
id. Ac. 2, 12, 37 (the verbum dicendi refers to a certain stage in the discourse, for which Cicero uses the imperf. indic. in independent sentences, e. g. N. D. 3, 29, 71; 3, 6, 15; de Or. 1, 53, 230; 2, 19, 83; 2, 84, 341); so,
equidem... risum vix tenebam, cum Attico Lysiae Catonem nostrum comparabas,
id. Brut. 8, 293:
cum censebam,
id. de Or. 1, 62, 264:
cum dicebam,
id. Fam. 6, 1, 5:
cum ponebas,
id. Fin. 2, 19, 63; so esp. in Cicero's letters the phrase cum haec scribebam = while I am writing this, to preserve the meaning of an epistolary tense, referring to a state, condition, or action in progress at the time of writing the letter:
res, cum haec scribebam, erat in extremum adducta discrimen,
id. Fam. 12, 6, 2; 3, 12, 2; 5, 12, 2; 6, 4, 1; id. Att. 5, 20, 5 et saep.; cum haec scriberem, scripsissem, scripsi, are not epistolary tenses, but refer to events happening after the letter or part of it was finished, = when I wrote, had written, id. ib. 2, 15, 3; 10, 4, 7; 4, 10, 2; id. Q. Fr. 3, 1, 6, § 19; Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 6, 5; 8, 13, 2;
sometimes cum dabam = cum scribebam,
Cic. Fam. 12, 16, 3 (but cf.:
cum scriberem, as epistolary tense, in oblique discourse,
id. Att. 15, 13, 7).—(4) The coincidence in time of two actions is made emphatic, = eo ipso tempore quo:
tum cum insula Delos... nihil timebat, non modo provinciis sed etiam Appia via jam carebamus,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 18, 55; id. Phil. 1, 15, 36; 13, 8, 17; id. Sull. 10, 31; id. Tusc. 2, 8, 20; id. Off. 3, 27, 100; id. Dom. 45, 118.—
(β).
The predicate after cum is in the imperf. subj. (1) To impart to the clause a causal, adversative or concessive meaning besides the temporal relation:
antea cum equester ordo judicaret, improbi magistratus in provinciis inserviebant publicanis (a logical consequence),
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 41, § 94:
sed cum jam honores (Hortensii) et illa senior auctoritas gravius quiddam requireret, remanebat idem (dicendi genus) nec decebat idem,
id. Brut. 95, 327; id. Phil. 1, 1, 1; id. Rosc. Am. 15, 42; 16, 45; id. Pis. 10, 2; Liv. 25, 13, 1; 26, 5, 1.—(2) To indicate circumstances under which the main action took place, and by which it is explained:
Flaminius, cum tripudio auspicaretur, pullarius diem differebat, etc.,
Cic. Div. 1, 35, 77: [p. 493] equidem cum peterem magistratum, solebam in prensando dimittere a me Scaevolam, id. de Or. 1, 24, 112; id. Inv. 2, 17, 52; Liv. 41, 1, 2 (cf. 3. b. b, 3.).—(3) To describe the locality of the main action: quom essem in provincia legatus, quam plures ad praetores et consules vinum honorarium dabant, Cato ap. Isid. Orig. 20, 3, 8:
Zenonem cum Athenis essem audiebam frequenter,
Cic. N. D. 1, 21, 59; 1, 28, 79; id. Tusc. 2, 14, 34; id. Fam. 3, 8, 5; id. Att. 2, 11, 1; 12, 5, 4; 16, 14, 1; id. Verr. 2, 4, 12, § 29; Liv. 5, 54, 3 (cf. 3. b. b, 4.).—(4) To designate the time of the main action as a condition:
cum ageremus vitae supremum diem, scribebamus hoc,
Cic. Fin. 4, 27, 54:
cum jam in exitu annus esset, Q. Marcius... magistratu abiturus erat,
Liv. 39, 23, 1 (cf. 3. b. b, 5.).—
(γ).
If both the clause with cum and the principal predicate denote repeated action, the predicate with cum in class. prose is in the imperf. indic. or subj. according to the rules under a and b; the principal predicate being always in the imperf. indic.; but in ante-class. writers cum has always the imperf. indic. (1) Imperf. indic.:
tum mi aedes quoque arridebant, quom ad te veniebam, tuae,
Plaut. As. 1, 3, 55; id. Am. 1, 1, 45; id. Rud. 4, 7, 25 sqq.; Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 19; Cinc. de Re Mil. ap. Gell. 16, 4, 5; Asell. ap. Gell. 2, 13, 4; Cic. Att. 2, 7, 4; id. Verr. 2, 2, 13, § 34; Caes. B. C. 1, 79, 2; Gai Inst. 2, 101; Pacat. Pan. 9 fin.:
cum a nostro Catone laudabar vel reprehendi me a ceteris facile patiebar,
Cic. Or. 13, 41; so Nep. Att. 9, 6.—To distinguish from adversative relations, as Cic. Rosc. Com. 3, 9; id. Att. 12, 39, 2; id. de Or. 1, 14, 62; Caes. B. C. 3, 44, 6; Gai Inst. 2, 254.—If only the clause with cum, but not the principal predicate, denotes repeated action, the latter is in the perf., the former in imperf. indic., Caes. B. C. 2, 17; Cic. Arch. 5, 10.—(2) Imperf. subj., mostly denoting circumstances to explain the main action: cum dilectus antiquitus fieret... tribunus militaris adigebat, etc., Cinc. de Re Mil. ap. Gell. 16, 4, 2:
Hortensius cum partiretur tecum causas, prorogandi locum semper tibi relinquebat,
Cic. Brut. 51, 190; id. Div. 1, 45, 102; id. de Or. 1, 54, 232; id. Brut. 62, 222; Liv. 3, 66, 2; 5, 25, 12:
ex hoc effectos panes, cum in colloquiis Pompeiani famem nostris objectarent, vulgo in eos jaciebant (causal),
Caes. B. C. 3, 48; Cic. Fin. 2, 19, 62; so,
according to class. usage,
Sen. Ep. 86, 11; Curt. 5, 2, 7; 6, 5, 18; 7, 3, 13; Suet. Caes. 65;
contrary to class. usage,
Val. Max. 3, 6, 6; Sen. Ep. 30, 7; 77, 8; Tac. H. 2, 91; Spart. Had. 18. —
(δ).
In other instances (which are rare), both moods occur, either without any discrimination, or for special reasons. (1) Ante-class.:
nam quom modo exibat foras, ad portum se aibat ire,
Plaut. Rud. 2, 2, 2. —(2) Class.:
ut, cum L. Opimii causam defendebat, C. Carbo nihil de Gracchi nece negabat, sed id jure factum esse dicebat,
Cic. de Or. 2, 25, 106 (cf.:
nuper cum ego C. Sergii Oratae... causam defenderem, nonne omnis nostra in jure versata defensio est?
id. ib. 1, 39, 178; in each of these sentences the clause with cum sustains exactly the same relation to the principal predicate; but the former has the imperf. in the principal sentence, and in this connection Cic. prefers the indic. after cum):
similiter arbitror... illum (oratorem) de toto illo genere non plus quaesiturum esse, quid dicat, quam Polycletum illum, cum Herculem fingebat, quem ad modum pellem aut hydram fingeret (fingebat, for euphony, in view of the foll. fingeret),
id. de Or. 2, 16, 70; cf.:
nec vero ille artifex cum faceret Jovis formam... contemplabatur aliquem, e quo similitudinem duceret,
id. Or. 2, 9.—Without assignable reason:
casu, cum legerem tuas litteras, Hirtius erat apud me,
Cic. Att. 15, 1, 2; cf.:
Hasdrubal tum forte cum haec gerebantur, apud Syphacem erat,
Liv. 29, 31, 1:
cum haec Romae agebantur, Chalcide Antiochus ipse sollicitabat civitatium animos, etc.,
id. 36, 5, 1; cf.:
cum haec in Hispania gererentur, comitiorum jam appetebat dies,
id. 35, 8, 1 (Weissenb. gerebantur):
cum haec agebantur, Chalcide erat Antiochus,
id. 36, 15, 1; cf.:
cum haec agerentur jam consul via Labicana ad fanum Quietis erat,
id. 4, 41, 8; 35, 2, 1.—(3) PostAug. writers almost always use imperf. subj., disregarding the class. usage: ipsa fruebatur arte cum pingeret (cf. a, 2.), Sen. Ep. 9, 7; id. Cons. Marc. 23, 3; Plin. Pan. 34:
tunc erat mendacio locus cum ignota essent externa... nunc vero, etc. (opposition of times),
Sen. Q. N. 4, 2, 24; so id. Ep. 97, 9; Mart. 2, 61, 1; cf. Don. ad Ter. And. 3, 3, 13 (3. a. a, 1. supra):
cum haec proderem habebant et Caesares juvenes sturnum, etc.,
Plin. 10, 41, 59, § 120.—
b.
If the principal predicate denotes a point of time, and the predicate with cum a period of time, the former is in the perf. indic. unless changed by construction; the latter
(α).
In the imperf. indic., according to the rules a. a, except 2. (1) When the time of the cum clause is opposed to other periods of time:
res quom animam agebat tum esse offusam oportuit,
Plaut. Trin. 4, 3, 85; id. Truc. 4, 2, 20; id. Ep. 3, 3, 50 (3, 4, 21); id. Most. 5, 1, 68:
quod cum res agebatur nemo in me dixit, id tot annis post tu es inventus qui diceres?
Cic. Phil. 2, 9, 22; id. Rep. 2, 23, 43; id. Div. 1, 41, 92; 1, 45, 101; id. Ac. 2, 28, 90; id. Quint. 19, 60; 17, 54; 19, 61; id. Verr. 2, 3, 90, § 210 et saep.; Liv. 22, 60, 25; Verg. A. 4, 597; Tib. 1, 10, 8; 1, 10, 19; Prop. 2, 1, 31; 5 (4), 10, 24.—The subj. may be used if the principal action is represented as a consequence or result:
o, Astaphium, haut isto modo solita's me ante appellare, Sed blande, quom illuc quod aput vos nunc est, aput me haberem,
Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 60 (Lubbert conjectures habebam); Cic. Off. 2, 1, 2 and 3; id. Fin. 4, 27, 54; id. Rosc. Am. 4, 11; id. Verr. 2, 3, 57, § 130; id. Mur. 3, 8; Liv. 5, 53, 9; 10, 6, 9; 43, 21, 1;
44, 39, 7.— Hence the mood may change in co-ordinate clauses: tum, cum haberet haec res publica Luscinos, Calatinos, etc., homines... patientia paupertatis ornatos, et tum, cum erant Catones, Phili, etc., tamen hujusce modi res commissa nemini est (haberet, concessive),
Cic. Agr. 2, 24, 64.—(2) To make emphatic the coincidence of time, = eo ipso tempore (a. a, 4.):
cum is triumphus de Liguribus agebatur, Ligures... coloniam ipsam ceperunt,
Liv. 41, 14, 1; Cic. Sest. 26, 56; id. Phil. 2, 36, 90; id. Div. 2, 1, 3; id. Verr. 2, 5, 37, § 97; id. Att. 1, 4, 1.—(3) To preserve the peculiar force of the imperf. indic. (a. a, 3.): cum iste jam decedebat, ejus modi litteras ad eos misit, etc. (conative imperf.), Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 70, § 172:
cum Africanus censor tribu movebat centurionem... inquit,
id. de Or. 2, 67, 272 (cf.:
cum (censor) M. Antistio equum ademisset,
id. ib. 2, 71, 287).—
(β).
With the imperf. subj. (1) Always when cum means while (time during which): quomque caput caderet, carmen tuba sola peregit et, etc., Enn. ap. Lact. ad Stat. Th. 11, 56 (Ann. v. 508 Vahl.):
magistratus quom ibi adesset, occepta'st agi,
Ter. Eun. prol. 22 (Lubbert conjectures adsedit); Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1 (Ann. v. 106 Vahl.):
Alexandrum uxor sua, cum simul cubaret, occidit,
Cic. Inv. 2, 49, 144:
armati, cum sui utrosque adhortarentur... in medium inter duas acies procedunt,
Liv. 1, 25, 1; Varr. R. R. 2, 81; Auct. Her. 4, 52, 65; Cic. Brut. 3, 10; id. Clu. 62, 175; Caes. B. G. 2, 19; id. B. C. 3, 57; Liv. 1, 30, 8; 10, 30, 3 et saep.—(2) To connect a logical (causal, etc.) relation with the temporal meaning (a. b, 1.):
cum ille Romuli senatus... temptaret ut ipse gereret sine rege rem publicam, populus id non tulit,
Cic. Rep. 2, 12, 23:
an pater familiarissimis suis succensuit cum Sullam et defenderent et laudarent? (causal),
id. Sull. 17, 49:
tum cum bello sociorum tota Italia arderet, homo non acerrimus... C. Norbanus in summo otio fuit (concessive),
id. Verr. 2, 5, 4, § 8:
quibus rebus cum unus in civitate maxime floreret, incidit in eandem invidiam, etc. (adversative),
Nep. Cim. 3, 1:
sed cum jam appropinquantium forma lemborum haud dubia esset... tunc injecta trepidatio est,
Liv. 44, 28, 10; Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 90, § 211; id. Clu. 31, 84; id. Mur. 3, 8; id. Phil. 3, 2, 3; id. Tusc. 1, 2, 4; Auct. Her. 4, 24, 33; Caes. B. C. 2, 7; Liv. 25, 9, 10; 21, 41, 12.—(3) To explain the main fact by circumstances:
quem quidem hercle ego, in exilium quom iret, redduxi domum,
Plaut. Merc. 5, 4, 19:
consule me, cum esset designatus tribunus, obtulit in discrimen vitam suam,
Cic. Sest. 28, 61:
haec epistula est, quam nos, in aedibus Apronii cum litteras conquireremus, invenimus,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 66, § 154: Socrates, cum XXX. tyranni essent, pedem porta non extulit, id. Att. 8, 2, 4:
Brundusii cum loquerer cum Phania, veni in eum sermonem ut dicerem, etc.,
id. Fam. 3, 5, 3:
itaque, cum populum in curias triginta divideret, nomina earum (Sabinarum) curiis imposuit,
Liv. 1, 13, 6:
Ap. Claudius, ovans cum in urbem iniret, decem milia pondo argenti, etc., in aerarium tulit,
id. 41, 28, 6; Cic. Clu. 20, 55; id. Phil. 12, 8, 20; id. Scaur. 47; id. Inv. 2, 31, 96; id. Tusc. 2, 22, 53; id. Div. 1, 52, 119; id. Off. 2, 8, 27; id. Or. 2, 55, 225 sq.; id. Fam. 1, 9, 13; 6, 6, 5; Liv. 1, 39, 4; 3, 63, 6; 4, 53, 11 et saep.—(4) To describe the place of the main action (a. a, 3.):
cum essem in castris ad fluvium Pyramum, redditae mihi sunt uno tempore a te epistulae duae,
Cic. Fam. 3, 11, 1;
so with cum essem (essemus, etc.),
id. ib. 2, 19, 1; 3, 4, 1; 13, 56, 1; id. Att. 1, 10, 1; 14, 19, 1; id. Ac. 1, 1, 1; id. Rep. 1, 39, 61; Varr. R. R. 3, 13; Caes. B. G. 4, 11 et saep.:
Eumenes rex ab Roma cum in regnum rediret... mactatus est ( = on the journey),
Liv. 42, 40, 8:
Agesilaus cum ex Aegypto reverteretur... in morbum implicitus decessit,
Nep. Ages. 8, 6.—The perf. indic. (cum fui, etc.) refers to temporary visits to a place:
Gallo narravi, cum proxime Romae fui, quid audissem,
Cic. Att. 13, 49, 2:
proxime cum in patria mea fui, venit ad me, etc.,
Plin. Ep. 4, 13, 3.—(5) To designate the time by natural occurrences (a. a, 4.):
ipsi comprehensi a me, cum jam dilucesceret, deducuntur,
Cic. Cat. 3, 3, 6:
cum advesperasceret, cum lucesceret,
id. Fam. 15, 4, 8:
cum lux appropinquaret,
id. Tull. 9, 21:
cum dies instaret,
id. Inv. 2, 31, 96:
cum comitiorum tempus adpeteret,
Liv. 28, 10, 1:
cum dies comitiorum adpropinquaret,
id. 3, 34, 7; 10, 13, 2.—But when a date is given as a point of time, the perf. indic. is used:
cum ea dies venit,
Liv. 4, 44, 10; 6, 20, 4.—(6) When the action of the cum clause is interrupted or ended by the main action:
cum hanc jam epistulam complicarem, tabellarii a vobis venerunt, etc.,
Cic. Q. Fr. 3, 1, 5, § 17:
L. Octavius, cum multas jam causas diceret, adulescens est mortuus,
id. Brut. 68, 241:
cum plures jam tribus dicto esse audientem pontifici duumvirum juberent... ultimum de caelo quod comitia turbaret intervenit,
Liv. 40, 42, 10:
cum maxime conquereretur apud patres... repente strepitus ante curiam... auditur,
id. 8, 33, 4:
haec cum maxime dissereret, intervenit Tarquinius,
id. 1, 50, 7;
so with cum maxime,
Cic. Fam. 1, 5, a, 2; Liv. 23, 24, 6; 30, 33, 12.—(7) If the clause with cum has the force of a participial adjunct of the principal predicate (cum diceret = dicens, or dicendo):
Caesarem saepe accusavit, cum adfirmaret illum numquam, dum haec natio viveret, sine cura futurum ( = adfirmans, or adfirmando),
Cic. Sest. 63, 132:
Antigonus in proelio, cum adversus Seleucum dimicaret, occisus est ( = dimicans),
Nep. Reg. 3, 2:
impulit ut cuperem habere, cum diceret,
Varr. R. R. 3, 2, 8; Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 9 (11), 3; id. Clu. 42, 119; 56, 153; id. pro Corn. Maj. Fragm. 16; id. Mil. 5, 12; id. de Or. 1, 57, 243; id. Or. 37, 129; id. Fin. 1, 5, 16; id. Inv. 2, 34, 105; Val. Max. 1, 2, ext. 1; Ov. P. 1, 9, 42.—(8) In the historians, in a summary reference to events already related:
cum haec in Achaia atque apud Dyrrhachium gererentur... Caesar mittit, etc.,
Caes. B. C. 3, 57:
cum civitas in opere ac labore adsiduo reficiendae urbis teneretur, interim Q. Fabio... dicta dies est,
Liv. 6, 1, 6:
cum hic status in Boeotia esset, Perseus... misit,
id. 42, 56, 10; 33, 36, 1; 34, 22, 3; 38, 8, 1; 42, 64, 1; 45, 11, 1.—
(γ).
In all other cases the imperf. subj. is regularly used in class. prose, even if the action of the clause with cum is logically independent of the principal sentence:
illum saepe audivi, hic, cum ego judicare jam aliquid possem, abfuit,
Cic. Brut. 71, 248: senatus consultum est factum de ambitu in Afranii sententiam, in quam ego dixeram, cum tu adesses. id. Q. Fr. 2, 7 (9), 3; so always (class.) with cum maxime, precisely when, just when:
cum maxime haec in senatu agerentur, Canuleius... (ad populum) ita disseruit,
Liv. 4, 3, 1:
cum maxime Capua circumvallaretur, Syracusarum oppugnatio ad finem venit,
id. 25, 23, 1.—In a very few instances the imperf. indic. occurs without apparent reason: an vero cum honos agebatur familiae vestrae... succensuit [p. 494] pater tuus cum Sullam defenderent (probably to distinguish the two cum clauses), Cic. Sull. 17, 49 (cf.:
cum jus amicitiae, societatis, adfinitatis ageretur, cum, etc., eo tempore tu non modo non... retulisti, sed ne ipse quidem, etc.,
id. Quint. 16, 53):
ille versus, qui in te erat collatus cum aedilitatem petebas,
id. Q. Fr. 1, 3, 8:
cum ex oppido exportabatur (Dianae statua) quem conventum mulierum factum esse arbitramini?... Quid hoc tota Sicilia est clarius quam omnes convenisse cum Diana exportaretur ex oppido? etc.,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 35, § 77.—Poets and post-class. writers frequently disregard the class. usage, the former by using either mood instead of the other, the latter by the un-Ciceronian use of the subj.; v. Prop. 2, 9, 15; 5 (4), 4, 10; Tib. 1, 10, 16; Verg. A. 7, 148; 12, 735; Mart. 13, 122; Curt. 8, 12, 16; 9, 2, 24; Quint. 11, 1, 89; Plin. 36, 6, 5, § 46; Dig. 28, 1, 22, § 1; Gell. strangely uses an imperf. indic. where class. writers would use a subj.:
sed ego, homines cum considerabam, alterum fidei, alterum probri plenum, nequaquam adduci potui ad absolvendum,
Gell. 14, 2, 10; cf.:
cum secum reputavit,
Tac. A. 15, 54.
D.
In adverbial clauses denoting identity of action (if the principal sentence and the clause with cum denote not different actions, but one action, which, expressed by the latter clause, is by the principal sentence defined in its meaning and import, the clause with cum always takes the indic., except once or twice post-class., and almost always the same tense as the principal sentence), when, by, in, etc.
1.
The predicate in present:
amice facis Quom me laudas,
Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 31; id. Poen. 3, 2, 12; 3, 5, 15; Ter. And. prol. 18; id. Ad. 1, 2, 16 et saep.:
bene facitis cum venitis,
Auct. Her. 4, 50, 63:
quae cum taces, nulla esse concedis,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 19, 54; 21, 58; id. Clu. 47, 132; Liv. 25, 6, 5 et saep.—
2.
With fut. (rare):
cum igitur proferent aliquid hujusmodi... inventum proferent,
Cic. Inv. 1, 40, 75; id. Fl. 39, 99; Plin. Ep. 7, 24, 9.—
3.
With fut. perf. (rare):
quod cum dederis, illud dederis ut is absolvatur,
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 7, 23; id. Lig. 12, 36; id. Part. Or. 39; Auct. Her. 4, 30, 41.—
4.
With perf.:
fecisti furtum quom istaec flagitia me celavisti et patrem,
Plaut. Bacch. 1, 2, 60; 1, 2, 52; id. Cas. 4, 4, 18 (22); id. Capt. 2, 3, 52; Ter. Phorm. prol. 32 et saep.:
loco ille motus est cum ex urbe est depulsus,
Cic. Cat. 2, 1, 1; id. Verr. 2, 5, 23, § 59; id. Fam. 11, 29, 2; id. Rosc. Am. 14, 39; Liv. 5, 49, 8; 9, 8, 4; Val. Max. 3, 7, ext. 1; Curt. 6, 10, 9; Quint. 1, 10, 47 et saep.—
5.
With histor. pres.:
Orestes cum se defendit, in matrem confert crimen,
Auct. Her. 1, 15, 25.—
6.
With imperf.:
cum grandiorem aetatem ad consulatum constituebant, adulescentiae temeritatem verebantur,
Cic. Phil. 5, 17, 47; 14, 10, 28; id. Fl. 33, 83; id. Lig. 6, 18; id. Fam. 6, 1, 3; id. Off. 3, 10, 40; id. Sen. 6, 15 et saep.—
7.
Imperf. with perf. ( poet. and post-class.;
very rare): quid quod et ominibus certis prohibebar amori Indulgere meo, tum cum mihi ferre jubenti Excidit et fecit spes nostras cera caducas,
Ov. M. 9, 595 sq.; Val. Max. 9, 1, 5.—
8.
With pluperf. (very rare):
exspectationem nobis non parvam attuleras cum scripseras, etc.,
Cic. Att. 3, 18, 1; id. Sest. 16, 37.—
* 9.
Pluperf. and imperf.:
quod quidem tibi ostenderam cum a me Capuam reiciebam,
Cic. Att. 8, 11, D, 5.—
10.
Imperf. subj. (post-class.):
tunc venena edebat bibebatque, cum immensis epulis non delectaretur tantum, sed gloriaretur,
Sen. Cons. Helv. 10, 10.—
11.
Often relatively added to nouns when a relative clause must be supplied:
illa scelera... cum ejus domum evertisti, cujus, etc.,
which you committed when (by), Cic. Pis. 34, 83; id. Imp. Pomp. 12, 33; id. Verr. 2, 5, 13, § 33; Liv. 5, 3, 4; 23, 9, 11; 29, 17, 9.
E.
In relative clauses, = quo tempore, quo, etc.
1.
Dependent on nouns designating time, the mood follows the general rules of relative clauses.
a.
The principal sentence is a formal statement of indefinite time, with the copula (tempus fuit cum, or fuit cum, analogous to sunt qui, etc.); generally with subj., but sometimes indic., when sunt qui would take this mood.
(α).
With pres. or fut. indic.: nunc est profecto (i. e. tempus), interfici quom perpeti me possum (the ante-class. writers construe sunt qui with indic.), Ter. Eun. 3, 5, 3; id. And. 1, 1, 125:
jam aderit tempus quom sese etiam ipse oderit,
Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 12; Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 28.—
(β).
With pres. subj.: nunc est ille dies quom gloria maxima sese nobis ostendat, si vivimus, sive morimur, Enn. ap. Prisc. 10, p. 880 P. (Ann. v. 383 Vahl.); so Plaut. Capt. 3, 3, 1:
erit illud profecto tempus et illucescet aliquando dies cum... amicissimi benevolentiam desideres,
Cic. Mil. 25, 69; Val. Max. 6, 2, 9.—
(γ).
With preterites, indic., Plaut. Truc. 2, 4, 29:
fuit quoddam tempus cum in agris homines bestiarum more vagabantur,
Cic. Inv. 1, 2, 2 (cf.:
fuerunt alia genera qui... dicebant,
id. de Or. 3, 17, 62):
fuit cum hoc dici poterat (potuisset would be hypothetical),
Liv. 7, 32, 13.—
(δ).
With preterites, subj., Ter. Heaut. 5, 4, 1:
quod fuit tempus cum rura colerent homines,
Varr. R. R. 3, 1:
ac fuit cum mihi quoque initium requiescendi concessum arbitrarer,
Cic. Or. 1, 1, 1; so id. Brut. 2, 7; Caes. B. G. 6, 24.—
b.
Attributively with nouns denoting time (tempus, dies, etc.), in ordinary sentences.
(α).
With pres. or fut. indic.:
incidunt saepe tempora cum ea commutantur,
Cic. Off. 1, 10, 31:
longum illud tempus cum non ero, etc.,
id. Att. 12, 8, 1; id. Verr. 2, 5, 69, § 177; id. Quint. 2, 8; id. Sen. 23, 84.—With potential subj., Cic. Att. 3, 3.—
(β).
With past tenses, indic., Plaut. Am. prol. 91; id. rud. 2, 6, 12; Ter. And. 5, 3, 12:
atque ille eo tempore paruit cum parere senatui necesse erat,
Cic. Lig. 7, 20:
memini noctis illius cum... pollicebar,
id. Planc. 42, 101; id. Phil. 2, 18, 45; 2, 35, 88; id. Imp. Pomp. 15, 44; id. Sest. 7, 15; 29, 62; id. Sull. 18, 52; id. Fam. 11, 8, 1; 11, 27, 3; id. de Or. 1, 11, 45; Sall. J. 31, 20; Ov. Tr. 4, 10, 6; Prop. 1, 10, 5; 1, 22, 5; Gell. 1, 23, 2 et saep.—So with nouns implying time:
illa pugna quom, etc. ( = in qua),
Plaut. Poen. 2, 26;
Marcellino Consule, cum ego... putabam ( = anno Marcellini, quo, etc.),
Cic. Att. 9, 9, 4:
patrum nostrorum memoria cum exercitus videbatur ( = tempore quo),
Caes. B. G. 1, 40; Cic. Fam. 13, 1, 2; Liv. 6, 40, 17.—
(γ).
With preterites in subj., Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 30:
accepit enim agrum iis temporibus cum jacerent pretia praediorum,
Cic. Rosc. Com. 12, 33; so id. Off. 2, 19, 65:
numerandus est ille annus cum obmutuisset senatus?
id. Pis. 12, 26; so id. Verr. 2, 4, 35, § 77; id. Rep. 2, 37, 62; id. Font. 3, 6; Liv. 3, 65, 8:
haec scripsi postridie ejus diei cum castra haberem Mopsuhestiae (cf. habebam, as epistolary tense),
Cic. Fam. 3, 8, 10.—If the clause does not define the noun, but is a co-ordinate designation of time, it follows the rule of adverbial clauses:
eodem anno, cum omnia infida Romanis essent, Capuae quoque conjurationes factae,
while, Liv. 9, 26, 5; Cic. Rep. 2, 36, 61; id. de Or. 2, 3, 12; Liv. 8, 15, 1; 1, 41, 6.—
c.
Appositively added to temporal adverbs and to dates (heri, hodie, medius, tertius, olim, antea, quondam, nuper, olim, postea) following the rules of adverbial clauses:
Crassus hodie, cum vos non adessetis, posuit idem, etc.,
Cic. de Or. 2, 10, 41:
omnia quae a te nudius tertius dicta sunt, cum docere velles, etc.,
id. N. D. 3, 7, 18; id. Sest. 48, 103; id. Att. 4, 3, 2; id. Inv. 2, 1, 1; id. Rep. 1, 39, 61; Caes. B. C. 2, 17 et saep.—So with dates (always subj.. except with cum haec scribebam, or dabam):
posteaquam Pompeius apud populum ad VIII. Id. Febr., cum pro Milone diceret, clamore convicioque jactatus est,
Cic. Fam. 1, 5, b, 1; 3, 3, 1; 3, 4, 1; 4, 2, 1; id. Att. 14, 19, 1.—
2.
The principal sentence defines a period of time during which the action of the clause has or had lasted, always with indic., and after the words defining the period, = per quod tempus, when, that, during which, while, etc.
a.
With pres., = Engl. pres. perf.
(α).
With cardinal, definite or indefinite. (1) Time in acc. (ante-class.):
hanc domum Jam multos annos est quom possideo,
that I have been the owner, Plaut. Aul. prol. 4; cf. id. Merc. 3, 1, 37.—(2) Time in nom.:
anni sunt octo cum ista causa in ista meditatione versatur,
Cic. Clu. 30, 82; id. Or. 51, 171; id. Fam. 15, 14, 1; id. Div. 2, 36, 76.—
(β).
With ordinals:
vigesimus annus est, cum omnes scelerati me unum petunt,
Cic. Phil. 12, 10, 24; Verg. A. 5, 627; 3, 646.—
(γ).
With diu:
jam diu'st quom ventri victum non datis,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 146; Gell. 1, 25, 12.—
b.
Perf. with negation, the principal predicate in pres. or logical perf., = Engl. pres. perf.:
quia septem menses sunt quom in hasce aedes pedem Nemo intro tetulit,
Plaut. Most. 2, 2, 39; id. Men. 3, 1, 3; Prop. 3, 8, 33 (2, 16, 33. —
c.
With pluperf., the principal predicate in imperf.:
permulti jam anni erant cum inter patricios magistratus tribunosque nulla certamina fuerant,
Liv. 9, 33, 3.—
d.
With imperf., the principal predicate in perf. or pluperf.:
dies triginta aut plus in ea navi fui, Quom interea semper mortem exspectabam miser,
Ter. Hec. 3, 4, 7:
unus et alter dies intercesserat, cum res parum certa videbatur,
Cic. Clu. 26, 72.—
3.
The principal sentence specifying a period of time which has or had elapsed since the action took place, = ex ejus tempore, since or after, always with indic.; the principal predicate pres. or logical perf., cum with perf. indic.
a.
With cardinals.
(α).
Time in acc. (ante-class.):
annos factum'st sedecim Quom conspicatus est primo crepusculo Puellam exponi,
Plaut. Cas. prol. 39; so probably id. Pers. 1, 3, 57; id. Trin. 2, 4, 1; id. Merc. 3, 1, 37.—
(β).
With nom.:
nondum centum et decem anni sunt cum de pecuniis repetundis lata lex est,
Cic. Off. 2, 21, 75; id. Fam. 15, 16, 3; id. Att. 9, 11, A, 2.—
b.
With diu or dudum:
nam illi quidem haut sane diu'st quom dentes exciderunt,
Plaut. Merc. 3, 1, 42; id. As. 2, 1, 3; id. Trin. 4, 3, 3.—
c.
Peculiarly, cum referring to an action which was to be done after a period of time, before, at the end of which:
omnino biduum supererat cum exercitui frumentum metiri oporteret,
Caes. B. G. 1, 23. —
4.
In inverted clauses, the principal sentence determining the time of the clause, cum ( = quo tempore) having the force of a relative; cum with the indic. always following the principal sentence; never in oblique discourse; very freq. in class. and post-class. writings (ante-class. only Plaut. Men. 5, 8, 3; Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 40; id. Eun. 4, 2, 5); principal sentence often with jam, vix, vixdum, nondum, tantum quod, and commodum; cum often with subito, repente, sometimes interim, tamen, etiamtum.
a.
Principal sentence defining time by temporal expressions.
(α).
Principal sentence with pluperf. (1) Cum with perf. or histor. pres.:
dies nondum decem intercesserant cum ille alter filius necatur,
Cic. Clu. 9, 28; id. Verr. 1, 2, 36; id. Or. 2, 21, 89; Ov. M. 9, 715; Plin. Pan. 91, 1.—(2) Cum with histor. inf., Sall. J. 98, 2.—
(β).
Principal sentence with imperf. (1) Cum with perf. or histor. pres.:
nondum lucebat cum Ameriae scitum est,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 34, 97; Liv. 21, 59, 5; 41, 26, 2; 22, 1, 1; 9, 33, 3; 9, 37, 5; Verg. G. 2, 340; Curt. 4, 3, 16; 5, 12, 6 al.—(2) Cum with imperf., Curt. 6, 7, 1.—
(γ).
Principal sentence with perf., cum with perf.:
dies haud multi intercesserunt cum ex Leontinis praesidium... venerunt,
Liv. 24, 29, 1; 40, 48, 4.—
b.
Principal sentence not containing expressions of time; most freq. with pluperf. or imperf. in principal sentence, and perf. or histor. pres. in clause with cum, but (far more rarely) many other combinations occur.
(α).
Principal sentence with imperf., cum with perf.:
non dubitabat Minucius quin, etc., cum repente jubetur dicere,
Cic. Verr. 1, 2, 29, § 72:
jamque hoc facere noctu adparabant cum matres familiae repente... procucurrerunt,
Caes. B. G. 7, 26, 3; Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 14, § 36; Liv. 1, 36, 1 (57 times); Verg. A. 1, 36 (26 times); Vell. 2, 28, 2; Sen. Ira, 1, 18, 3; Tac. A. 3, 1 (31 times); Curt. 3, 10, 1 (19 times); Plin. Ep. 6, 24, 2.—
(β).
Principal sentence with pluperf., cum with perf. or histor. pres.:
jam Sora capta erat cum consules prima luce advenere,
Liv. 9, 24, 13 (32 times); Cic. Clu. 9, 28 (14 times); Sall. J. 60, 6; Verg. A. 1, 586 (13 times); Tac. A. 1, 19 (13 times); Curt. 3, 10, 1 (18 times). —And cum with potential subj.:
vix erat hoc plane imperatum cum illum spoliatum... videres,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 40, § 86.—
(γ).
Principal sentence with perf., Cic. Sest. 37, 39 (5 times); Liv. 2, 46, 3 (8 times).—
(δ).
Principal sentence with histor. inf., Liv. 5, 46, 1; Tac. A. 1, 11; 11, 16; Curt. 5, 9, 1; 9, 5, 1.—
(ε).
Principal sentence with histor. pres., Liv. 4, 32, 1 (3 times); Ov. M. 4, 695 (5 times).—
(ζ).
Cum with imperf., Cic. Verr. 1, 6, 17 (3 times); Sall. J. 51, 2; Liv. 44, 10, 6; Tac. A. 1, 51; 11, 26.—
(η).
Cum with [p. 495] histor. inf., Liv. 2, 27, 1; Tac. A. 2, 31 (6 times); Curt. 4, 4, 9.—
(θ).
Cum with pluperf., Liv. 2, 46, 3 (3 times); Ov. M. 14, 581; Verg. A. 2, 256 sq.—
(κ).
With logical perf., or logical perf. and pres. (rare):
quam multi enim jam oratores commemorati sunt... cum tamen spisse ad Antonium Crassumque pervenimus,
Cic. Brut. 36, 138:
jamque fuga timidum caput abdidit alte (coluber), Cum medii nexus extremaeque agmina caudae Solvuntur,
Verg. G. 3, 422.—
5.
In clauses added loosely or parenthetically to a preceding clause or to a substantive in it (the mood governed by the rules for relative clauses).
a.
When, on an occasion, on which, etc.
(α).
With perf. indic.:
Hortensium maxime probavi pro Messala dicentem, cum tu abfuisti,
Cic. Brut. 96, 328; id. Phil. 11, 8, 18; id. Dom. 9, 22; 53, 136; id. Fam. 13, 75, 1; Spart. Had. 3; Flor. 1, 18, 9 (1, 13, 19).—
(β).
With imperf. indic.:
num infitiari potes te illo ipso die meis praesidiis circumclusum commovere te non potuisse, cum tu nostra... caede contentum esse dicebas?
Cic. Cat. 1, 3, 7; id. Sest. 63, 131; id. Cael. 24, 59.—
(γ).
Cum with pres. indic., a past tense in principal sentence (mostly poet.):
nox erat et placidum carpebant fessa soporem Corpora... cum medio volvuntur sidera lapsu, Cum tacet omnis ager, etc.,
Verg. A. 4, 522; 8, 407; 12, 114; id. E. 8, 15; Hor. S. 1, 10, 31; Plin. Ep. 6, 16, 22.—
(δ).
Imperf. subj.: qui... accensi nulla deinde vi sustineri potuere, cum compulsi in castra Romani rursus obsiderentur, in consequence of which ( = ita ut), Liv. 3, 5, 8.—
(ε).
So freq. cum quidem, always with indic.:
sed uterque noster cedere cogebatur, cum quidem ille pollicitus est, se quod velletis esse facturum,
Cic. Phil. 9, 4, 9; id. Fl. 22, 53; id. Pis. 9, 21; 34, 83 and 84; id. Leg. 2, 6, 14; id. Sen. 4, 11; Suet. Caes. 50; Spart. Had. 9; id. Ael. Ver. 4.—
b.
Cum tamen, at which time however, and yet, while nevertheless, representing the principal sentence as concessive, analogous to qui tamen (v. tamen).
(α).
With indic., like qui tamen, always, except for particular reasons:
fit gemitus omnium et clamor, cum tamen a praesenti supplicio tuo continuit populus Romanus se, etc.,
Cic. Verr. 1, 5, 29, § 74; id. Pis. 12, 27; Liv. 6, 42, 11; Verg. A. 9, 513; Tac. H. 1, 62; so,
cum nihilo magis,
Nep. Dat. 10, 3; passing over into inverted cum clauses (4. b.), as Sall. J. 98, 2; Liv. 27, 20, 11.—
(β).
With subj., Cic. Phil. 2, 18, 45; id. Fam. 1, 9, 10; Liv. 4, 31, 6 (where the clause with cum is adverbial).—
6.
Cum interea (interim).
a.
Adverbial (rare).
(α).
Temporal with subj.; with subj. imperf., while, Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 25, § 62; with pluperf. subj., after, id. ib. 1, 2, 9, § 25; id. Fam. 15, 43.—
(β).
Adversative, with subj., whereas during this time. (1) Pres.:
simulat se eorum praesidio conflteri, cum interea aliud quiddam jam diu machinetur,
Cic. Verr. 1, 6, 15; Val. Max. 2, 9, 1; Sen. Q. N. 1, prol. 14.—(2) With perf. subj.:
cum tu interim vero numquam significaris sententiam tuam,
Cic. Pis. 4, 9; id. Rosc. Am. 5, 11 dub.; Val. Max. 7, 8, 6.—(3) With imperf. subj., Cic. Sull. 5, 6; Plin. Pan. 76, 1.—
b.
Relative, always with indic., in class. writings always referring to a period during which, belonging,
(α).
To the attributive clauses (v. 2. supra). (1) In pres.:
anni sunt octo... cum interea Cluentianae pecuniae vestigium nullum invenitis,
Cic. Clu. 30, 82; Liv. 5, 54, 5; Plaut. Stich. 1, 1, 33.— (2) In imperf., Ter. Hec. 3, 4, 8 (2. c.).—
(β).
To the inverted clauses (4.):
tanta erat in his locis multitudo cum interim Rufio noster... hominem percussit,
Cic. Att. 5, 2, 2.—So probably: cum interim Gallus quidam processit, Quadrig. ap. Gell. 9, 13, 7; Cic. Fam. 3, 6, 5; id. Pis. 38, 92 sq.; id. Tusc. 4, 3, 6; Sall. J. 12, 5; 49, 4; Liv. 3, 37, 5; Val. Max. 8, 1, 3; 9, 7, 2; Sen. Ira, 2, 33, 4; Tac. H. 1, 60; with indefinite pres. indic. in both terms, Sen. Cons. Marc. 11, 5.—
(γ).
To the additional clauses (5.). (1) With perf. indic., Plaut. Men. 3, 1, 3; Flor. 4, 2, 69; 4, 12, 33; with inf. in oblique discourse, Liv. 4, 51, 4; 6, 27, 6.—(2) Post-Aug., and in Nep., = cum tamen (5. b.), while nevertheless, whereas, with pres. or perf. indic.:
post Leuctricam pugnam Lacedaemonii se numquam refecerunt... cum interim Agesilaus non destitit patriam juvare,
Nep. Ages. 7, 1: cum interim Oedipodis ossa... colis, Val. Max. 5, 3, ext. 3; 3, 4, 5; 4, 4, 1; Quint. 10, 1, 18; 10, 1, 11; 12, 10, 67; Tac. H. 4, 42; Suet. Claud. 6; Flor. 4, 12, 33.
F.
In clauses completing the idea of the governing verb.
1.
After verbs of perception (videre, perspicere, audire, etc.; audivi cum diceres, etc. = audivi te dicentem).
a.
Dependent on verbs of seeing and feeling.
(α).
With indic.:
nam ipsi vident eorum quom auferimus bona ( = nos auferre or auferentes),
Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 16; id. Poen. 3, 4, 13; id. Am. 5, 1, 19; id. Bacch. 3, 3, 65; id. Mil. 2, 6, 26:
conspectum est cum obiit,
Liv. 5, 25, 3.—
(β).
With subj.:
is... numquam est conspectus cum veniret,
Cic. Sest. 59, 126:
vidi... Cum tu terga dares,
Ov. M. 13, 224.—
b.
After verbs of hearing, always with subj.:
L. Flaccum ego audivi cum diceret Caeciliam exisse, etc.,
Cic. Div. 1, 46, 104; id. Par. 6, 1, 45; id. de Or. 2, 6, 22; 2, 28, 129; 2, 33, 144; 2, 37, 155; 2, 90, 365; id. Brut. 27, 85; id. Fin. 5, 19, 54; id. Fam. 3, 7, 4; Sen. Ben. 5, 24, 1.—
c.
After memini, with indic. (sc. tempus):
memini quom... haud audebat,
Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 53:
memini cum mihi desipere videbare,
Cic. Fam. 7, 28, 1.—With subj.:
memini cum velles residere ferventissimo sole,
Sen. Ben. 5, 24, 1.—
2.
After verba adfectuum, with the force of quod, always with indic. (mostly ante-class.).
a.
Verbs of thanking:
habeo gratiam tibi Quom copiam istam mi et potestatem facis,
Plaut. Capt. 2, 3, 14; id. Curc. 5, 3, 21; id. As. 3, 2, 2; id. Most. 2, 2, 2; id. Poen. 1, 2, 46; 5, 4, 84 (99); Ter. And. 4, 4, 32; id. Ad. 1, 2, 59:
tibi maximas gratias ago, cum tantum litterae meae potuerunt, ut eis lectis, etc.,
Cic. Fam. 13, 24, 2.—
b.
Of congratulation:
quom tu's aucta liberis... gratulor,
Plaut. Truc. 2, 4, 33; 2, 6, 35: L. Caesar, O mi Cicero, inquit, gratulor tibi cum tantum vales apud Dolabellam, etc., L. Caesar ap. Cic. Fam. 9, 14, 3; and ib. Att. 14, 17, A, 3.—
c.
Of rejoicing and grieving:
quom istaec res tibi ex sententia Pulcre evenit, gaudeo,
Plaut. Rud. 5, 3, 10; id. Poen. 5, 5, 48:
cum vero in C. Matii familiaritatem venisti, non dici potest quam valde gaudeam,
Cic. Fam. 7, 15, 2; Sall. J. 102, 5.—
d.
Dependent on optative sentences:
di tibi bene faciant semper quom advocatus bene mi ades,
Plaut. Mil. 5, 26; id. Poen. 3, 3, 54; 3, 3, 74; Ter. Ad. 5, 7, 19.
G.
Elliptical usages (without predicate).
1.
Cum maxime.
a.
With ut: hanc Bacchidem Amabat, ut quom maxime, tum Pamphilus ( = ut amabat tum quom maxume amabat, as much as he ever did), Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 40:
etiamne ea neglegamus, quae fiunt cum maxime, quae videmus?
Cic. Har. Resp. 15, 32.—Hence,
b.
By abbreviation: nunc cum maxime or cum maxime alone, now especially, just now: tum cum maxime, just then:
nunc cum maxume operis aliquid facere credo,
Ter. Ad. 4, 1, 2; id. Phorm. 1, 4, 26; id. Heaut. 4, 5, 40:
quae multos jam annos et nunc cum maxime filium interfectum cupit,
Cic. Clu. 5, 12:
castra amissa, et tum cum maxime ardere,
Liv. 40, 32, 1; Curt. 3, 2, 17; Sen. Ira, 1, 16, 3; id. Ben. 3, 3, 3; id. Ep. 55, 1; 55, 11; 81, 7; Tac. Or. 16; 37; Eum. pro Schol. 4; Mamert. 2.—With maxime in adverbial clauses, just while, especially when, Cic. Att. 2, 15, 3; id. Off. 1, 13, 41; id. Fam. 1, 5, a, 2; Liv. 1, 50, 7; 2, 59, 7; 3, 25, 4; 3, 31, 3; 4, 3, 1; 8, 33, 4 et saep.—
2.
Similarly with other superlatives (post-class.):
foliis ternis, aut, cum plurimum, quaternis,
at the utmost, Plin. 25, 10, 74, § 121; 18, 7, 10, § 60:
cum tardissime,
id. 18, 7, 10, § 51:
cum longissime,
Suet. Tib. 38.
H.
For co-ordinate clauses with cum... tum, v. tum, I. A. 3.
II.
Causal, since, because, as.
A.
Anteclass., chiefly with indic.
1.
With pres. indic.:
hoc hic quidem homines tam brevem vitam colunt, Quom hasce herbas hujus modi in suom alvom congerunt,
because, Plaut. Ps. 3, 2, 34; id. Truc. 1, 2, 50; 2, 4, 8:
edepol, merito esse iratum arbitror, Quom apud te tam parva'st ei fides,
since, id. Ps. 1, 5, 62; id. Most. 1, 1, 28; id. Truc. 2, 1, 32; Ter. Phorm. 1, 4, 30; id. Hec. 4, 1, 53.—
2.
With perf. indic.:
praesertim quom is me dignum quoi concrederet Habuit, me habere honorem ejus ingenio decet,
Plaut. As. 1, 1, 66; Ter. And. 3, 2, 8.—
3.
With subj.
a.
By construction of principal sentence: adeon, me fuisse fungum ut qui illi crederem, Quom mi ipsum nomen ejus Clamaret, etc., Plaut. Bacch. 2, 3, 51; id. Capt. 1, 2, 37; Ter. Hec. 3, 2, 6; id. Eun. 3, 5, 18; 5, 2, 24.—
b.
Independent of such construction:
jam istoc probior es meo quidem animo quom in amore temperes,
Plaut. Ep. 1, 2, 8 (bracketed by Goetz;
Brix conjectures temperas): nil miror si lubenter tu hic eras, Quom ego servos quando aspicio hunc lacrumem quia dijungimur,
id. Mil. 4, 8, 18 Lorenz (Brix: quin ego... lacrumo; cf.
Lubbert, Grammat. Stud. II. pp. 133, 137): Nam puerum injussu eredo non tollent meo, Praesertim in ea re quom sit mi adjutrix socrus,
Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 82; so id. Ad. 2, 1, 12.
B.
Class. and post-class., always with subj.
1.
With pres. subj.:
cum ista sis auctoritate, non debes arripere maledictum ex trivio,
Cic. Mur. 6, 13:
cum vita sine amicis insidiarum et metus plena sit, ratio ipsa monet amicitias comparare,
id. Fin. 1, 20, 66:
quae cum ita sint, videamus, etc.,
id. Clu. 44, 123:
quod cum ita sit, etc.,
id. Fam. 3, 1, 1; id. Mur. 1, 2; id. Arch. 5, 10; id. Off. 3, 3, 13; id. Rosc. Am. 8, 22; Liv. 7, 9, 5; 21, 21, 5 et saep.—
2.
With perf. subj.:
cum inimicitiae fuerint numquam, opinio injuriae beneficiis sit exstincta... rei publicae providebo,
Cic. Prov. Cons. 20, 47; id. de Or. 1, 49, 214; the perf. subj. is often retained after a principal predicate in a past tense, id. Clu. 60, 167; id. Fam. 3, 8, 4.—
3.
With imperf. subj.
a.
Denoting both cause and coincidence of time:
vacuum fundum, cum ego adessem, possidere non potuisti,
Auct. Her. 4, 29, 40; Cic. Or. 8, 25:
cum tanta multitudo lapides et tela conicerent, in muro consistendi potestas erat nulli,
Caes. B. G. 2, 6; id. B. C. 3, 1; Liv. 39, 31, 3; 4, 8, 3; 25, 11, 1.—
b.
Denoting cause without time:
cum esset egens, sumptuosus, audax... ad omnem fraudem versare suam mentem coepit,
Cic. Clu. 26, 70:
quod oppidum cum esset altissimo et munitissimo loco, ad existimationem imperii arbitratus sum, comprimere eorum audaciam,
id. Fam. 15, 4, 10; Caes. B. C. 3, 37.—
4.
With pluperf. subj.:
Caesar cum constituisset hiemare in continenti, neque multum aestatis superesset, obsides imperat, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 5, 22.
C.
With adverbs of emphasis.
1.
Praesertim cum, or cum praesertim, = especially since, the more so because:
quae cum ita sint, quid est quod de ejus civitate dubitetis, praesertim cum aliis quoque civitatibus fuerit adscriptus?
Cic. Arch. 5, 10:
cur enim tibi hoc non gratificor nescio, praesertim cum his temporibus audacia pro sapientia liceat uti,
id. Fam. 1, 10, 1:
cum praesertim vos alium miseritis,
id. Imp. Pomp. 5, 12; id. Rosc. Am. 8, 22; id. Prov. Cons. 7, 16 (cum praesertim rarely refers to time, with indic., Sen. Ep. 85, 6).—
2.
Quippe cum represents the conclusion as selfevident, since of course, since obviously:
nihil est virtute amabilius, quippe cum propter virtutem etiam eos, quos numquam videmus, quodammodo diligamus,
Cic. Lael. 8, 28:
numquam ego pecunias istorum, etc., in bonis rebus duxi, quippe cum viderem, etc.,
id. Par. 1, 1, 6; id. Leg. 1, 1, 5; 1, 20, 54; id. Fin. 3, 12, 41; 5, 28, 84; Liv. 4, 27, 8; 4, 57, 10.—Sometimes with indic. if cum refers to time, when of course, if, of course: tu vero etiam si reprehenderes... laetarer: quippe cum in reprehensione est prudentia cum eumeneiai, Cic. Att. 16, 11, 2.—In later writers with indic., because when:
omnia experiri necessitas cogebat: quippe cum primas spes fortuna destituit, futura praesentibus videntur esse potiora,
Curt. 4, 1, 29.—
3.
Utpote cum, seeing that, explanatory, with subj.:
me incommoda valetudo qua jam emerseram, utpote cum sine febri laborassem, tenebat Brundusii,
Cic. Att. 5, 8, 1; Cels. 1 prooem.; Sen. Cons. Marc. 21, 2.
III.
Adversative, while, whereas, denoting a logical contrast with the principal sentence.
A.
Ante-class., chiefly,
1.
With indic.:
hei mihi, insanire me aiunt, ultro quom ipsi insaniunt,
Plaut. Men. 5, 2, 80; id. Stich. 1, 37; id. Bacch. 5, 2, 5; Ter. Phorm. prol. 23; 2, 2, 26.—
2.
Subj.
a.
By construction of principal predicate:
tibi obtemperem quom tu mihi nequeas?
Plaut. Most. 4, 2, 16 (4, 1, 50).—
b.
Independent of construction: edepol, Cupido, quom tam pausillus sis, nimis multum vales, Naev. ap. Non. p. 421, 25 (Lubbert conjectures quom [p. 496] tu's tam pausillus):
eo vos madefacitis, quom ego sim hic siccus?
Plaut. Ps. 1, 2, 52.
B.
Class. and post-class., always with subj.
1.
With pres. subj.:
cum de bonis et de caede agatur, testimonium dicturus est is qui et sector est et sicarius,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 36, 103; id. Clu. 24, 65; id. Leg. 1, 7, 22:
et cum tibi, viro, liceat purpura in veste stragula uti, matrem familias tuam purpureum amiculum habere non sines?
Liv. 34, 7, 3; Sen. Prov. 4, 10; id. Clem. 1, 18, 2; id. Ben. 2, 16, 1.—
2.
With perf. subj.: an tu, cum omnem auctoritatem universi ordinis pro pignore putaris, eamque... concideris, me his existimas pignoribus terreri? Crass. ap. Cic. de Or. 3, 1, 4:
indignatur exul aliquid sibi deesse, cum defuerit Scipioni dos?
Sen. Cons. Helv. 12, 7; id. Ira, 3, 12, 7; freq. pres. and perf. subj. retained, if dependent on preterites, Cic. Brut. 71, 250; id. Agr. 3, 2, 5.—
3.
With imperf. subj.:
ita, cum maximis eum rebus liberares, perparvam amicitiae culpam relinquebas,
Cic. Deiot. 3, 10:
hunc Egnatium censores, cum patrem eicerent, retinuerunt,
id. Clu. 48, 135:
eorum erat V. milium numerus, cum ipsi non amplius octingentos equites haberent,
Caes. B. G. 4, 11; Liv. 1, 55, 3; Cic. de Or. 1, 1, 1; 1, 53, 227; 2, 50, 203; id. Clu. 5, 12; id. Ac. 1, 10, 38 sq.; Liv. 39, 49, 1; Val. Max. 1, 6, 11; 3, 2, 10 fin. —
4.
With pluperf. subj.:
Socratis ingenium immortalitati scriptis suis Plato tradidit, cum ipse litteram Socrates nullam reliquisset,
Cic. de Or. 3, 16, 60; id. Ac. 2, 1, 2; id. Prov. Cons. 11, 27; Val. Max. 1, 8, 11.
IV.
Concessive, although, denoting a reason for the contrary of the principal sentence.
A.
Ante-class., mostly with indic.
1.
Indic.:
qui it lavatum In balineas, quom ibi sedulo sua vestimenta servat, Tam subripiuntur,
Plaut. Rud. 2, 3, 52; Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 12; Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 26; id. Truc. 1, 2, 89 (95); id. Stich. 1, 2, 67.—
2.
With subj.: nihilominus ipsi lucet, quom illi accenderit, Enn. ap. Cic. Off. 1, 16, 51 (Trag. Rel. v. 389 Rib.).
B.
Class. and post-class., always with subj.
1.
Pres. subj.:
testis est Graecia, quae cum eloquentiae studio sit incensa, jamdiuque excellat in ea... tamen omnis artis vetustiores habet,
Cic. Brut. 7, 26:
nam (Druentia) cum aquae vim vehat ingentem, non tamen navium patiens est,
Liv. 21, 31, 11.—
2.
Imperf. subj.:
ego autem, cum consilium tuum probarem, et idem ipse sentirem, nihil proficiebam,
Cic. Fam. 4, 1, 1:
non poterant tamen, cum cuperent, Apronium imitari,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 34, § 78; id. de Or. 1, 28, 126; id. Brut. 7, 28; 91, 314; id. Inv. 2, 31, 97; id. Clu. 40, 110; Caes. B. G. 5, 40; Liv. 5, 38, 5; Nep. Att. 13, 1; so,
quae cum ita essent... tamen,
although this was so, Cic. Clu. 34, 94; id. Fam. 2, 16, 2.—
3.
With pluperf. subj.:
cui cum Cato et Caninius intercessissent, tamen est perscripta,
Cic. Fam. 1, 2, 4:
patrem meum, cum proscriptus non esset, jugulastis,
id. Rosc. Am. 11, 32.
V.
In hypothetical clauses, always with imperf. or pluperf. subj., = si, but defining an assumed or fictitious time.
1.
With imperf. subj.:
quis ex populo, cum Scaevolam dicentem audiret in ea causa, quicquam politius aut elegantius exspectaret?
Cic. Brut. 55, 194:
etiam tum quiesceretis cum rem publicam a facinorosissimis sicariis esse oppressam videretis?
id. Sest. 38, 81; id. Rosc. Am. 31, 86; id. Verr. 2, 1, 10, §§ 28 and 29.—
2.
With pluperf. subj.:
quod esset judicium cum de Verris turpissimo comitatu tres recuperatorum nomine adsedissent?
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 12, § 30:
mors cum exstinxisset invidiam, res ejus gestae sempiterni nominis glorianiterentur,
id. Balb. 6, 16.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > Cum2
7 saco

intj.

gee, cripes, wow, gee whiz.

m.

1 sack, bag (bolsa).

saco de arena sandbag

saco de dormir sleeping bag

2 coat. ( Latin American Spanish)

3 sackful, bag load, amount or quantity held by the sack, bagful.

Compró tres sacos [costales] de arroz He bought three sacks [sackfuls] of rice

4 knapsack, small rucksack.

5 sac, bursa.

pres.indicat.

1^st person singular (yo) present indicative of spanish verb: sacar.

* * *

saco

► nombre masculino

1 (bolsa) sack, bag

2 (contenido) sackful, bagful

3 ANATOMÍA sac

4 (saqueo) plundering, pillaging

5 ESPAÑOL AMERICANO (americana) jacket

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

caer en saco roto figurado to go in one ear and out of the other

entrar a saco en (ciudad) to pillage 2 (oficina etc) to clear out

no echar algo en saco roto figurado to take good note of something

■ espero que no eches en saco roto lo que has aprendido I hope you won't forget what you've learnt

ser un saco sin fondo to be a bottomless pit

saco de dormir sleeping bag

saco de mentiras figurado pack of lies

saco de viaje overnight bag

* * *

noun m.

1) sack

2) coat

* * *
I
SM

1) (=costal) [referido al contenedor] bag, sack; [referido al contenido] bagful; (Mil) kitbag; (Dep) punchball

- a sacos

- por fin lo tenemos en el saco

no es o no parece saco de paja — he can't be written off as unimportant

- caer en saco roto

- no echar algo en saco roto

- dar a algn por saco

- mandar a algn a tomar por saco

- ser un saco sin fondo

- ser un saco de huesos

saco de arena — sandbag

saco de dormir — sleeping bag

saco postal — mailbag, postbag

saco terrero — sandbag

2) (Anat) sac

saco amniótico — amniotic sac

3) (=gabán) long coat, loose-fitting jacket; LAm (=chaqueta) jacket; And (=jersey) jumper

4) ** (=cárcel) nick **, prison
II
SM (Mil) sack

entrar a saco en — to sack

* * *

masculino

1) ( continente) sack; ( contenido) sack, sackful

comprar algo por sacos — to buy something by the sackful o sack

echar a alguien al saco — (Chi fam) to swindle somebody (colloq)

caer en saco roto — consejo to go unheeded

estos errores no deben caer en saco roto — we should learn from these mistakes

echar algo en saco roto — <esfuerzo/trabajo> to let something go to waste; < consejos> to ignore something

saco de papas — (Chi fam) fat lump (colloq)

ser un saco de huesos — (fam & hum) to be all skin and bones (colloq)

- saco de dormir

2) (AmL) ( de tela) jacket

al que le venga el saco que se lo ponga — (fr hecha) if the cap fits, wear it

•

- saco sport

* * *

= sack, sackful.

Ex. Without having to make any decisions as to relative importance, we simply enter this under the relevant terms: manufacture, multiwall, kraft, paper, sacks, packaging and cement.

Ex. They gathered a whole sackful, stripped off the husks, and filled the sack again.

----

* atrincherado con sacos de arena = sandbagged.

* carrera de sacos = sack race, potato sack race.

* entrar a saco = burst into, storm into.

* palabras + caer en + saco roto = words + fall on + deaf ears.

* parapetado con sacos de arena = sandbagged.

* parapetar con sacos de arena = sandbag.

* por sacos = by the sackful.

* proteger con sacos de arena = sandbag.

* saco de arena = sandbag.

* saco de dormir = sleeping bag.

* saco de papel = paper sack.

* ser un saco de huesos = be a bag of bones.

* tela de saco = sacking, sackcloth.

* tío del saco, el = bogeyman [bogeymen], bogey [bogie].

* tomar a saco = take + Nombre + by storm.

* un saco de = a sackful of.

* un saco lleno de = a sackful of.

* * *

masculino

1) ( continente) sack; ( contenido) sack, sackful

comprar algo por sacos — to buy something by the sackful o sack

echar a alguien al saco — (Chi fam) to swindle somebody (colloq)

caer en saco roto — consejo to go unheeded

estos errores no deben caer en saco roto — we should learn from these mistakes

echar algo en saco roto — <esfuerzo/trabajo> to let something go to waste; < consejos> to ignore something

saco de papas — (Chi fam) fat lump (colloq)

ser un saco de huesos — (fam & hum) to be all skin and bones (colloq)

- saco de dormir

2) (AmL) ( de tela) jacket

al que le venga el saco que se lo ponga — (fr hecha) if the cap fits, wear it

•

- saco sport

* * *

= sack, sackful.

Ex: Without having to make any decisions as to relative importance, we simply enter this under the relevant terms: manufacture, multiwall, kraft, paper, sacks, packaging and cement.

Ex: They gathered a whole sackful, stripped off the husks, and filled the sack again.

* atrincherado con sacos de arena = sandbagged.

* carrera de sacos = sack race, potato sack race.

* entrar a saco = burst into, storm into.

* palabras + caer en + saco roto = words + fall on + deaf ears.

* parapetado con sacos de arena = sandbagged.

* parapetar con sacos de arena = sandbag.

* por sacos = by the sackful.

* proteger con sacos de arena = sandbag.

* saco de arena = sandbag.

* saco de dormir = sleeping bag.

* saco de papel = paper sack.

* ser un saco de huesos = be a bag of bones.

* tela de saco = sacking, sackcloth.

* tío del saco, el = bogeyman [bogeymen], bogey [bogie].

* tomar a saco = take + Nombre + by storm.

* un saco de = a sackful of.

* un saco lleno de = a sackful of.

* * *

saco¹

masculine

A (continente) sack; (contenido) sack, sackful

lo compran por sacos they buy it by the sackful o sack

compró dos sacos de maíz she bought two sacks o sackfuls of corn

darle por saco a algn ( vulg); to screw sb (sl), to shaft sb (sl)

¡que te den por saco! ( vulg); screw you! ( vulg)

echar a algn al saco ( Chi fam); to swindle sb ( colloq)

en saco roto: no echemos en saco roto todo este esfuerzo let's not let all this effort go to waste

echó en saco roto todas sus preocupaciones she put all her worries out of her mind

sus consejos cayeron en saco roto nobody took any notice of his advice, his advice went unheeded o fell on stony ground

estos errores no deben caer en saco roto we should learn from these mistakes

entrar a saco: entraron a saco en el aula they burst o stormed into the hall

algunas revistas entran a saco en la intimidad de las personas some magazines barge into people's private lives o invade people's privacy

un producto que ha entrado a saco en el mercado internacional a product which has taken the international market by storm

mandar a algn a tomar por saco ( vulg); to tell sb to piss off ( vulg), to tell sb to get stuffed ( BrE sl)

¡vete a tomar por saco! ( Esp vulg); screw you! ( vulg), get stuffed! ( BrE sl)

saco de papas ( Chi fam); fat lump ( colloq)

ser un saco de huesos ( fam hum); to be all skin and bones ( colloq)

Compuestos:

● saco de arena

(en boxeo) punchbag; ( Mil) sandbag

● saco de dormir

sleeping bag

● saco terreno

sandbag

B ( Anat) sac

Compuestos:

● saco bucal

vocal sac

● saco lagrimal

lacrimal sac

C ( AmL) (de punto) cardigan; (de tela) jacket

al que le venga el saco que se lo ponga ( fr hecha); if the cap fits, wear it

ponerse el saco ( Méx fam): se puso el saco y empezó a justificarse he assumed it was him we were talking about and he started making excuses

Compuesto:

saco sport

( AmL) sports coat ( AmE), sports jacket ( BrE)

saco²

interjection

( Méx fam) gee! ( colloq), wow! ( colloq)

* * *

Del verbo sacar: ( conjugate sacar)

saco es:

1ª persona singular (yo) presente indicativo

sacó es:

3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) pretérito indicativo

Multiple Entries:
sacar
saco
sacar ( conjugate sacar) verbo transitivo
1 ( extraer)
a) ‹billetera/lápiz› to take out, get out;

‹pistola/espada› to draw;
saco algo DE algo to take o get sth out of sth;
◊ lo saqué del cajón I took o got it out of the drawer

b) ‹ muela› to pull out, take out;

‹riñón/cálculo› to remove;
◊ me sacoon sangre they took some blood

c) ‹diamantes/cobre/petróleo› to extract

d) ‹carta/ficha› to draw

2 (poner, llevar fuera)
a) ‹maceta/mesa/basura› to take out;

◊ sácalo aquí al sol bring it out here into the sun;

tuvimos que sacolo por la ventana we had to get it out through the window;
saco el perro a pasear to take the dog out for a walk;
saco el coche del garaje to get the car out of the garage
b) ( invitar):

◊ el marido no la saca nunca her husband never takes her out;

saco a algn a bailar to ask sb to dance
c) ‹ parte del cuerpo› to put out;

◊ me sacó la lengua he stuck o put his tongue out at me

3 ( retirar) to take out;
◊ saco dinero del banco to take out o withdraw money from the bank

4 ( de una situación difícil) saco a algn DE algo ‹de apuro/atolladero› to get sb out of sth
5 (Esp) ‹ dobladillo› to let down;
‹pantalón/falda› ( alargar) to let down;
( ensanchar) to let out
( obtener)
1 ‹pasaporte/permiso› to get;
‹entrada/billete› to get, buy
2
a) ‹votos/puntos/calificación› to get

b) ‹ premio› to get, win

c) ‹ conclusión› to draw

d) ‹suma/cuenta› to do, work out

3 ‹ beneficio› to get;
‹ ganancia› to make;
◊ ¿qué sacas con eso? what do you gain by doing that?;

no sacó ningún provecho del curso she didn't get anything out of the course
4 saco algo DE algo ‹idea/información› to get sth from sth;
‹porciones/unidades› to get sth out of sth;
sacole algo A algn ‹dinero/información› to get sth out of sb
5 ‹ brillo› to bring out;
◊ sacole brillo a algo to polish sth to a shine

1
a) ‹ libro› to publish, bring out;

‹ disco› to bring out, release;
‹modelo/producto› to bring out
b) ‹ tema› to bring up

c) ‹ foto› to take;

‹ copia› to make, take;
‹ apuntes› to make, take;
◊ sacole una foto a algn to take a photo of sb

d) (Esp) ‹defecto/falta› (+ me/te/le etc) to find;

◊ a todo le tiene que saco faltas he always has to find fault with everything

2
◊ sacar adelante ‹ proyecto› ( poner en marcha) to get sth off the ground;

( salvar de la crisis) to keep sth going;
◊ luché tanto para saco adelante a mis hijos I fought so hard to give my children a good start in life

3 (Dep) ‹tiro libre/falta› to take
( quitar) (esp AmL)
a) sacole algo A algn ‹botas/gorro› to take sth off sb

b) sacole algo a algo ‹tapa/cubierta› to take sth off sth

c) ( retirar):

◊ saca esto de aquí take this away;

saquen los libros de la mesa take the books off the table
d) ( hacer desaparecer) ‹ mancha› to remove, get … out

verbo intransitivo (Dep) (en tenis, vóleibol) to serve;
( en fútbol) to kick off
sacarse verbo pronominal ( refl)
1 ( extraer) ‹astilla/púa› to take … out;
‹ ojo› to poke … out;
◊ me tengo que saco una muela ( caus) I have to have a tooth out;

sacose algo DE algo to take sth out of sth;
sácate las manos de los bolsillos take your hands out of your pockets
2 (AmL) ( quitarse) ‹ropa/zapatos› to take off;
‹ maquillaje› to remove, take off
3
a) ( caus) ‹ foto›:

◊ tengo que sacome una foto I have to have my photo taken

b) (AmL) ‹calificación/nota› to get

saco sustantivo masculino
1 ( continente) sack;
( contenido) sack, sackful;
◊ saco de dormir sleeping bag

2 (AmL) ( de tela) jacket;
◊ saco sport (AmL) sports coat (AmE), sports jacket (BrE)

sacar
I verbo transitivo
1 (de un sitio) to take out
sacar la cabeza por la ventana, to stick one's head out of the window
sacar dinero del banco, to withdraw money from the bank
2 (un beneficio, etc) to get
3 (extraer una cosa de otra) to extract, get: de la uva se saca vino, you get wine from grapes
4 (una solución) to work out
sacar conclusiones, to draw conclusions
5 (descubrir, resolver) no consigo sacar esta ecuación, I can't resolve this equation
6 (un documento) to get
7 (una entrada, un billete) to buy, get
8 (de una mala situación) sacar a alguien de algo, to get sb out of sthg
sacar de la pobreza, to save from poverty
9 (manifestar, dar a conocer) de repente, sacó su malhumor, he got into a strop all of a sudden
10 (una novedad) han sacado un nuevo modelo de televisor, they've brought out a new television model again
11 (poner en circulación) to bring out, release
12 familiar (producir) esa máquina saca más de 2.500 piezas a la hora, this machine can produce more than 2,500 parts an hour
(una fotografía, una copia) to take
13 familiar (aparecer alguien o algo en un medio de comunicación) lo sacaron por la tele, it was on television
14 familiar (superar a alguien en algo) ha crecido mucho, ya le saca la cabeza a su padre, he's grown a lot o he's already taller than his father
15 (un jugador una carta o una ficha) to draw
16 (una mancha) to get out
17 Cost (de largo) to let down
(de ancho) to let out
II vi Dep (en tenis) to serve
(en fútbol, baloncesto, etc) to kick off
♦ Locuciones: sacar a alguien a bailar, to ask sb to dance
sacar a relucir, to point out
sacar adelante, to keep going
sacar en claro o limpio, to make sense of
sacar la lengua, to stick one's tongue out
sacar pecho, to thrust one's chest out
saco sustantivo masculino
1 sack
saco de dormir, sleeping bag
saco terrero, sandbag
2 LAm (chaqueta o americana) llevaba puesto un saco gris, he was wearing a grey jacket
3 (saqueo, robo) el saco de la ciudad fue llevado a cabo por las tropas, the troops sacked the city
♦ Locuciones: echar en saco roto, to do sthg in vain
meter en el mismo saco, to lump together
entrar a saco, to pillage, figurado to make drastic changes without any previous consultation
' saco' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
coco
- escarceo
- meter
- pelada
- pelado
- sacar
- semejante
- talego
- apuro
- avaricia
- bailar
- bulto
- foto
- fotocopia
- limpio
- nada
- provecho
- puesto
English:
bogeyman
- bring out
- deaf
- dig out
- draw on
- dredge up
- jacket
- out
- profit
- pull
- qualify
- sack
- sandbag
- situation
- sleeping bag
- take out
- whip
- back
- blow
- cardigan
- first
- maneuver
- sleeping
- sneak
- top

* * *

saco

♦ nm

1. [bolsa] sack;

un saco de carbón/patatas a sack of coal/potatoes;

Comp

caer en saco roto to fall on deaf ears;

Comp

echar en saco roto: espero que no eches en saco roto mis consejos I hope you take good note of my advice;

Comp

ser (como) un saco sin fondo to be (like) a bottomless pit

Comp
saco de arena sandbag;
saco de dormir sleeping bag;

saco de dormir (tipo) momia mummy sleeping bag;

saco terrero sandbag

2. Fam [persona]

Comp

ser un saco de huesos to be all skin and bones;

Comp

ser un saco de mentiras to be full of lies

3. Biol sac, bag

Comp
saco lacrimal lacrimal sac;
saco vitelino yolk sac

4. Am [abrigo] coat

5. Am [de tela] jacket;
[de punto] cardigan; RP
saco largo overcoat, three-quarter-length coat

Comp
Am saco sport sports jacket
6. Comp
Esp muy Fam
mandar a alguien a tomar por saco to tell sb to get screwed o Br stuffed;
Esp muy Fam
¡que le den por saco! screw him!, Br he can get stuffed!

♦ a saco loc adv

entraron a saco en el pueblo they sacked o pillaged the village;

los asaltantes entraron a saco en el palacio presidencial the attackers stormed the presidential palace;

el periodista entró a saco con las preguntas the journalist didn't beat about the bush with his questions

* * *

saco

m

1 sack;

mis consejos cayeron en saco roto my advice fell on stony ground;

tener algo/a alguien en el saco fig fam have sth/s.o. in the bag

2 L.Am.

chaqueta jacket

3

:

entrar a saco en fam burst into, barge into fam

* * *

saco nm

1) : bag, sack

2) : sac

3) : jacket, sport coat

* * *

saco n sack

saco de dormir sleeping bag

Spanish-English dictionary > saco
8 οὐ

οὐ, the negative of

A fact and statement, as μή of will and thought; οὐ denies, μή rejects; οὐ is absolute, μή relative; οὐ objective, μή subjective. —The same differences hold for all compds. of οὐ and μή, and some examples of οὐδέ and οὐδείς are included below.—As to the Form, v. infr. G.

A USAGE.

I as the negative of single words,

II as the negative of the sentence.

I οὐ adhering to single words so as to form a quasi-compd. with them:—with Verbs: οὐ δίδωμι withhold, Il.24.296; οὐκ εἰῶ prevent, 2.132, 4.55, al.; οὐκ ἐθέλω refuse, 1.112, 3.289, al.; οὔ φημι deny, 7.393, 23.668, al. (In most of these uses μή can replace οὐ when the constr. requires it, e.g. εἰ μή φησι ταῦτα ἀληθῆ εἶναι Lycurg.34
; but sts. οὐ is retained, εἰ δ' ἂν.. οὐκ ἐθέλωσιν Il.3.289
; εἰ δέ κ'.. ου'κ εἰῶσι 20.139
; ἐὰν οὐ φάσκῃ Lys.13.76
; ἐάντε.. οὐ (v.l. μή) φῆτε ἐάντε φῆτε Pl. Ap. 25b
):—with Participles: οὐκ ἐθέλων Il.4.224
, 300, 6.165, etc.:— with Adjectives: οὐκ ἀέκοντε 5.366
, 768, al.; οὐ πολλήν Th.6.7
, etc.:— with Adverbs: οὐχ ἥκιστα Id.1.68
, etc.: rarely with Verbal Nouns (v. infr. 11.10).—On the use of οὐ in contrasts, v. infr. B.

II as negativing the whole sentence,

1 οὐ is freq. used alone, sts. with the ellipsis of a definite Verb, οὔκ (sc. ἀποκερῇ) , ἄν γε ἐμοὶ πείθῃ Pl.Phd. 89b
: sts. as negativing the preceding sentence, Ar. Pax 850, X.HG1.7.19: as a Particle of solemn denial freq. with μά (q. v.) and the acc.; sts. without μά, οὐ τὸν πάντων θεῶν θεὸν πρόμον Ἅλιον S. OT 660
(lyr.), cf. 1088 (lyr.), El. 1063 (lyr.), Ant. 758.

2 with ind. of statement, τὴν δ' ἐγὼ οὐ λύσω Il.1.29
, cf. 114, 495; οὐ φθίνει Κροίσου φιλόφρων ἀρετά Pi.P.1.94
; ἔνθα κεν οὔ τιν' ἀδάκρυτόν γ' ἐνόησας Ἀργείων Od.24.61
; οὔ κεν.. ἔπαξε Pi.N.7.25
; οὐκ ἂν ὑπεξέφυγε Il.8.369
.

3 with subj. in [tense] fut. sense, only in [dialect] Ep., οὐ γάρ τίς με βίῃ γε ἑκὼν ἀέκοντα δίηται 7.197
; οὐκ ἄν τοι χραίς μῃ κίθαρις 3.54
, cf. 11.387.

4 with opt. in potential sense (without ἄν or κεν), also [dialect] Ep., ὃ οὐ δύο γ' ἄνδρε φέροιεν 5.303
, 20.286.

5 with opt. and ἄν, κείνοισι δ' ἂν οὔ τις.. μαχέοιτο 1.271
, cf. 301, 2.250, Hdt. 6.63, A.Pr. 979, S.Aj. 155 (anap.), E.IA 310, Ar.Ach. 403, etc.

6 in dependent clauses οὐ is used,

a with ὅτι or ὡς, after Verbs of saying, knowing, and showing, ἐκ μέν τοι ἐρέω.. ὡς ἐγὼ οὔ τι ἑκὼν κατερύκομαι Od.4.377
, cf. S.El. 561, D.2.8, etc.: so with ind. or opt. and ἄν, ἀπελογοῦντο ὡς οὐκ ἄν ποτε οὕτω μωροὶ ἦσαν X.HG5.4.22
, cf. Pl.R. 330a; ὡς δὲ οὐκ ἂν δικαίως αὐτοὺς δέχοισθε μαθεῖν χρή Th.1.40
, cf. X.Cyr.1.1.3, etc.: with opt. representing ind. in orat. obliq., ἔλεξε παιδὶ σῷ.. ὡς.. Ἕλληνες οὐ μενοῖεν A.Pers. 358
, cf. S.Ph. 346, Th.1.38, X.HG6.1.1, Pl.Ap. 22b, etc.: for μή in such sentences, v. μή B. 3.

b in all causal sentences, and in temporal and Relat. sentences unless there is conditional or final meaning, χωσαμένη, ὅ οἱ οὔ τι θαλύσια.. ῥέξε Il.9.534
; ἄχθεται ὅτι οὐ κάρτα θεραπεύεται Hdt.3.80
; διότι οὐκ ἦσαν δίκαι, οὐ δυνατοὶ ἦμεν παρ' αὐτῶν ἃ ὤφειλον πράξασθαι Lys.17.3
; μή με κτεῖν', ἐπεὶ οὐχ ὁμογάστριος Ἕκτορός εἰμι Il.21.95
, etc.; νῦν δὲ ἐπειδὴ οὐκ ἐθέλεις.., εἶμι Pl.Prt. 335c
; ἐπειδὴ τὸ χωρίον οὐχ ἡλίσκετο Th.1.102
; νηπιάχοις οἷς οὔ τι μέλει πολεμήϊα ἔργα Il.2.338
, etc.: in causal relative sentences, οἵτινές σε οὐχὶ ἐσώσαμεν Pl.Cri. 46a
; esp. in the combinations, οὐκ ἔστιν ὅστις οὐ .., as οὐκ ἔστ' ἐραστὴς ὅστις οὐκ ἀεὶ φιλεῖ E.Tr. 1051
, cf. Hec. 298; οὔτις ἔσθ' ὃς οὔ S.Aj. 725
; οὐδείς ἐστιν ὅστις οὐ .. Isoc. 15.180.

c after ὥστε with ind. or opt. with ἄν, ὥστ' οὐ δυνατόν σ' εἵργειν ἔσται Ar.V. 384
, cf. S.Aj.98, OT 411; οὕτως αὐτοὺς ἀγαπῶμεν.. ὥστε.. οὐκ ἂν ἐθελήσαιμεν Isoc.8.45
; οὐκ ἂν ὡρκίζομεν αὐτὸν ὥστε τῆς εἰρήνης ἂν διημαρτήκει καὶ οὐκ ἂν ἀμφότερ' εἶχε D.18.30
: ὥστε οὐ with inf. is almost invariably due to orat. obliq., ὥστ' οὐκ αἰσχύνεσθαι (for οὐκ αἰσχύνονται) Id.19.308, cf. Th.5.40, 8.76, Lys.18.6, Is.11.27 (cj. Reiske).—Rarely not in orat. obliq., S.El. 780, E. Ph. 1358, Hel. 108, D.53.2,9.48.

7 in a conditional clause μή is necessary, except,

a in Hom., when the εἰ clause precedes the apodosis and the verb is indic., εἰ δέ μοι οὐκ ἐπέεσσ' ἐπιπείσεται Il. 15.162
, cf. 178, 20.129, 24.296, Od.2.274, Il.4.160, Od.12.382, 13.144 (9.410 is an exception).

b when the εἰ clause is really causal, as after Verbs expressing surprise or emotion, μὴ θαυμάσῃς, εἰ πολλὰ τῶν εἰρημένων οὐ πρέπει σοι Isoc.1.44
; κατοικτῖραι.., εἰ.. οὐδεὶς ἐς ἑκατοστὸν ἔτος περιέσται Hdt.7.46
, cf. S.Aj. 1242; so also δεινὸν γὰρ ἂν εἴη πρῆγμα, εἰ Σάκας μὲν καταστρεψάμενοι δούλους ἔχομεν, Ἕλληνας δὲ οὐ τιμωρησόμεθα Hdt.7.9
, cf. And.1.102, Lys.20.8 (prob.), D.8.55;
οὐκ αἰσχρόν, εἰ τὸ μὲν Ἀργείων πλῆθος οὐκ ἐφοβήθη τὴν Λακεδαιμονίων ἀρχήν, ὑμεῖς δ' ὄντες Ἀθηναῖοι βάρβαρον ἄνθρωπον.. φοβήσεσθε
; Id.15.23
, cf. Hdt.5.97, Lys.22.13.

c when οὐ belongs closely to the next word (v. A. I), or is quoted unchanged, εἰ, ὡς νῦν φήσει, οὐ παρεσκευάσατο D.54.29
codd.; εἰ δ' οὐκέτ' ἐστί (sc. ὥσπερ λέγεις)
, τίνι τρόπῳ διεφθάρη
; E. Ion 347
.

8 οὐ is used with inf. in orat. obliq., when it represents the ind. of orat. recta, φαμὲν δέ οἱ οὐ τελέεσθαι Od.4.664
, cf. Il.17.174, 21.316, S.Ph. 1389, etc.; λέγοντες οὐκ εἶναι αὐτόνομοι Th.1.67
, cf. Pl.R. 348c, X.Cyr.1.6.18; οἶμαι.. οὐκ ὀλίγον ἔργον αὐτὸ εἶναι Pl.R. 369b
, cf. S.OT 1051, Th.1.71, etc.; ἡγήσαντο ἡμᾶς οὐ περιόψεσθαι ib.39. (For the occasional use of μή, v. μή B. 5c; sts. we have οὐ and μή in consecutive clauses, οἶμαι σοῦ κάκιον οὐδὲν ἂν τούτων κρατύνειν μηδ' ἐπιθύνειν χερί S.Ph. 1058s
q.; αὐτὸ ἡγοῦμαι οὐ διδακτὸν εἶναι μηδὲ.. παρασκευαστόν Pl.Prt. 319b
.)

9 οὐ is used with the part., when it can be resolved into a finite sentence with οὐ, as after Verbs of knowing and showing, τὸν κατθανόνθ' ὁρῶντες οὐ τιμώμενον E.Hec. 316
; κατενόησαν οὐ πολλοὺς τοὺς Θηβαίους ὄντας Th.2
. 3; ἔργῳ δηλώσω οὐ παραγενόμενος Antipho2.4.8
, etc.; or into a causal sentence, τῶν βαρβάρων οἱ πολλοὶ ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ διεφθάρησαν νέειν οὐκ ἐπιστάμενοι Hdt.8.89
; τὴν Μένδην πόλιν ἅτε οὐκ ἀπὸ ξυμβάσεως ἀνοιχθεῖσαν διήρπασαν Th.4.130
; or into a concessive sentence, δόξω γυναῖκα καίπερ οὐκ ἔχων ἔχειν E.Alc. 352
, cf. S.Ph. 377, etc.: regularly with ὡς and part., ὡς οὐχὶ συνδράσουσα νουθετεῖς τάδε Id.El. 1025
, etc.; ἐθορυβεῖτε ὡς οὐ ποιήσοντες ταῦτα Lys.12.73
, cf. S.Ph. 884, Aj. 682, Hdt.7.99, Th.1.2,5,28,68,90; ὥσπερ οὐ πάντας τούτῳ τῷ τεκμηρίῳ χρωμένους Lycurg.90
, cf. Th.8.1, Isoc.4.11:—for exceptions, v. μή B. 6.

b when the part. is used with the Art., μή is generally used, unless there is a distinct reference to a fact, when οὐ is occasionally found, ἡμεῖς δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς οὐκ οὔσης ἔτι [πόλεως] ὁρμώμενοι Th.1.74
; τοὺς ἐν τῇ πόλει οὐδὲν εἰδότας Id.4.111
; οἱ οὐκ ἐθέλοντες Antipho 6.26
; τῶν οὐ βουλομένων And.1.9
; τοὺς οὐδὲν ἀδικοῦντας ἀκρίτους ἀπέκτειναν Lys.12.82
, cf. τὸν οὐδὲ συμπενθῆσαι τὰς τῆς πατρίδος συμφορὰς τολμήσαντα (preceded by τὸν.. μήτε ὅπλα θέμενον ὑπὲρ τῆς πατρίδος μήτε τὸ σῶμα παρασχόντα κτλ.) Lycurg.43; τὸ οὐχ εὑρημένον Pl.R. 427e
.

10 Adjectives and abstract Substantives with the article commonly take μή (v. μή B. 7
) but οὐ is occasionally used, τὰς οὐκ ἀναγκαίας πόσεις X.Lac.5.4
; τοὺς οὐδένας E.IA 371
; τὸν οὐδέν Id.Ph. 598
(whereas ὁ μηδείς, τὸ μηδέν is the rule); τὴν τῶν γεφυρῶν οὐ διάλυσιν the non- dissolution of the bridges, the fact of their notbeing broken up, Th.1.137; ἡ οὐ περιτείχισις Id.3.95
; ἡ τῶν χωρίων οὐκ ἀπόδοσις Id.5.35
, cf.E. Hipp. 196 (anap.); so without the article, ἐν οὐ καιπῷ Id.Ba. 1287
; οὐ πάλης ὕπο ib. 455.

11 for οὐ μή, v. sub voc.

12 in questions οὐ ordinarily expects a positive answer, οὔ νυ καὶ ἄλλοι ἔασι ..; Il.10.165; οὐχ ὁράᾳς ..; dost thou not see? Od.17.545;
οὐκ.. ᾐσθόμην
; A.Pr. 956
: so as a strong form of imper.,
οὐκ ἀπαλλάξει
; E. Ion 524
;
οὐκ ἀποκτενεῖτε τὸν μιαρὸν τοῦτον ἄνθρωπον
; Din.1.18
;
οὐκ εἶ καταπιὼν Εὐριπίδην
; Ar.Ach. 484
; βάλλε, βάλλε folld. by οὐ βαλεῖς; οὐ βαλεῖς; ib. 281 and 283, cf. S.Ant. 885: also with opt. and ἄν, οὐκ ἂν δὴ τόνδ' ἄνδρα μάχης ἐρύσαιο ( = ἔρυσαι) ; Il.5.456; οὐκ ἂν φράσειας ( = φράσον) ; S.Ph. 1222; but in questions introduced by οὐ δή, οὐ δή του, οὔ που, οὔ τί που, a doubt is implied of the statement involved, and an appeal is made to the hearers, οὐ δή ποθ' ἡμῖν ξυγγενὴς ἥκεις ποθέν; surely you are not..? Id.El. 1202, cf. Ph. 900; οὔ τί που οὗτος Ἀπόλλων ..; Pi.P.4.87, cf. S.Ph. 1233, E.IA 670, Hel. 135, Ion 1113, Ar.Ra. 522, 526.

B POSITION. οὐ is generally put immediately before the word which it negatives, οὐκ ἐκεῖνον ἐθεώμην.—ἀλλὰ τίνα μήν ; ἔφη ὁ Τιγράνης X.Cyr.3.1.41
; οὐχ αἱ τρίχες ποιοῦσιν αἱ λευκαὶ φρονεῖν Men.639
; οὐ διὰ τὸ μὴ ἀκοντίζειν οὐκ ἔβαλον αὐτὸν ἀλλὰ διὰ τὸ μηδενὶ ὑπὸ τὸ ἀκόντιον ὑπελθεῖν Antipho 3.4.6
: in Poetry the position is freq. more free, κίνδυνος ἄναλκιν οὐ φῶτα λαμβάνει Pi.O.1.81
; οὐ ψεύδεϊ τέγξω λόγον ib. 4.19; κατακρύπτει δ' οὐ κόνις ib.8.79; χρὴ πρὸς θεὸν οὐκ ἐρίζειν Id.P. 2.88
: sts. emphatically at the end of the clause, καὶ τοὶ γὰρ αἰθοίσας ἔχοντες σπέρμ' ἀνέβαν φλογὸς οὔ Id.O.7.48
; ταρβήσει γὰρ οὔ S.Aj. 545
: in clauses opposed by μέν and δέ the οὐ (or μή) is freq. placed at the end, βούλονται μέν, δύνανται δ' οὔ Th.6.38
; οὗτος δ' ἦν καλὸς μέν, μέγας δ' οὔ X.An.4.4.3
; ἔδοξέ μοι ὁ ἀνὴρ δοκεῖν μὲν εἶναι σοφὸς.., εἶναι δ' οὔ Pl.Ap. 21c
; so τὸ Πέρσας μὲν λέληθε, ἡμέας μέντοι οὔ Hdt.1.139
: freq. with ὁ μὲν.. ὁ δέ, οὐ πάσας χρὴ τὰς δόξας τιμᾶν, ἀλλὰ τὰς μέν, τὰς δ' οὔ Pl.Cri. 47a
, cf. Ap. 24e, R. 475b, etc.; Λέριοι κακοί, οὐχ ὁ μέν, ὃς δ' οὔ Phoc.1
: sts. in the first clause after μέν, οἱ δὲ στρατηγοὶ ἐξῆγον μὲν οὔ, συνεκάλεσαν δέ X.An.6.4.20
, cf. 4.8.2, Cyr.1.4.10, Pl.Phd. 73b; κατώρα πᾶν μὲν οὒ τὸ στρατόπεδον Hdt.7.208
.

C ACCUMULATION. A simple neg. (οὐ or μή) is freq. repeated in composition with Prons., Advbs., or Conjs., as οὐδείς or μηδείς, οὐδέ or μηδέ, οὐδαμῶς or μηδαμῶς, first in Hom., οὔ μιν ὁΐομαιοὐδὲ πεπύσθαι λυγρῆς ἀγγελίης Il.17.641
; ἀλλ' οὔ μοι Τρώων τόσσον μέλει ἄλγος ὀπίσσω οὔτ' αὐτῆς Ἑκάβης οὔτε Πριάμοιο ἄνακτος 6.450
; οὐκ ἔστιν οὐδὲν κρεῖσσον οἰκείου φίλου E.Andr. 986
: the first neg. may be a compd., καθεύδων οὐδεὶς οὐδενὸς ἄξιος οὐδὲν μᾶλλον τοῦ μὴ ζῶντος Pl. Lg. 808b
; οὐδενὶ οὐδαμῇ οὐδαμῶς οὐδεμίαν κοινωνίαν ἔχει Id.Prm. 166a
(similarly with μή, Phdr. 236e): or a neg. Adj., ἀδύνατος οὐδὲν ἄλλο πλὴν λέγειν μάτην E.Andr. 746
; οὐ follows the compd. neg., οὐδ' εἰ πάντες ἔλθοιεν Πέρσαι, πλήθει γε οὐχ ὑπερβαλοίμεθ' ἂν τοὺς πολεμίους X. Cyr.2.1.8
; οὐδ' ἂν ἡ πόλις ἄρα ([etym.] ὅπερ ἄρτι ἐλέγομεν ) ὅλη τοιοῦτον ποιῇ, οὐκ ἐπαινέσῃ Pl.R. 426b
, cf. Smp. 204a: sts. a confirmative Particle accompanies the first οὐ or οὐδέ, and the neg. is repeated with emphasis, οὐδὲ μὲν οὐδέ μ' ἔασκες Il.19.295
; οὐδὲ γὰρ οὐδὲ Δρύαντος υἱὸς.. δὴν ἧν 6.130
, v. οὐδέ C. 11; οὐ μέντοι οὐδὲ αὖ ὡς σύ μοι δοκεῖς οἴεσθαι Pl.Prt. 332a
: so also in Trag. and [dialect] Att. without any such Particle, οὐ σμικρός, οὔχ, ἁγὼν ὅδε not small, no, is this struggle, S.OC 587; θεοῖς τέθνηκεν οὗτος, οὐ κείνοισιν, οὔ Id.Aj. 970
, cf.Ar.Ra.28, 1308, X.Smp. 2.4, Pl.R. 390c.

2 when the compd. neg. precedes and the simple neg. follows with the Verb, the opposing negs. produce an emphatic positive, οὐδεὶς ἀνθρώπων ἀδικῶν τίσιν οὐκ ἀποτείσει Orac. ap. Hdt.5.56; γλώσσης κρυφαῖον οὐδὲν οὐ διέρχεται S.Fr. 935
(but prob. f.l.); οὐδεὶς οὐκ ἔπασχέ τι X.Smp.1.9
.

3 similarly each of two simple negs. may retain its negating force, ὥσπερ οὐ διὰ πρᾳότητα καὶ ἀσχολίαν τὴν ὑμετέραν οὐ δεδωκὼς ὑμῖν δίκην Lys.6.34
; ἐγὼ δ' οὐκ οἶμαι.. οὐ δεῖν ὑμᾶς ἀμύνεσθαι Id.13.52
(similarly with μή, D.19.77): sts. a combination of a μέν- clause with a δέ- clause containing οὐ is negatived as a whole by a preceding οὐ, e.g. οὐ γὰρ δήπου Κτησιφῶντα μὲν δύναται διώκειν δι' ἐμέ, ἐμὲ δέ, εἴπερ ἐξελέγξειν ἐνόμιζεν, αὐτὸν οὐκ ἂν ἐγράψατο Id.18.13
.

D PLEONASM OF οὐ: after Verbs of denying, doubting, and disputing, folld. by ὡς or ὅτι with a finite Verb, οὐ is inserted to show the neg. character of the statement, where in Engl. the neg. is not required, ὡς μὲν οὐκ ἀληθῆ ταῦτ' ἐστὶν οὐκ ἔχετ' ἀντιλέγειν D.8.31
, cf. Th.1.77, X.HG2.3.16, Smp.2.12, Isoc.5.57, etc.; οὐδεὶς ἂν τολμήσειεν ἀντειπεῖν ὡς οὐ τὴν μὲν ἐμπειρίαν μᾶλλον τῶν ἄλλων ἔχομεν Id.6.48
, cf. And.4.34, D.16.4, etc.; οὐκ ἂν ἀρνηθεῖεν ἔνιοι ὡς οὐκ εἰσὶ τοιοῦτοι Id.9.54
; ἀρνεῖσθαι ὅτι οὐ παρῆν X.Ath.2.17
; οὐδ' αὐτὸς ὁ Λάμπις ἔξαρνος ἐγένετο ὡς οὐκ εἴη εἰρηκὼς κτλ. D.34.49; ἀμφισβητεῖν ὡς οὐχὶ.. δοτέον δίκην Pl.Euthphr.8c
, cf. R. 476d, Prm. 135a; ἀπιστεῖν ὅτι οὐ .. Id.Men. 89d; ἀνέλπιστον καταστῆσαί τισιν ὡς οὐκ ἔσται μεταγνῶναι Th. 3.46
: οὐ is sts. thus used in the second member of a negative comparative sentence, ἥκει ὁ Πέρσης οὐδέν τι μᾶλλον ἐπ' ἡμέας ἢ οὐ καὶ ἐπ' ὑμέας Hdt.4.118
, cf. 5.94, 7.16.γ, Th.2.62,3.36: after πλήν, X.Lac. 15.6, D.18.45.

E OMISSION OF οὐ: οὐ is sts. omitted, esp. by Poets, when it may be supplied from the next clause, γῆ δ' οὐδ' ἀὴρ οὐδ' οὐρανὸς ἦν Ar.Av. 694
; σιδήρῳ οὐδ' ἀργύρῳ χρέωνται οὐδέν Hdt.1.215
; ῥοδιακὴ οὖς οὐδὲ πυθμένα οὐκ ἔχουσα Inscr.Délos 313a84
(iii B. C.).

F in Poetry, if ἤ stands before οὐ, the two sounds coalesce into one syllable, as in ἦ οὐχ Il.5.349
, cf. Od.1.298; so, in [dialect] Att., μὴ οὐ S. OT 283
, etc., and ἐγὼ οὔτε ib. 332, ἐγὼ οὐ Ar.Eq. 340
.—This synizesis is general in [dialect] Ep., universal in [dialect] Att.

G FORM. οὐ is used before consonants (including the digamma, e.g. before ἕθεν, οἱ, e(, Il.1.114, 2.392, 24.214, but not before ὅς Possess., οὐχ ᾧ πατρί Od.13.265
, cf. οὐκ ἐπέεσσι Il.15.162
, etc.); οὐκ before vowels with spir. lenis, οὐχ before vowels with spir. asper; in our text of Hdt. οὐκ is used before all vowels (prob. because Hdt. had no spir. asper): the [dialect] Ep. form οὐκί [ῐ] is used by Hom. mostly at the end of a clause and at the close of the verse, ὅς τ' αἴτιος ὅς τε καὶ οὐκί Il.15.137
; ἠὲ καὶ οὐκί 2.238
, 300,al.; but in the middle of a verse, 20.255; οὐχί [ῐ] is found twice in Hom., Il.15.716, 16.762, and is common in Trag., where it is freq. employed like οὔ emphatic (supr. B),
τί δ' οὐχί
; A.Ag. 273
,Fr. 310;
πῶς δ' οὐχί
; Id.Supp. 918
, Ar. Pax 1027; ἐμὸς μὲν οὐχί E.IA 859
: also in Prose, Th.1.120,al., 1 Ep.Cor. 5.12, etc.: the diphthong is genuine and always written ου ( ουκ, ουδε, etc.) in early Inscrr., IG12.10.22, etc.; in iv B.C. rarely written οκ, ib. 22.1635.112,116,121; οὐ abbreviated ο, Suid.s.v. Φιλοξένου γραμμάτιον.

H ACCENTUATION. οὐ is oxytone acc. to Hdn.Gr.1.494 (text doubtfulin 504): Arist.SE 166b6, referring to Il.23.328 τὸ μὲν ου (i.e. οὐ = οὒ) καταπύθεται ὄμβρῳ, says λύουσι.. τῇ προσῳδίᾳ λέγοντες τὸ ου ὀξύτερον (i.e. οὗ), cf. 178b3. In codd. the word is written oxytone when folld. by a pause (v. supr. B), and is usu. written without any accent in other cases.

I οὐ in connexion with other Particles will be found in alphabetical order, οὐ γάρ, οὐ μή, etc.—The corresponding forms of μή should be compared.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > οὐ
9 С-6

CAM ПО СЕБЕ AdjP fixed WO
1. ( usu. modif) (of a person, thing, phenomenon etc) considered as a separate entity, with a focus on his or its intrinsic qualities, apart from related circumstances, events etc

in (and of) oneself (itself)
(in limited contexts) in one's (its) own right (when it modif ies a deverbal noun or a clause) the very fact of (doing sth.) the mere fact that... Мне было неловко видеть её (бабушки) печаль при свидании с нами я сознавал, что мы сами по себе ничто в её глазах, что мы ей дороги только как воспоминание... (Толстой 2). I was embarrassed to see her (Grandmother's) sorrow at the sight of us
I realized that in ourselves we were nothing in her eyes, that we were dear to her only as a reminder... (2b).

«Сама по себе затея написать книжку о выдающемся деятеле шестидесятых годов ничего предосудительного в себе не содержит» (Набоков 1). "In itself the idea of writing a book about an outstanding public figure of the sixties contains nothing reprehensible" (1a).

Для Анны Николаевны пролетарская этика была священна сама по себе... (Богданов 1). То Anna Nikolaevna, proletarian ethics were sacred in and of themselves... (1a).

В конце концов я узнал, что Иванько Сергей Сергеевич, 1925 года рождения: а) родственник бывшего председателя КГБ Семичастного б) ближайший друг бывшего представителя СССР в Организации Объединённых Наций... Николая Т. Федоренко в) сам по себе тоже большая шишка (Войнович 3). In the end, I learned that Ivanko, Sergei Sergeevich, born 1925, was: a. A relative of the former director of the KGB, Semichastny. b. A close friend of Nikolai T. Fedorenko, the former Soviet representative to the United Nations... c. A big shot in his own right (3a).

На избирательных участках стоят, правда, задёрнутые шторами кабинки для «тайного» голосования... но даже сам по себе заход в эту кабинку будет кем-нибудь отмечен, и в досье совершившего этот «антиобщественный» поступок гражданина появится соответствующая отметка (Войнович 1). The polling places do...have booths with blinds that can be closed for casting a "secret" ballot....But the very fact of entering the booth will be noted in the dossier of the citizen committing that "antisocial" act (1a).

Основное обвинение отец решительно отверг, но то, что он не сгрёб Лёву за шиворот и не вышвырнул тут же из кабинета, само по себе было очень примечательно (Битов 2). Father emphatically rejected the main accusation, but the mere fact that he didn't scoop Lyova up by the scruff of the neck and fling him right out of the study was very noteworthy (2a).

2. расти, жить и т. п. -
adv
(of a child) (to grow up) without receiving any attention, care, guidance etc from one's parents or guardians, (of an adult) (to live) having little or no contact with the person or people with whom one lives

on one's own
(in limited contexts) live one's own life.
Родители были всегда заняты, и мальчик фактически рос сам по себе. The boy's parents were always busy, so actually he grew up on his own.

У них с отцом (у Андрея с отцом) не существовало каких-то особых отношений - ни плохих, ни хороших, каждый... жил сам по себе (Распутин 2). Не (Andrei) and his father had no special relationship-it wasn't bad, it wasn't good, each lived his own life (2a).

3. бытье, существовать, жить и т. п. - ( subj-compl with copula (subj: human, abstr, or concr) or adv
when used with two subjects, the idiom is repeated with each of them
often used in two clauses connected by contrastive Conj «a») some thing (phenom- Дойдя на Севере до Архангельска... (куриный) мор остановился сам собой по той причине, что идти ему дальше было некуда, - в Белом море куры, как известно, не водятся (Булгаков 10). Having reached Archangel...in the North, the (chicken) plague stopped by itself, for the reason that there was nowhere for it to go-as everybody knows, there are no hens in the White Sea (10b).

Про кампанию оппозиции забудут, и она задохнется сама собой (Зиновьев 1). The campaign for protest will be forgotten and it'll wither away on its own" (1a).

Князь Андрей, точно так же как и все люди полка, нахмуренный и бледный, ходил взад и вперёд по лугу... Делать и приказывать ему нечего было. Всё делалось само собою. Убитых оттаскивали за фронт, раненых относили, ряды смыкались (Толстой 6). Prince Andrei, pale and depressed like everyone else in the regiment, paced up and down from one border to another on the meadow...There were no orders to be given, nothing for him to do. Everything happened of itself. The dead were dragged back from the front, the wounded carried away, and again the ranks closed up (5a).

Мнили, что во время этой гульбы хлеб вырастет сам собой, и потому перестали возделывать поля (Салтыков-Щедрин 1). They imagined that while this gaiety was going on, the corn would grow of its own accord, and they gave up tilling the fields (1b).

Нож», — крикнул Филипп Филиппович. Нож вскочил ему в руки как бы сам собой... (Булгаков 11). "Knife," cried Philip Philippovich. The knife leaped into his hands as of its own volition... (1 la).

О его сборничке так никто и не написал, - он почему-то полагал, что это само собою сделается, и даже не потрудился разослать редакциям... (Набоков 1). His book of poems did not get any reviews after all (somehow he had assumed it would happen automatically and had not even taken the trouble of sending out review copies...) (1a).

2. \С-6 додумался до чего, добился чего и т. п. obsoles (one came up with an idea or solution, achieved sth. etc) independently, without anyone's help: (all) by o.s. (Городничий:) О, я знаю вас: вы если начнёте говорить о сотворении мира, просто волосы дыбом поднимаются. (Ам-мос Фёдорович:) Да ведь сам собою дошёл... (Гоголь 4). (Mayor:) Oh I know you. When you start spouting your crazy theories of the Creation, it's enough to make a man's hair stand on end. (A.E:) But I arrived at it all by myself... (4f). enon etc) is separate from, exists separately from a connected thing (phenomenon etc)
some person (or group) lives, works etc individually, apart from some other person (or group): (all) by o.s. (itself) on one's (its) own independently (of s.o. sth.) (of things, phenomena etc only) (be) a separate entity (separate entities)
(when both subjects are specified) X сам по себе, a Y сам по себе = (of people) X went X's way and Y went Y's
(of things) X is one thing and Y is another.
(Липочка:) Так смотрите же, Лазарь Елизарыч, мы будем жить сами по себе, а они (тятенька и маменька) сами по себе (Островский 10). (L.:) Then, look here, Lazar Elizarych, we'll live by ourselves, and they'll (mama and daddy will) live by themselves (10a).

...Он (Лёва) ещё не может знать, не подозревает о существовании этих фактов, но эти факты тем не менее существуют сами по себе и существуют некоторым образом в его незнании (Битов 2)....He (Lyova) cannot yet know about and does not suspect the existence of these facts, yet the facts nevertheless exist independently and also exist, after a fashion, in his ignorance (2a).

Ты, Илья Никанорыч, не подумай чего, наше дело -сторона, мы люди маленькие... Ванька сам по себе, а я сам по себе, у меня к евонным ( ungrammat — его) затеям никакого касательства» (Максимов 1). "Ilya Nikanorych, please don't get the wrong idea. We're not mixed up in this, we're just simple people!... Vanka went his way and I went mine. I had nothing to do with what he was up to" (1a).

Жизнь у него (Обломова) была сама по себе, а наука сама по себе (Гончаров 1). For him (Oblomov) life was one thing and learning another (1b).

...У вас на заводе работает инженер с высшим образованием и имеет в своём подчинении 10-12 чел. Он может приказать им что-нибудь только по работе, а после работы или во время выходного дня они ему уже не подчиняются и могут делать, что хотят, как говорится, ты сам по себе, а я сам по себе» (Войнович 2). ( context transl) "...At the factory you have an engineer with a higher education, with some ten to twelve men under him. He can order them to do anything at work, but after work or on their days off they're not subordinate to him any more and they can do whatever they want-as the saying goes, you're your own boss and I'm mine" (2a).

4. действовать, происходить и т. п. -
adv
(of a person) (to act) on one's own initiative, not influenced by anyone's suggestions, without outside interference
(of a thing, event etc) (to happen, proceed etc) without any outside influence or interference: (all) by o.s. (itself) of one's (its) own accord of one's (its) own volition on one's (its) own.
«Да где ж это видано, чтобы народ сам по себе собирался без всякого контроля со стороны руководства?» (Войнович 2). "Who ever heard of people assembling all by themselves, without any control on the part of the leadership?" (2a).

Привычные словосочетания притупляли ощущение горя, уводили сознание в сторону, и вскоре язык Килина болтал уже что-то сам по себе, как отдельный и независимый член организма (Войнович 2). The familiar word patterns dulled his sense of grief, distracted his mind, and soon Kilin's tongue was babbling away all by itself, like a separate and independent part of his body (2a).

Глаза были похожи на два неестественно голубых, светящихся шарика, подвешенных в воздухе над рулём пустой машины, которая идёт без водителя, сама по себе (Евтушенко 1). They were like two unnaturally blue shiny balloons, suspended in mid-air over the steering wheel of an empty car, which moved along of its own accord without a driver (1a).

...Ему надо только придумать первую фразу, а там дальше дело пойдёт само по себе (Войнович 6). ( context transl) Не had only to put together the first sentence, and after that the book would write itself (6a).

Большой русско-английский фразеологический словарь > С-6
10 сам по себе

• САМ ПО СЕБЕ

[AdjP; fixed WO]

=====

1. [usu. modif]

⇒ (of a person, thing, phenomenon etc) considered as a separate entity, with a focus on his or its intrinsic qualities, apart from related circumstances, events etc:

- in (and of) oneself < itself>;

- [in limited contexts] in one's < its> own right;

- [when it modifies a deverbal noun or a clause] the very fact of (doing sth.);

- the mere fact that...

     ♦ Мне было неловко видеть её [бабушки] печаль при свидании с нами; я сознавал, что мы сами по себе ничто в её глазах, что мы ей дороги только как воспоминание... (Толстой 2). I was embarrassed to see her [Grandmother's] sorrow at the sight of us; I realized that in ourselves we were nothing in her eyes, that we were dear to her only as a reminder... (2b).

     ♦ "Сама по себе затея написать книжку о выдающемся деятеле шестидесятых годов ничего предосудительного в себе не содержит" (Набоков 1). "In itself the idea of writing a book about an outstanding public figure of the sixties contains nothing reprehensible" (1a).

     ♦ Для Анны Николаевны пролетарская этика была священна сама по себе... (Богданов 1). То Anna Nikolaevna, proletarian ethics were sacred in and of themselves... (1a).

     ♦ В конце концов я узнал, что Иванько Сергей Сергеевич, 1925 года рождения: а) родственник бывшего председателя КГБ Семичастного; б) ближайший друг бывшего представителя СССР в Организации Объединённых Наций... Николая Т. Федоренко; в) сам по себе тоже большая шишка (Войнович 3). In the end, I learned that Ivanko, Sergei Sergeevich, born 1925, was: a. A relative of the former director of the KGB, Semichastny. b. A close friend of Nikolai T. Fedorenko, the former Soviet representative to the United Nations... c. A big shot in his own right (3a).

     ♦ На избирательных участках стоят, правда, задёрнутые шторами кабинки для "тайного" голосования... но даже сам по себе заход в эту кабинку будет кем-нибудь отмечен, и в досье совершившего этот "антиобщественный" поступок гражданина появится соответствующая отметка (Войнович 1). The polling places do...have booths with blinds that can be closed for casting a "secret" ballot....But the very fact of entering the booth will be noted in the dossier of the citizen committing that "antisocial" act (1a).

     ♦ Основное обвинение отец решительно отверг, но то, что он не сгрёб Лёву за шиворот и не вышвырнул тут же из кабинета, само по себе было очень примечательно (Битов 2). Father emphatically rejected the main accusation, but the mere fact that he didn't scoop Lyova up by the scruff of the neck and fling him right out of the study was very noteworthy (2a).

2. расти, жить и т.п. сам по себе [adv]

⇒ (of a child) (to grow up) without receiving any attention, care, guidance etc from one's parents or guardians, (of an adult) (to live) having little or no contact with the person or people with whom one lives:

- on one's own;

- [in limited contexts] live one's own life.

     ♦ Родители были всегда заняты, и мальчик фактически рос сам по себе. The boy's parents were always busy, so actually he grew up on his own.

     ♦ У них с отцом [у Андрея с отцом] не существовало каких-то особых отношений - ни плохих, ни хороших, каждый... жил сам по себе (Распутин 2). Не [Andrei] and his father had no special relationship-it wasn't bad, it wasn't good, each lived his own life (2a).

3. быть, существовать, жить и т.п. сам по себе [subj-compl with copula (subj: human, abstr, or concr) or adv; when used with two subjects, the idiom is repeated with each of them; often used in two clauses connected by contrastive Conj " а"]

⇒ some thing (phenomenon etc) is separate from, exists separately from a connected thing (phenomenon etc); some person (or group) lives, works etc individually, apart from some other person (or group):

- (all) by o.s. < itself>;

- on one's < its> own;

- independently (of s.o. < sth.>);

- [of things, phenomena etc only] (be) a separate entity (separate entities);

|| [when both subjects are specified] X сам по себе, a Y сам по себе≈ [of people] X went X's way and Y went Y's;

- [of things] X is one thing and Y is another.

     ♦ [Липочка:] Так смотрите же, Лазарь Елизарыч, мы будем жить сами по себе, а они [тятенька и маменька] сами по себе (Островский 10). [L.:] Then, look here, Lazar Elizarych, we'll live by ourselves, and they'll [mama and daddy will] live by themselves (10a).

     ♦...Он [Лёва] ещё не может знать, не подозревает о существовании этих фактов, но эти факты тем не менее существуют сами по себе и существуют некоторым образом в его незнании (Битов 2).... Не [Lyova] cannot yet know about and does not suspect the existence of these facts, yet the facts nevertheless exist independently and also exist, after a fashion, in his ignorance (2a).

     ♦ "Ты, Илья Никанорыч, не подумай чего, наше дело - сторона, мы люди маленькие... Ванька сам по себе, а я сам по себе, у меня к евонным [ungrammat = его] затеям никакого касательства" (Максимов 1). "Ilya Nikanorych, please don't get the wrong idea. We're not mixed up in this, we're just simple people!... Vanka went his way and I went mine. I had nothing to do with what he was up to" (1a).

     ♦ Жизнь у него [Обломова] была сама по себе, а наука сама по себе (Гончаров 1). For him [Oblomov] life was one thing and learning another (1b).

     ♦ "...У вас на заводе работает инженер с высшим образованием и имеет в своём подчинении 10-12 чел. Он может приказать им что-нибудь только по работе, а после работы или во время выходного дня они ему уже не подчиняются и могут делать, что хотят, как говорится, ты сам по себе, а я сам по себе" (Войнович 2). [context transl] "...At the factory you have an engineer with a higher education, with some ten to twelve men under him. He can order them to do anything at work, but after work or on their days off they're not subordinate to him any more and they can do whatever they want-as the saying goes, you're your own boss and I'm mine" (2a).

4. действовать, происходить и т.п. сам по себе [adv]

⇒ (of a person) (to act) on one's own initiative, not influenced by anyone's suggestions, without outside interference; (of a thing, event etc) (to happen, proceed etc) without any outside influence or interference:

- (all) by o.s. (itself);

- of one's (its) own accord;

- of one's (its) own volition;

- on one's (its) own.

     ♦ "Да где ж это видано, чтобы народ сам по себе собирался без всякого контроля со стороны руководства?" (Войнович 2). "Who ever heard of people assembling all by themselves, without any control on the part of the leadership?" (2a).

     ♦ Привычные словосочетания притупляли ощущение горя, уводили сознание в сторону, и вскоре язык Килина болтал уже что-то сам по себе, как отдельный и независимый член организма (Войнович 2). The familiar word patterns dulled his sense of grief, distracted his mind, and soon Kilin's tongue was babbling away all by itself, like a separate and independent part of his body (2a).

     ♦ Глаза были похожи на два неестественно голубых, светящихся шарика, подвешенных в воздухе над рулём пустой машины, которая идёт без водителя, сама по себе (Евтушенко 1). They were like two unnaturally blue shiny balloons, suspended in mid-air over the steering wheel of an empty car, which moved along of its own accord without a driver (1a).

     ♦...Ему надо только придумать первую фразу, а там дальше дело пойдёт само по себе (Войнович 6). [context transl] He had only to put together the first sentence, and after that the book would write itself (6a).

Большой русско-английский фразеологический словарь > сам по себе
11 (als) Beruf

Beruf
profession [of business], occupation, job, (Aufgabe) function, office, duty, (Berufung) vocation, (Fach) line, department, craft, walk, (Geschäft) business, shop, (Geschäftskreis) province, sphere of action, (Gewerbe) trade, (Laufbahn) career, (Stand) calling, (Stellung) employment, position, post, situation, station, (Tätigkeit) pursuit, work;
• in Ausübung meines Berufes in pursuance of my vocation, in exercise of my calling;
• ohne Beruf no occupation, without a trade;
• von Beruf by profession (trade, occupation);
• zum Beruf gehörig occupational;
• akademischer Beruf learned profession;
• neu angefangener Beruf entry-level job;
• ausgefallener Beruf godforsaken occupation;
• gelegentlich ausgeübter Beruf casual occupation;
• gemischt besetzte Berufe mixed occupations;
• hoch bezahlter Beruf top-paying job;
• bürgerliche Berufe civil employments, middle-class callings;
• demoralisierender Beruf deleterious profession;
• einträglicher Beruf profitable profession;
• erlernter Beruf skilled trade;
• fester Beruf regular occupation;
• frauenuntypischer Beruf atypical female occupation;
• freier Beruf liberal profession, professional occupation;
• freie und sonstige selbstständige Berufe (Einkommensteuer) profession or vocation (Br.);
• gefährlicher Beruf hazardous employment (occupation), dangerous occupation;
• gleichartiger Beruf similar job;
• grafische Berufe printing and allied trades;
• handwerklicher Beruf handicraft pursuits (trade);
• handwerkliche Beruf mechanical vocation;
• höherer Beruf profession, higher-level job (US);
• juristischer Beruf legal profession;
• kaufmännischer Beruf business occupation, mercantile profession;
• landwirtschaftlicher Beruf agricultural occupation;
• langweiliger Beruf dull occupation;
• lebenswichtiger Beruf vitally important vocation, essential employment;
• lohnsteuerpflichtiger Beruf payroll employment (US);
• männlich-dominierter Beruf male-dominated occupation;
• normaler Beruf usual vocation;
• öffentlicher Beruf public calling (sector);
• reglementierter Beruf (EU) regulated profession;
• schwerer Beruf hard job;
• soziale Berufe social work (US);
• ständiger Beruf regular occupation;
• überfüllter (übersetzter) Beruf [over]crowded profession, overcrowded vocation;
• überlaufener Beruf overcrowded profession;
• unansehnlicher Beruf humble occupation;
• unselbstständiger Beruf wage-earning employment;
• verwandte Berufe occupational families;
• Durchsetzungskraft voraussetzender Beruf battling profession;
• vordringlicher Beruf priority job;
• zukunftsorientierter Beruf future-oriented occupation, occupation with good future prospects;
• Beruf ohne Aufstiegsmöglichkeiten (Fortkommensmöglichkeiten, Zukunftsaussichten) terminal (blind-alley) job;
• Beruf mit unterschiedlichen Bezeichnungen job with different titles;
• Beruf mit Fachausbilding skilled trade;
• Beruf mit Lehrlingsausbildung apprenticeable trade;
• seinen Beruf angeben to put down one’s occupation;
• seinen Beruf als Berufung auffassen to think of one’s vocation in terms of professional status;
• in seinem Beruf aufgehen to be completely absorbed in one’s work;
• Beruf ausüben to carry (ply, follow) a trade, to pursue an occupation, to profess, to exercise a profession (calling), to practise a vocation, to hold down a job (US);
• keinen festen Beruf ausüben to have no regular profession;
• gleichen Beruf ausüben to practise (follow) the same profession;
• Beruf eines Journalisten ausüben to be a journalist;
• kriegswichtigen Beruf ausüben to be in a reserved occupation;
• wirtschaftlich notwendigen Beruf ausüben to exercise a useful trade;
• sich für einen Beruf eignen to be of professional calibre, to be fit for one’s job;
• sich für einen Beruf nicht eignen to be unfit for a job;
• Berufe hinsichtliche der relativen Entlohnung einstufen to categorize jobs in order to determine the relative pay;
• Beruf ergreifen to take up (go in for, enter) a profession, to choose an occupation;
• anderen Beruf ergreifen to change one’s vocation (profession);
• kaufmännischen Beruf ergreifen to go into trade, to turn merchant;
• neuen Beruf ergreifen to enter upon a new career;
• in seinem Beruf keine Arbeit finden to find no work in one’s line;
• in einen freien Beruf gehen to take up a profession;
• sich an einen Beruf gewöhnen to shake down into a job;
• an seinem Beruf keine Freude haben to have no heart in one’s occupation;
• in Ausübung seines Berufs handeln to act professionally;
• sich nur für seinen Beruf interessieren to smell of the shop;
• j. einen Beruf erlernen lassen to put s. o. to a trade;
• j. für einen Beruf als ungeeignet erscheinen lassen to disqualify s. o. for a profession;
• seinen neuen Beruf schätzen lernen to settle down to one’s new job;
• keinem bestimmten Beruf nachgehen to be without any particular profession;
• seinem Beruf weiterhin nachgehen to pursue (follow) one’s profession, to stick to one’s job;
• neuen Beruf planen to map out a new career;
• zwischen zwei Berufen schwanken to shuttle between two professions;
• in einem Beruf ausgebildet sein to have learnt a trade (had vocational training);
• in seinem Beruf erfolgreich sein to do one’s job well;
• ohne festen Beruf sein to be without any particular profession;
• für seinen Beruf ungeeignet sein to be unfit for one’s job;
• Tischler von Beruf sein to be a joiner by trade;
• j. für einen Beruf trimmen to groom s. o. for a job;
• seinen Beruf verfehlen to miss (mistake) one’s vocation;
• sich einem Beruf verschreiben to embark on a career;
• sich in einem neuen Beruf versuchen to take a fling at a new job;
• sich auf einen Beruf vorbereiten to train for a career;
• seinen Beruf wechseln to change one’s vocation (profession), (häufig) to job-hop, to switch a job.
ergreifen, (als) Beruf
to enter a profession, to take as a career;
• Maßnahmen ergreifen to adopt (take) measures.

Business german-english dictionary > (als) Beruf
12 πρός

πρός, Prep., expressing direction,

A on the side of, in the direction of, hence c. gen., dat., and acc., from, at, to: [dialect] Ep. also [full] προτί and [full] ποτί, in Hom. usually c. acc., more rarely c. dat., and each only once c. gen., Il.11.831, 22.198:—dialectal forms: [dialect] Dor.[full] ποτί (q. v.) and [full] ποί, but Cret. [full] πορτί Leg.Gort.5.44, etc., Argive [full] προτ( [full] ί) Schwyzer 84.3 (found at Tylisus, V B.C.), restored in Mnemos.57.208(Argos, vi B.C.), and in Alcm.30; Arc., Cypr. [full] πός SIG306.11 (Tegea, iv B.C.), Inscr.Cypr. 135.19H., also sts. in Asia Minor in compds., v. ποσάγω, ποσφέρω; [dialect] Aeol. [full] πρός Sapph.69 ([etym.] προς-), 109, Alc.20 (s. v.l.); [full] πρές Jo.Gramm. Comp.3.10; Pamphylian περτ ([etym.] ί) Schwyzer 686.7, 686a4. (With [full] προτί, [full] πρός cf. Skt. práti 'towards, near to, against, back, etc.', Slav. protiv[ucaron], Lett. pret 'against', Lat. pretium: [full] ποτί (q. v.) and [full] πός are not cogn.) A. WITH GEN., πρός refers to that from which something comes:

I of Place, from, ἵκετο ἠὲ π. ἠοίων ἦ ἑσπερίων ἀνθρώπων Od. 8.29
; τὸν π. Σάρδεων ἤλεκτρον S.Ant. 1037
(v.l.).

2 on the side of, towards, νήσοισι πρὸς Ἤλιδος towards Elis, Od.21.347; π. ἁλός, π. Θύμβρης, Il.10.428, 430; εἶναι π. θαλάσσης Hdt.2.154
; ἱδρῦσθαι π. τοῦ Ἑλλησπόντου Id.8.120
; ἐστρατοπεδεύοντο π. Ὀλύνθου Th.1.62
, etc.; φυλακαὶ π. Αἰθιόπων, π. Ἀραβίων, π. Διβύης, on the frontier towards the Ethiopians, etc., Hdt.2.30: freq. with words denoting the points of the compass, δύω θύραι εἰσίν, αἱ μὲν π. βορέαο, αἱ δ' αὖ π. νότου one on the north side, the other on the south side, Od.13.110; οἰκέουσι π. νότου ἀνέμου Hdt.3.101
; π. ἄρκτου τε καὶ βορέω ἀνέμου κατοικημένοι ib. 102; π. μεσαμβρίης ib. 107; π. τοῦ Τμώλου τετραμμένον τῆς πόλιος (in such phrases the acc. is more common) Id.1.84; π. Πλαταιῶν Th. 3.21
; π. Νεμέας Id.5.59
; ἀπὸ τῆσδε τῆς ὁδοῦ τὸ π. τοῦ λιμένος ἅπαν everything on the harbour- ward side of this road, IG12.892: combined with π. c. acc., π. ἠῶ τε καὶ τοῦ Τανάϊδος Hdt.4.122
; τὸν μέν π. βορέω ἑστεῶτα, τὸν δὲ π. νότον Id.2.121
, cf. 4.17.

3 before, in presence of, μάρτυροι ἔστων π. τε θεῶν μακάρων π. τε θνητῶν ἀνθρώπων Il.1.339
; οὐδ' ἐπιορκήσω π. δαίμονος 19.188
; ποίτοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος .. ὑπίσχομαι prob. in IG22.1126.7 (Amphict. Delph., iv B. C.); ὑποσχομένους πρὸς τοῦ Διός ib.1237.16: hence,

b in the eyes of, ἄδικον οὐδὲν οὔτε π. θεῶν οὔτε π. ἀνθρώπων Th.1.71
, cf. X.An.1.6.6, etc.; ὅσιος π. θεῶν Lex ap.And.1.97; κατειπάτω.. ἁγνῶς π. τοῦ θεοῦ if he wishes to be pure in the sight of the god, SIG986.9, cf. 17 (Chios, v/iv B. C.); ὁ γὰρ καιρὸς π. ἀνθρώπων βραχὺ μέτρον ἔχει Pi.P.4.286
.

4 in supplication or adjuration, before, and so, in the name of, σε.. γουνάζομαι.. π. τ' ἀλόχου καὶ πατρός Od.11.67
; π. θεῶν πατρῴων S.Ant. 839
(lyr.), etc.; ἱκετεύω, ἀντιβολῶ π. παίδων, π. γυναικῶν, etc., D.28.20, etc.: the verb is freq. omitted with π. θεῶν or τῶν θεῶν, E.Hec. 551, S.OT 1037, Ar.V. 760; π. τοῦ Διός Id.Av. 130
: less freq. with other words, π. τῆς ἑστίας E.Fr.953.39
; π. Χαρίτων Luc.Hist.Conscr.14
; μὴ π. γενείου S.El. 1208
; μὴ π. ξενίας τᾶς σᾶς Id.OC 515
(lyr.): sts. in questions, π. θεῶν, τίς οὕτως εὐήθης ἐστίν; in heaven's name, D.1.15; π. τῆς Ἀθηνᾶς.. ; Din.1.45
; ἆρ' οὖν, ὦ π. Διός,.. ; Pl.R. 459a
, cf. Ap. 26e: sts. in Trag. with the pron. σε between prep. and case, π. νύν σε πατρὸς π. τε μητρός.. ἱκνοῦμαι S.Ph. 468
; μὴ π. σε γονάτων E.Med. 324
.

5 of origin or descent, from, on the side of, γένος ἐξ Ἁλικαρνησσοῦ τὰ π. πατρός by the father's side, Hdt.7.99; Ἀθηναῖον.. καὶ τὰ π. πατρὸς καὶ τὰ π. μητρός D.57.17
, cf. Isoc.3.42, SIG1015.7 (Halic.); πρόγονοι ἢ π. ἀνδρῶν ἢ γυναικῶν in the male or female line, Pl.Tht. 173d; ὁ πατὴρ π. μὲν ἀνδρῶν ἦν τῶν Εὐπατριδῶν Isoc.16.25
; οἱ συγγενεῖς τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ π. ἀνδρῶν καὶ π. γυναικῶν D.57.23
; οἱ π. αἵματος blood-relations, S.Aj. 1305; ἢ φίλων τις ἢ π. αἵματος φύσιν Id.El. 1125
.

II of effects proceeding from what cause soever:

1 from, at the hand of, with Verbs of having, receiving, etc., ὡς ἂν.. τιμὴν καὶ κῦδος ἄρηαι π. πάντων Δαναῶν Il.16.85
, cf. 1.160, etc.; τιμὴν π. Ζηνὸς ἔχοντες Od.11.302
; δίδοι οἱ.. χάριν ποτ' ἀστῶν καὶ ποτὶ ξείνων Pi.O.7.90
; ἄνθεα τιμῆς πρὸς θνητῶν ἀνελέσθαι Emp.4.7
; φυλακῆς π. δήμου κυρῆσαι Hdt.1.59
; τυχεῖν τινος π. θεῶν A.Th. 550
, cf. S.Aj. 527; λαχὼν π. δαιμόνων ὄλβον Pi.N.9.45
; κακόν τι π. θεῶν ἢ π. ἀνθρώπων λαβεῖν Hdt.2.139
, etc.; μανθάνειν π. ἀστῶν S.OC13
: with passive Verbs, προτὶ Ἀχιλλῆος δεδιδάχθαι to have been taught by.., Il.11.831, cf. S.OT 357; ἄριστα πεποίηται.. πρὸς Τρώων Il.6.57
; αἴσχε' ἀκούω π. Τρώων ib. 525, cf. Heraclit.79; ταῦτα.. π. τούτου κλύειν S.OT 429
; οὐ λέγεται π. οὐδαμῶν Hdt.1.47
; ἀτιμάζεσθαι, τετιμῆσθαι π. τινῶν, ib.61,2.75; also λόγου οὐδενὸς γίνεσθαι π. τινῶν Id.1.120
; παθεῖν τι π. τινός at the hand of, ib.73; π. ἀλλήλοιν θανεῖν E. Ph. 1269
, cf. S.OT 1237; π. τῆς τύχης ὄλωλεν ib. 949; τὸ ποιεύμενον π. τῶν Λακεδαιμονίων Hdt.7.209
; αἰτηθέντες π. τινὸς χρήματα Id.8.111
; ἱμέρου βέλει π. σοῦ τέθαλπται A.Pr. 650
: with an Adj. or Subst., τιμήεσσα π. πόσιος Od.18.162
; ἐπίφθονος π. τῶν πλεόνων ἀνθρώπων Hdt.7.139
; ἔρημος π. φίλων S.Ant. 919
; ἀπαθὴς π. ἀστῶν Pi.P.4.297
; πειθὼ π. τινός S.El. 562
; π. Τρώων.. κλέος εἶναι Il.22.514
; ἄρκεσις π. ἀνδρός, δόξα π. ἀνθρώπων, S.OC73, E.Heracl. 624 (lyr.); ἐλίπετο ἀθάνατον μνήμην π. Ἑλλησποντίων Hdt.4.144
: with an Adv., οἶμαι γὰρ ἂν οὐκ ἀχαρίστως μοι ἔχειν οὔτε π. ὑμῶν οὔτε π. τῆς Ἑλλάδος I shall meet with no ingratitude at your hands, X.An.2.3.18, cf. Pl.R. 463d.

2 of things, π. τίνος ποτ' αἰτίας [τέθνηκεν]; from of by what cause? S.OT 1236; π. ἀμπλακημάτων by or by reason of.., Id.Ant.51.

III of dependence or close connexion: hence,

1 dependent on one, under one's protection, π. Διός εἰσι ξεῖνοί τε πτωχοί τε Od.6.207
,14.57; δικασπόλοι, οἵ τε θέμιστας π. Διὸς εἰρύαται by commission from him, Il.1.239; π. ἄλλης ἱστὸν ὑφαίνοις at the bidding of another, 6.456.

2 on one's side, in one's favour, Hdt.1.75, 124, S.OT 1434, Tr. 479, etc.; π. τῶν ἐχόντων.. τὸν νόμον τίθης E.Alc. 57
.

IV of that which is derivable from: hence, agreeable to, becoming, like, τὰ τοιαῦτα ἔργα οὐ π. τοῦ ἅπαντος ἀνδρὸς νενόμικα γίνεσθαι, ἀλλὰπ. ψυχῆς τε ἀγαθῆς καὶ ῥώμης ἀνδρηΐης Hdt.7.153
, cf.5.12; ἦ κάρτα π. γυναικὸς αἴρεσθαι κέαρ 'tis very like a woman, A.Ag. 592, cf. 1636; οὐ π. ἰατροῦ σοφοῦ θρηνεῖν ἐπῳδάς S.Aj. 581
, cf. Ar.V. 369, E.Hel. 950, etc.; π. σοῦ ἐστι Id.HF 585
, etc.; οὐκ ἦν π. τοῦ Κύρου τρόπου X.An. 1.2.11
, etc.: of qualities, etc., π. δυσσεβείας A.Ch. 704
; π. δίκης οὐδὲν τρέμων agreeably to justice, S.OT 1014, cf.El. 1211; οὐ π. τῆς ὑμετέρας δόξης Th.3.59
; ἐάν τι ἡμῖν π. λόγου ᾖ if it be at all to our purpose, Pl.Grg. 459c;
εἰ τόδε π. τρόπου λέγω
correctly, Id.R. 470c
; but π. τρόπου τι ὠνεῖσθαι buy at a reasonable price, Thphr.Char.30.12; τὰ γενήματα π. ἐλάσσονος τιμᾶς πωλῶν IG5(2).515.14
([place name] Lycosura); π. ἀγαθοῦ, π. κακοῦ τινί ἐστι or γίγνεται, it is to one's advantage or otherwise, Arist.Mu. 397a30, Arr.An.7.16.5, Hld.7.12; π. ἀτιμίας λαβεῖν τι to take a thing as an insult, regard it so, Plu.Cic.13; π. δέους λαβεῖν τι Id.Flam.7
; λαβεῖν τι π. ὀργῆς (v.l. ὀργήν) J.AJ8.1.3; μοι π. εὐκλείας γένοιτο ib. 18.7.7; τῷ δήμῳ π. αἰσχύνης ἂν ἦν, π. ὀνείδους ἂν ἦν τῇ πόλει, Lib.Decl.43.27,28.

B WITH DAT., it expresses proximity, hard by, near, at, ποτὶ γαίῃ Od.8.190
, 11.423; ποτὶ γούνασι Il.5.408
; ποτὶ δρυσίν among the oaks, 14.398 (nisi leg. περί) ; πρὸς ἄκμονι χαλκεύειν Pi.P.1.86
; ποτὶ γραμμᾷ στᾶσαί τινα ib.9.118; ἄγκυραν ποτὶ ναΐ κρημνάντων ib.4.24; δῆσαί τινα πρὸς φάραγγι A.Pr.15
; νεὼς καμούσης ποντίῳ π. κύματι Id.Th. 210
; π. μέσῃ ἀγορᾷ S.Tr. 371
; π. Ἀργείων στρατῷ Id.Aj.95
; π. πέδῳ κεῖται Id.OT 180
(lyr.); θακεῖν π. ναοῖς ib.20, cf. A.Eu. 855; π. ἡλίου ναίουσι πηγαῖς Id.Pr. 808
; π. τῇ γῇ ναυμαχεῖν Th. 7.34
; ἐς μάχην καθίστασθαι π. (v.l. ὑπ') αὐτῇ τῇ πόλει Id.2.79
; τεῖχος π. τῇ θαλάσσῃ Id.3.105
; αἱ π. θαλάττῃ πόλεις X.HG4.8.1
; τὸ π. Αἰγίνῃ στράτευμα off Aegina, Th.1.105; Αίβυες οἱ π. Αἰγύπτῳ bordering on.., ib. 104; τὸ π. ποσί that which is close to the feet, before one, S.OT 130, etc.; θρηνεῖν ἐπῳδὰς π... πήματι over it, Id.Aj. 582; αἱ π. τῇ βάσει γωνίαι the angles at the base, Euc.1.5,al.; τὴν π. τῷ.. ιερῷ κρήνην IG22.338.13
, cf. SIG1040.15 (Piraeus, iv B. C.), al.

2 before, in the presence of, π. τοῖς θεσμοθέταις, π. τῷ διαιτητῇ λέγειν, D. 20.98,39.22; ὅσα π. τοῖς κριταῖς γέγονεν Id.21.18
; π. διαιτητῇ φεύγειν Id.22.28
.

3 with Verbs denoting motion towards a place, upon, against, ποτὶ δὲ σκῆπτρον βάλε γαίῃ Il.1.245
, Od.2.80; με βάλῃ.. ποτὶ πέτρῃ 5.415
, cf. 7.279, 9.284; νῆας ποτὶ σπιλάδεσσιν ἔαξαν 3.298
, cf. 5.401; λιαζόμενον ποτὶ γαίῃ sinking on the ground, Il.20.420; ἴσχοντες πρὸς ταῖς πόλεσι Th.7.35
.

4 sts. with a notion of clinging closely, προτὶ οἷ λάβε clasped to him, Il.20.418; προτὶ οἷ εἷλε 21.507
; πρὸς ἀλλήλῃσιν ἔχονται Od.5.329
; προσπεπλασμένας.. π. ὄρεσι Hdt.3.111
; π. δμῳαῖσι κλίνομαι fall into the arms of.., S.Ant. 1189;
π. τινί
close to, Men. Epit. 204
.

II to express close engagement, at the point of, π. αὐτῷ γ' εἰμὶ τῷ δεινῷ λέγειν S.OT 1169
; engaged in or about, π. τῷ εἰρημένῳ λόγῳ ἦν Pl.Phd. 84c
, cf. Phdr. 249c, 249d; ἂν π. τῷ σκοπεῖν.. γένησθε D.18.176
; ἀεὶ π. ᾧ εἴη ἔργῳ, τοῦτο ἔπραττεν X. HG4.8.22
; διατρίβειν or σχολάζειν π. τινί, Epicr.11.3 (anap.), Arist. Pol. 1308b36 (but π. ταῦτα ἐσχόλασα X.Mem.3.6.6
); ὅλος εἶναι π. τῷ λήμματι D.19.127
; π. τῇ ἀνάγκῃ ταύτῃ γίγνεσθαι Aeschin.1.74
; τὴν διάνοιαν, τὴν γνώμην ἔχειν π. τινί, Pl.R. 500b, Aeschin.3.192; κατατάξαι αὐτὸν π. γράμμασιν, i.e. give him a post as clerk, PCair.Zen. 342.3 (iii B. C.); ὁ π. τοῖς γράμμασι τεταγμένος Plb.15.27.7
, cf. 5.54.7, D.S.2.29,3.22; ἐπιμελητὴς π. τῇ εἰκασίᾳ τοῦ σησάμου PTeb.713.2
, cf.709.1 (ii B. C.).

III to express union or addition, once in Hom., ἄασάν μ' ἕταροί τε κακοὶ π. τοῖσί τε ὕπνος and besides them sleep, Od.10.68;
π. τοῖς παροῦσιν ἄλλα
in addition to, A.Pr. 323
, cf. Pers. 531, Xenoph.8.3. Emp.59.3; ἄλλους π. ἑαυτῷ Th.1.90
; π. ταῖς ἡμετέραις [τριήρεσι] Id.6.90; δέκα μῆνας π. ἄλλοις πέντε S.Tr.45
; τρίτος.. π. δέκ' ἄλλαισιν γοναῖς A.Pr. 774
; κυβερνήτης π. τῇ σκυτοτομίᾳ in addition to his trade of leather-cutter, Pl.R. 397e: freq. with neut. Adjs., π. τῷ νέῳ ἁπαλός besides his youth, Id.Smp. 195c, cf. Tht. 185e; π. τῷ βλαβερῷ καὶ ἀηδέστατον Id.Phdr. 240b
; π. τούτοισι besides this, Hdt.2.51, cf. A.Pers. 237 (troch.), etc.; rarely in sg., π. τούτῳ Hdt.1.31
,41; π. τοῖς ἄλλοις besides all the rest, Th.2.61, etc.:—cf. the Advb. usage, infr. D.

C WITH ACCUS., it expresses motion or direction towards an object:

I of Place, towards, to, with Verbs of Motion, ἰέναι π. Ὄλυμπον Il.1.420
; ἰέναι π. δώματα, etc., Od.2.288, etc.; ἰέναι π. ἠῶ τ' ἠέλιόν τε Il.12.239
; φέρειν προτὶ ἄστυ, ἄγειν προτὶ Ἴλιον, etc., 13.538, 657, etc.; ἄγεσθαιπρὸς οἶκον, ἐρύεσθαι ποτὶ Ἴλιον, 9.147,18.174; ὠθεῖν, δίεσθαι προτὶ ἄστυ, 16.45, 15.681, etc.; ῥίπτασκε ποτὶ νέφεα Od.8.374
; βαλεῖν ποτὶ πέτρας 12.71
; κυλινδόμενα προτὶ χέρσον 9.147
; ἀπῆλθε πρὸς ἑαυτόν returned to his home, LXX Nu.24.25; κληθῆναι π. τὸ δεῖπνον (rarer than ἐπὶ δεῖπνον) Plu. Cat.Ma.3.

2 with Verbs implying previous motion, upon, against, π. τεῖχος, π. κίονα ἐρείσας, Il.22.112, Od.8.66; ἅρματα.. ἔκλιναν π. ἐνώπια Il.8.435
; ἔγχος ἔστησε π. κίονα Od.1.127
; ποτὶ τοῖχον ἀρηρότες 2.342
; ποτὶ βωμὸν ἵζεσθαι 22.334
; πρὸς γοῦνα καθέζετό τινος 18.395
; π. ἄλλοτ' ἄλλον πημονὴ προσιζάνει A.Pr. 278
; τὰ πολλὰ πατρὸς π. τάφον κτερίσματα S.El. 931
; χῶρον π. αὐτὸν τόνδ' dub. in Id.Ph.23; later, ἔστη π. τὸν στῦλον LXX 4 Ki.23.3
; ὁ ὄχλος π. τὴν θάλασσαν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς ἦσαν Ev.Marc.4.1
; π. ὑμᾶς παραμενῶ with you, 1 Ep.Cor.16.6;
ἐκήδευσαν τὸν.. πατέρα.. π. τοὺς λοιποὺς συγγενεῖς
beside, Supp.Epigr.6.106
([place name] Cotiaeum).

b of addition, ποὶ τὰν στάλαν ποιγραψάνσθω τάδε SIG56.46
(Argos, v B. C.); ἵππον προσετίθει πρὸς τοὔνομα Ar.Nu.63
, cf. Hdt.6.125, X.HG1.5.6, Pl.Phlb. 33c, Arist.Rh. 1359b28; προσεδαπάνησε π. τὸ μερισθὲν αὐτῷ εἰς τὸ ἔλαιον ἐκ τῶν ἰδίων over and above the sum allotted to him, IG22.1227.9; προσετέθη π. τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ was gathered to his people, LXX Ge.49.33.

3 with Verbs of seeing, looking, etc., towards, ἰδεῖν π. τινά Od.12.244
, al.; ὁρᾶν, ἀποβλέπειν π. τι or τινά, A.Supp. 725, Ar.Ach. 291, etc.; ἀνταυγεῖ π. Ὄλυμπον Emp.44
; στάντε ποτὶ πνοιήν so as to face it, Il.11.622 (similarly, πέτονται πρὸς τὸ πνεῦμα against the wind, Arist.HA 597a32); κλαίεσκε π. οὐρανόν cried to heaven, Il.8.364: freq. of points of the compass, π. ζόφον κεῖσθαι lie towards the West, Od.9.26; ναίειν π. ἠῶ τ' ἠέλιόν τε 13.240
; στάντα π. πρώτην ἕω S.OC 477
; so in Prose, π. ἠῶ τε καὶ ἡλίου ἀνατολάς Hdt. 1.201
, cf. 4.40; π. βορέην τε καὶ νότον Id.2.149
; also ἀκτὴ π. Τυρσηνίην τετραμμένη τῆς Σικελίης Id.6.22
(v. supr. A. 1.2); π. ἥλιον facing the sun, and so, in the sunlight, Ar.V. 772; so π. λύχνον by lamplight, Id. Pax 692, Jul.Ep.4; π. τὸ λύχνον Hippon.22
Diehl, cf. Arist.Mete. 375a27; πὸτ τὸ πῦρ Ar.Ach. 751
; πρὸς τὸ πῦρ Pl.R. 372d
, cf. Arist.Pr. 870a21; π. φῶς in open day, S.El. 640; but, by torch-light, Plu.2.237a.

4 in hostile sense, against, π. Τρῶας μάχεαι Il.17.471
; ἐστρατόωνθ'.. π. τείχεα Θήβης 4.378
; π. δαίμονα against his will, 17.98; βεβλήκει π. στῆθος 4.108
; γούνατ' ἐπήδα π. ῥόον ἀΐσσοντος 21.303
; χρὴ π. θεὸν οὐκ ἐρίζειν Pi.P.2.88
; π. τοὐμὸν σπέρμα χωρήσαντα S.Tr. 304
; ἐπιέναι π. τινάς Th.2.65
; ὅσα ἔπραξαν οἱ Ἕλληνες π. τε ἀλλήλους καὶ τὸν βάρβαρον Id.1.118
; ἀγωνίζεσθαι π. τινά Pl.R. 579c
; ἀντιτάττεσθαι π. πόλιν X.Cyr.3.1.18
: also in argument, in reply to, ταῦτα π. τὸν Πιττακὸν εἴρηται Pl.Prt. 345c
; and so in the titles of judicial speeches, πρός τινα in reply to, less strong than κατά τινος against or in accusation, D.20 tit., etc.; μήτε π. ἐμὲ μήτε κατ' ἐμοῦ δίκην εἶναι Is.11.34
.

5 without any hostile sense, π. ἀλλήλους ἔπεα πτερόεντ' ἀγόρευον Il.3.155
,cf.5.274,11.403,17.200; π.ξεῖνον φάσθαι ἔπος ἠδ' ἐπακοῦσαι Od.17.584
; λέγειν, εἰπεῖν, φράζειν π. τινά, Hdt. 1.8,90, Ar.V. 335, Nu. 359; ἀπαγγεῖλαι π. τινάς A.Ch. 267
; μνησθῆναι π. τινά Lys.1.19
, etc.; ἀμείψασθαι π. τινά Hdt.8.60
codd.; ἀποκρίνεσθαι π. τινάς Ar.Ach. 632
, Th.5.42; ὤμοσε δὲ π. ἔμ' αὐτόν he swore to me, Od.14.331: π. sts. governs the reflex. pron., διαλογίζεσθαι π. ὑμᾶς αὐτούς Is.7.45
; ἀναμνήσθητε, ἐνθυμήθητε π. ὑμᾶς αὐτούς, Isoc.6.52, 15.60; π. ἐμαυτὸν.. ἐλογιζόμην Pl.Ap. 21d
; μινύρεσθαι, ἄδειν π. ἑαυτόν, Ar.Ec. 880, 931; ἐπικωκύω.. αὐτὴ π. αὑτήν S.El. 285
.

b π. σφέας ἔχειν δοκέουσι, i.e. they think they are pregnant, Hp.Nat.Puer. 30.

6 of various kinds of intercourse or reciprocal action, π... Διομήδεα τεύχε' ἄμειβεν changed arms with Diomedes, Il.6.235; ὅσα.. ξυμβόλαια.. ἦν τοῖς ἰδιώταις π. τοὺς ἰδιώτας ἢ ἰδιώτῃ π. τὸ κοινόν IG12.116.19
; σπονδάς, συνθήκας ποιεῖσθαι π. τινά, Th.4.15, Plb.1.17.6; ξυγχωρεῖν π. τινάς Th.2.59
; γίγνεται ὁμολογία π. τινάς Id.7.82
, cf. Hdt. 1.61; π. τινὰς ξυμμαχίαν ποιεῖς θαι Th.5.22
; π. ἀλλήλους ἡσυχίαν εἶχον καὶ π. τοὺς ἄλλους.. εἰρήνην ἦγον Isoc.7.51
; π. ἀλλήλους ἔχθραι τε καὶ στέργηθρα A.Pr. 491
; also σαίνειν ποτὶ πάντας Pi.P.2.82
, cf. O.4.6; παίζειν πρός τινας E.HF 952
, etc.; ἀφροδισιάζειν π. τινά X.Mem.1.3.14
; ἀγαθὸς γίγνεσθαι π. τινά Th.1.86
; εὐσεβὴς π. τινὰς πέλειν A.Supp. 340
; διαλέγεσθαι π. τινά converse with.., X.Mem.1.6.1, Aeschin.2.38,40, 3.219; κοινοῦσθαι π. τινάς Pl.Lg. 930c
; π. τοὺς οἰκέτας ἀνακοινοῦσθαι περὶ τῶν μεγίστων Thphr.Char.4.2
; διαλογίζεσθαι π. τινά balance accounts with.., D.52.3, cf. SIG241.127 (Delph., iv B. C.); ἃ ἔχει διελόμενος π. τὸν ἀδελφόν IG12(7).55.8
(Amorgos, iv/iii B. C.), cf. D. 47.34.

b in phrases of the form ἡ π. τινὰ εὔνοια (ἔχθρα, etc.), π. sts. means towards, as ἡ π. αὑτοὺς φιλία the affection of their wives towards or for them, X.Cyr.3.1.39; ἡ π. ὑμᾶς ἔχθρα Id.HG3.5.10
; ἡ ἀπέχθεια ἡ π. τοὺς πλουσίους Arist.Pol. 1305a23
; τὴν π. τοὺς τετελευτηκότας εὔνοιαν ὑπάρχουσαν D.18.314
, cf. SIG352.13 (Ephesus, iv/iii B. C.), al.; φυσικαὶ τοκέων στοργαὶ π. τέκνα ποθεινά IG12(5).305.13
([place name] Paros): but sts. at the hands of, ἡ π. τὸ θεῖον εὐμένεια the favour of the gods, Th.5.105; φθόνος τοῖς ζῶσι π. τὸ ἀντίπαλον jealousy is incurred by the living at the hands of their rivals, Id.2.45; τὴν ἀπέχθειαν τὴν π. Θηβαίους.. τῇ πόλει γενέσθαι the hostility incurred by Athens at the hands of the Thebans, D.18.36, cf.6.3, 19.85; τῇ φιλίᾳ τῇ π. τὸν τετελευτηκότα the friendship with (not 'affection for') the deceased, Is.1.17, cf. Pl.Ap. 21c, 28a, Isoc.15.101,19.50, Lycurg.135, Din.1.19, etc.; τίνος ὄντος ἐμοὶ π. ὑμᾶς ἐγκλήματος; Lys.10.23
, cf. 16.10; τιμώμενος.. διὰ τὴν π. ὑμᾶς πίστιν Din.3.12
, cf. Lys.12.67, D.20.25; τῷ φόβῳ τῷ π. ὑμᾶς the fear inspired by you, Id.25.93; τῇ π. Ῥωμαίους εὐνοία his popularity with the Romans, Plb.23.7.5.

7 of legal or other business transacted before a magistrate, witness, etc., τάδε ὁ σύλλογος ἐβουλεύσατο.. π. μνήμονας SIG45.8
(Halic., v B. C.), cf. IG7.15.1 (Megara, ii B. C.); γράφεσθαι αὐτὸν κλοπῆς.. π. τοὺς ἐπιμελητάς ib.12.65.46; ἀτέλειαν εἶναι αὐτῷ καὶ δίκας π. τὸν πολέμαρχον ib.153.7; λόγον διδόντων τῶν.. χρημάτων.. π. τοὺς λογιστάς ib.91.27; before a jury, ἔστι δὲ τούτοις μὲν π. ὑμᾶς ἁγών, ὑμῖν δὲ π. ἅπασαν τὴν πόλιν Lys. 26.14
; ἀντιδικῆσαι τῷ παιδὶ.. π. ὑμᾶς Is.11.19
codd. (dub.); before a witness to whom an appeal for corroboration is made, Id.3.25; ὀμόσαντες πὸ (τ) τὸν θεόν Schwyzer 418.11
([place name] Elis); φέρρεν αὐτὸν πὸ (τ) τὸν Δία in the eyes of Zeus, ib.415.7(ibid.); λαχεῖν πρὸς τὸν ἄρχοντα, γράφεσθαι π. τοὺς θεσμοθέτας, D.43.15, Lex ib.21.47, cf. Arist.Ath.56.6; τοῖς ἐμπόροις εἶναι τὰς δίκας π. τοὺς θεσμοθέτας D.33.1
; θέντων τὰ.. ποτήρια.. π. Πολύχαρμον having pawned the cups with P., IPE12.32A15 (Olbia, iii B. C.); also διαβάλλειν τινὰ π. τοὺς πολλούς X. Mem. 1.2.31
, cf. D.7.33.

II of Time, towards or near a certain time, at or about, ποτὶ ἕσπερα Od.17.191
; ποτὶἕσπερον Hes.Op. 552
; πρὸς ἑσπέραν Pl.R. 328a
; ἐπεὶ π. ἑσπέραν ἦν X.HG4.3.22
; π. ἡμέραν Id.An.4.5.21
; π. ὄρθρον Ar.Lys. 1089
; ποτ' ὄρθρον (nisi leg. πότορθρον) Theoc.5.126, Erinn. in PSI9.1090.48 + 8 (p.xii); πρὸς ἕω Ar.Ec. 312
; π.ἀῶ ἐγρέσθαι, π. ἡμέραν ἐξεγρέσθαι, Theoc.18.55, Pl.Smp. 223c; π. γῆρας, π. τὸ γῆρας, in old age, E.Med. 592, Pl.Lg. 653a; π. εὐάνθεμον φυάν in the bloom of life, Pi.O.1.67; μέχρις ὅτου π. γυναῖκας ὦσι, i.e.of marriageable age, IG22.1368.41: later, π.τὸ παρόν for the moment, Luc.Ep. Sat.28, etc.; v. infr. 111.5.

III of Relation between two objects,

1 in reference to, in respect of, touching, τὰ π. τὸν πόλεμον military matters, equipments, etc., Th.2.17, etc.; τὰ π. τὸν βασιλέα our relations to the King, D.14.2; τὰ π. βασιλέα πράγματα the negotiations with the King, Th.1.128; τὰ π. τοὺς θεούς our relations, i.e. duties, to the gods, S.Ph. 1441; μέτεστι π. τὰ ἴδια διάφορα πᾶσι τὸ ἴσον.. ἐλευθέρως δὲ τὰ π. τὸ κοινὸν πολιτεύομεν Th.2.37
;
οὐδὲν διοίσει π. τὸ γενέσθαι..
in respect of.., Arist.APr. 24a25
, cf. Pl.Phd. 111b; ἕτερος λόγος, οὐ π. ἐμέ that is another matter, and does not concern me, D.18.44, cf. 21,60, Isoc.4.12; τῶν φορέτρων ὄντων π. ἐμέ freightage shall be my concern, i.e. borne by me, PAmh.91.18 (ii A. D.); π. τοῦτον ἦν ἡ τῶν διαφόρων πρᾶξις LXX 2 Ma.4.28
; ἐὰν.. βοᾷ καὶ σχετλιάζῃ μηδὲν π. τὸ πρᾶγμα, nihil ad rem, D.40.61; οὐδὲν π. τὸν Διόνυσον Prov. ap.Plb.39.2.3, Suid.; οὐδὲν αὐτῷ π. τὴν πόλιν ἐστίν he owes no reckoning to the State, D.21.44; λόγος ἐστὶν ἐμοὶ π. Ἀθηναίους Philonid. 1
D.; π. Ἰάσονά ἐστιν αὐτῷ περὶ τῆς τιμῆς PHamb.27.8
(iii B. C.), cf. PCair.Zen.150.18 (iii B. C.); ἔσται αὐτῷ π. τὸν Θεόν (sc. ὁ λόγος ) he shall have to reckon with God, Supp.Epigr.6.188, cf. 194, al. ([place name] Eumenia); without αὐτῷ, ib.236 ([place name] Phrygia); ἔσται π. τὴν Τριάδαν MAMA1.168
, cf. Supp.Epigr.6.302 (Laodicea Combusta); ἕξει π. τὸν Θεόν ib.300, al. (ibid.); ἕξει π. τὴν ἐωνίαν κρίσιν ib.4.733 ([place name] Eukhaita), cf. 6.841 ([place name] Cyprus); π. πολλοὺς ἔχων ἀγωνιστάς Suid.
s.v. ὅσα μῦς ἐν πίσσῃ, cf. 2 Ep.Cor.5.12: with Advbs., ἀσφαλῶς ἔχειν π. τι X.Mem.1.3.14
, etc.; [τὸ or τὰ] πρός τι, the relative term or terms, Arist.Cat. 1b25, 6a36, al.; τὸ π. τι, Pythag. name for two, Theol.Ar.8; π. ἡμᾶς relatively to us, opp. ἁπλῶς, Arist.APo. 72a1; ὀρθὸς πρός or ποτί c. acc., perpendicular to, Archim.Sph.Cyl.2.3, Spir.20; ἁ Δζ ποτὶ τὰν ΑΔ ἀμβλεῖαν ποιεῖ γωνίαν ib.16.

2 in reference to, in consequence of, πρὸς τοῦτο τὸ κήρυγμα Hdt.3.52
, cf. 4.161;
π. τὴν φήμην
in view of.., Id.3.153
, cf. Th.8.39; χαλεπαίνειν π. τι Id.2.59
; ἀθύμως ἔχειν π. τι X.HG4.5.4
, etc.: with neut. Pron.,
π. τί;
wherefore? to what end? S.OT 766
, 1027, etc.; π. οὐδέν for nothing, in vain, Id.Aj. 1018; π. οὐδὲν ἀναγκαῖον unnecessarily, Sch.Il.9.23;
π. ταῦτα
therefore, this being so, Hdt.5.9
,40, A.Pr. 915, 992, S.OT 426, etc.; cf. οὗτος c. v111.1b.

3 in reference to or for a purpose, ἕστηκεν.. μῆλα π. σφαγάς A.Ag. 1057
; χρήσιμος, ἱκανὸς π. τι, Pl.Grg. 474d, Prt. 322b; ὡς π. τί χρείας; S.OT 1174
, cf. OC71, Tr. 1182; ἕτοιμος π. τι X.Mem.4.5.12
; ἱκανῶς ὡς π. τὴν παροῦσαν χρείαν Arist. Cael. 269b21
; ἢν ἀρήγειν φαίνηται π. τὴν σύμπασαν νοῦσον Hp.Acut. 60
; ποιεῖ π. ἐπιλημπτικούς is efficacious for cases of epilepsy, Dsc.1.6; ἐθέλοντες τὰ π. τὴν νοῦσον ἡδέα μᾶλλον ἢ τὰ π. τὴν ὑγιείην προσδέχεσθαι Hp. de Arte7
.

b with a view to or for a future time, ὅπως.. γράμματα δῷ π. ἢν ἂν ἡμέραν ἑκάτεροι παραγίνωνται SIG679.62
(Senatus consultum, ii B. C.); θαυμάζεται τὰ Περικλέους ἔργα π. πολὺν χρόνον ἐν ὀλίγῳ γενόμενα Plu.Per.13
.

c = πρός B. 11, ἐγίνετο π. ἀναζογήν Plb.3.92.8
; ὄντων π. τὸ κωλύειν Id.1.26.3
, cf. 1.29.3, al., Plu.Nic.5.

4 in proportion or relation to, in comparison with, κοῖός τις δοκέοι ἀνὴρ εἶναι π. τὸν πατέρα Κῦρον Hdt.3.34
; ἔργα λόγου μέζω π. πᾶσαν χώρην Id.2.35
; π. πάντας τοὺς ἄλλους Id.3.94
, 8.44; πολλὴν ἂν οἶμαι ἀπιστίαν τῆς δυνάμεως.. π. τὸ κλέος αὐτῶν εἶναι Th.1.10
, cf. Pi.O.2.88, Pl. Prt. 327d, 328c, Phd. 102c, etc.; π. τὰς μεγίστας καὶ ἐλαχίστας ναῦς τὸ μέσον σκοπεῖν the mean between.., Th.1.10; τὸ κάλλιστον τῶν ἔργων π. τὸ αἴσχιστον συμβαλεῖν Lycurg.68
; ἓν π. ἓν συμβάλλειν Hdt.4.50
; also ἔχεις π. τὰ ἔτη μέλαιναν τὴν τρίχα Thphr. Char.2.3
; ἐνδεεστέρως ἢ π. τὴν ἐξουσίαν Th.4.39
: also of mathematical ratio, οἷος ὁ πρῶτος (sc. ὅρος) ποτὶ τὸν δεύτερον, καὶ ὁ δεύτερος ποτὶ τὸν τρίτον Archyt.2
, cf. Philol.11, Pl.Ti. 36b, Arist.Rh. 1409a4, al., Euc. 5 Def.4, etc.; πρὸς παρεὸν.. μῆτις ἀέξεται ἀνθρώποισι in proportion to the existing (physical development), Emp.106: also of price, value, πωλεῖσθαι δὶς π. ἀργύριον sells twice against or relatively to silver, i.e. for twice its weight in silver, Thphr.HP9.6.4; πωλεῖται ὁ σταθμὸς αὐτοῦ π. διπλοῦν ἀργύριον Dsc.1.19
; [ἡ μαργαρῖτις λίθος] πωλεῖται.. π. χρυσίον for its weight in gold, Androsthenes ap.Ath.3.93b: metaph., π. ἀρετήν Pl.Phd. 69a
; ὅπως π. τὰς τιμὰς τῶν κριθῶν τὰ ἄλφιτα πωλήσουσι on the basis of the price of barley, Arist.Ath.51.3; ἐξέστω αὐτοῦ ἀπογραφὴ τῆς οὐσίας π. τοῦτο τὸ ἀργύριον Ἀθηναίων τῷ βουλομένῳ property equal in value to this silver, IG22.1013.14, cf. PHib. 1.32.9 (iii B. C.), IG5(1).1390.78 (Andania, i B. C.); τῶν ἐγγύων τῶν ἐγγυωμένων π. [αὐτὰ] τὰ κτήματα SIG364.42
(Ephesus, iii B. C.); θέντων τὰ ποτήρια π. χρυσοῦς ἑκατόν IPE12.32A16
(Olbia, iii B. C.); τοὺς ἀπαγομένους εἰς φυλακὴν π. τὰ χρέα imprisoned for debt, Plb. 38.11.10, cf. 1.72.5, 5.27.4,5,7,5.108.1, PTeb.707.9 (ii B. C.); τοὺς π. καταδίκας ἐκπεπτωκότας Plb.25.3.1
, cf. SIG742.31 (Ephesus, i B. C.); ἐγδίδομεν τὸ ἔργον.. π. χαλκόν IG7.3073.6
(Lebad., ii B. C.), cf. PSI5.356.7 (iii B. C.), PTeb. 825 (a).16 (ii B. C.), Sammelb.5106.3 (ii B. C.); οἷον π. ἀργύριον τὴν δόξαν τὰς ψυχὰς ἀποδιδόμενοι Jul. Or.1.42b
; π. ἅλας ἠγορασμένος, i.e. 'dirt cheap', Men.828 (also π. ἅλα δειπνεῖν καὶ κύαμον, i.e. dine frugally, take pot-luck, Plu.2.684f); so ἡδονὰς π. ἡδονὰς.. καταλλάττεσθαι Pl.Phd. 69a
; of measurements of time by the flow from the clepsydra, π. ἕνδεκα ἀμφορέας ἐν διαμεμετρημένῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ κρίνομαι Aeschin.2.126
, cf. Arist.Ath.67.2,3,69.2; λεγέσθω τᾶς δίκας ὁ μὲν πρᾶτος λόγος ἑκατέροις ποτὶ χόας δεκαοκτώ SIG953.17
(Calymna, ii B. C.); λεξάντων πρὸς τὴν τήρησιν τοῦ ὕδατος ib.683.60 (Olympia, ii B. C.); π. κλεψύδραν Eub.p.182 K., Epin. 2; π. κλεψύδρας Arist.Po. 1451a8
; π. ὀλίγον ὕδωρ ἀναγκαζόμενος λέγειν D.41.30
; hence later, π. ὀλίγον for a short time, ἐπανεῖναι π. ὀλίγον τὴν πολιορκίαν J.BJ5.9.1
, cf. Alex.Aphr. in Top.560.2, Hld.2.19, POxy67.14 (iv A.D.), Orib.Fr.116, Gp.4.15.8; π.ὀλίγον καιρόν, χρόνον, Antyll. ap. Orib.9.24.26, Paul.Aeg.Prooem.; π. ὀλίγον ἐστὶ τὸ ζῆν Poet. in Mus.Script.p.452 von Jan; μήτηρ δ' ἦν π. μικρόν Sammelb. 7288.4
([place name] Ptolemaic); π. βραχύ Jul.Or.1.47b
(but π. βραχὺ παρηβηκυίας (by) a little past their best, Gp.4.15.3); π. βραχὺν καιρόν Iamb. Protr. 21
.
κα'; π. τὸ ἀκαρές Porph.Gaur.3.3
; π. μίαν ἢ δευτέραν ἡμέραν Dsc. 2.101
, cf. Sor.1.56; π. δύο ἡμέρας ἐκοίμησα ἐκεῖ BGU775.8
(ii A. D.); π.μόνην τὴν ἐνεστῶσαν ἡμέραν Sammelb. 7399
(ii A.D.), cf. M.Ant.12.4; προστιμάσθω π. χρόνον μὴ εἰσελθεῖν ὅσον ἂν δόξῃ IG22.1368.89
.

5 in or by reference to, according to, in view of, π. τὸ παρεὸν βουλεύεσθαι Hdt. 1.20
, cf. 113, Th.6.46,47, IG22.1.20, etc.; π. τὴν παροῦσαν ἀρρωστίαν Th.7.47
; ἵνα π. τὸν ὑπάρχοντα καιρὸν ἕκαστα θεωρῆτε D.18.17
, cf. 314, etc.; εἴ τι δεῖ τεκμαίρεσθαι π. τὸν ἄλλον τρόπον Id.27.22
; τοῖς π. ὑμᾶς ζῶσι those who live with your interests in view, Id.19.226; ἐλευθέρου τὸ μὴ π. ἄλλον ζῆν Arist.Rh. 1367a32
; π. τοῦτον πάντ' ἐσκόπουν, π. τοῦτον ἐποιοῦντο τὴν εἰρήνην D.19.63
; τὸ παιδεύεσθαι π. τὰς πολιτείας suitably to them, Arist.Pol. 1310a14; ὁρῶ.. ἅπαντας π. τὴν παροῦσαν δύναμιν τῶν δικαίων ἀξιουμένους according to their power, D.15.28;
π. τὰς τύχας γὰρ τὰς φρένας κεκτήμεθα
according to.., E.Hipp. 701
; πὸς τὰς συνθέσις in accordance with the agreements, IG5(2).343.41,60 (Orchom. Arc.); τὸν δικαστὰν ὀμνύντα κρῖναι πορτὶ τὰ μωλιόμενα having regard to the pleadings, Leg.Gort.5.44, cf. 9.30; αἱ ἀρχαὶ.. πρὸς τὰ κατεσκευασμένα σύμβολα σηκώματα ποιησάμεναι after making weights and measures in accordance with, or by reference to, the established standards, IG22.1013.7; π. τὰ στάθμια τὰ ἐν τῷ ἀργυροκοπίῳ as measured by the weights in the mint, ib. 30, cf. PAmh.43.10 (ii B. C.); [Εόλων] ἐποίησε σταθμὰ π. τὸ νόμισμα made (trade-) weights on the basis of (i.e. proportional to) the coinage, Arist.Ath.10.2; ὀρθὸν π. τὸν διαβήτην IG22.1668.9
, cf. 95,7.3073.108 (Lebad., ii B. C.); π. τὸ δικαιότατον in accordance with the most just principle, D.C.Fr.104.6.

6 with the accompaniment of musical instruments, π. κάλαμον Pi.O.10(11).84
; π. αὐλόν or τὸν αὐλόν, E.Alc. 346, X.Smp.6.3, etc.; π. λύραν.. ᾄδειν SIG662.13
(Delos, ii B. C.); π. ῥυθμὸν ἐμβαίνειν to step in time, D.S.5.34.

7 [full] πρός c.acc. freq. periphr. for Adv., π. βίαν, = βιαίως, under compulsion, νῦν χρὴ.. τινα π. βίαν πώνην Alc.20
(s.v.l.); π. βίαν ἐπίνομεν Ar.Ach.73
; τὸ π. βίαν πίνειν ἴσον πέφυκε τῷ διψῆν κακόν S.Fr. 735
; ἥκω.. π. βίαν under compulsion, Critias 16.10 D.; by force, forcibly, A.Pr. 210, 355, etc.; οὐ π. βίαν τινός not forced by any one, Id.Eu.5 (but also, in spite of any one, S.OC 657); π. τὸ βίαιον A.Ag. 130
(lyr.); π. τὸ καρτερόν Id.Pr. 214
; π. ἀλκήν, π. ἀνάγκαν, Id.Th. 498, Pers. 569 (lyr.); οὐ διαχωρέεει [ἡ γαστὴρ] εἰ μὴ π. ἀνάγκην Hp. Prog.8
,19; π. ἰσχύος κράτος S.Ph. 594
; π. ἡδονὴν εἶναί τινι A.Pr. 494
; π. ἡδονὴν λέγειν, δημηγορεῖν, so as to please, Th.2.65, S.El. 921, D.4.38, cf. E.Med. 773; οἱ πάντα π. ἡδονὴν ἐπαινοῦντες Arist.EN 1126b13
; ἅπαντα π. ἡδ. ζητεῖν D.1.15
, cf. 18.4; λούσασθαι τὸ σῶμα π. ἡδ. as much or little as one like s, Hp.Mul.2.133; πίνειν π. ἡδ. Pl. Smp. 176e
; π. τὸ τερπνόν calculated to delight, Th.2.53; π. χάριν so as to gratify, μήτε π. ἔχθραν ποιεῖσθαι λόγον μήτε π. χ. D.8.1
, cf. S.OT 1152; π. χάριν δημηγορεῖν D.3.3
, etc.: c. gen. rei, π. χάριν τινός for the sake of, π. χ. βορᾶς S.Ant.30
, cf. Ph. 1156 (lyr.);
π. ἰσχύος χ.
by means of, E.Med. 538
; π. ὀργήν with anger, angrily, S.El. 369, Th.2.65, D.53.16 (v.l.); π. ὀργὴν ἐλθεῖν τινι Id.39.23
, etc.; π. τὸ λιπαρές importunately, S.OC 1119; π. εὐσέβειαν Id.El. 464
; π. καιρόν seasonably, Id.Aj.38, etc.; π. φύσιν Id.Tr. 308
; π. εὐτέλειαν cheaply, Antiph.226.2; π. μέρος in due proportion, D.36.32; π. ὀλίγον μέρος Gp.2.15.1
; τέτραπτο π. ἰθύ οἱ straight towards him, Il.14.403; π. ὀρθὰς (sc. γωνίας ( .. τῇ AEB at right angles to, Arist.Mete. 373a14, cf. Euc.1.11, Archim.Sph.Cyl.1.3; π. ὀρθὴν τέμνουσα Arist.Mete. 363b2
; π. ἀχθηδόνα, π. ἀπέχθειαν, Luc.Tox.9, Hist.Conscr.38; γυνὴ π. ἀλήθειαν οὖσα in truth a woman, a very woman, Ath.15.687a, cf. Luc. JTr.48, Alex.61: c. [comp] Sup., π. τὰ μέγιστα in the highest degree, Hdt.8.20.

8 of Numbers. up to, about, Plb.16.7.5, etc.: cf. πρόσπου.

D ABS. AS ADV., besides, over and above; in Hom. always π. δέ or ποτὶ δέ, Il.5.307, 10.108, al., cf. Hdt.1.71, etc.; π. δὲ καί ib. 164, 207; π. δὲ ἔτι Id.3.74
; καὶ π. Id.7.154
, 184, prob. in A.Ch. 301, etc.; καὶ π. γε E.Hel. 110
, Pl.R. 328a, 466e; καὶ.. γε π. A.Pr.73
; καὶ δὴ π. Hdt.5.67
; freq. at the end of a second clause, τάδε λέγω, δράσω τε π. E.Or. 622
; ἀλογία.., καὶ ἀμαθία γε π. Pl.Men. 90e
, cf. E.Ph. 610; ἐνενήκοντα καὶ μικρόν τι π. D.4.28
, cf. 22.60.

E IN COMPOS.,

I motion towards, as προσάγω, προσέρχομαι, etc.

II addition, besides, as προσκτάομαι, προσδίδωμι, προστίθημι, etc.

III a being on, at, by, or beside: hence, a remaining beside, and metaph. connexion and engagement with anything, as πρόσειμι, προσγίγνομαι, etc.

F REMARKS,

1 in poetry πρός sts. stands after its case and before an attribute, ποίμνας βουστάσεις τε π. πατρός A.Pr. 653
, cf. Th. 185, S.OT 178 (lyr.), E.Or.94; ἄστυ πότι (or ποτὶ) σφέτερον Il.17.419
, cf. Pi.O.4.5.

2 in Hom. it is freq. separated from its Verb by tmesis.

3 sts. (in violation of the rule given by A.D.Synt.127.8, Pron.42.5) followed by an enclit. Pron., πρός με S.Aj. 292
, Ar.Pl. 1055, D.18.14 (v.l.), Men.978, Pk.77, Com.Adesp.15.25 D., 22.68 D., etc.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > πρός
13 ὅστις

ὅστις, ἥτις, ὅ τι (sts. written ὅ, τι to dist. it from ὅτι,

A that): Hom. has also the masc. collat. form ὅτις Od.1.47
, al. (also in Critias 2.9 and [dialect] Ion. and Arc. Prose, Jahresh.12.136 ([place name] Erythrae), IG12(5).22 ([place name] Ios), 5(2).343.34 (Orchom. Arc.)) and the neut. ὅττι Od.9.402
, al., cf. ὄττι Alc.45
.—In some forms only the second part is inflected, viz. gen. ὅτου Th.1.23
, al., [dialect] Ep. ὅττεο Od.1.124
, later [dialect] Ion. ὅτεο Jahresh.l.c., [var] contr. ὅττευ Od.17.121
, ὅτευ ib. 421, Hdt.1.7; Lesb. ὄττω Sapph.Supp.5.3
; dat. ὅτῳ Th.1.36
, al.; perh. also in [dialect] Ion., Emp. 2.5, Democr.99, Hp.VC14; [dialect] Ep. ὅτεῳ Od.2.114
, and as disyll., Il.12.428, 15.664; so Hdt.1.86, al., Democr.100, Heraclit.15, SIG194.21 (Amphipolis, iv B. C.); Arc. ὀσέοι IG5(2).262.14 (Mantinea, v B. C.); [dialect] Ep. acc. ὅτινα Od.8.204
, 15.395; Delph. gen. ὅτινος IG22.1126.37
(iv B. C.), also Berl.Sitzb.1927.167 ([place name] Cyrene); Delph. dat. ὅτινι IG 22.1126.25
; Cret. dat. sg. ὄτιμι Leg.Gort.7.51
, 8.7, al.: pl., nom. masc. Arg. ὄττινες Mnemos.44.65
(iii B. C.); neut. ὅτινα Il.22.450
; gen. ὅτεων Od.10.39
, Hdt.8.65, [dialect] Att. ὅτων S.OT 414
, X.An.7.6.24 (cj.), Oec.3.2 (cj.) (also in Hes.Fr. 238, Anaxag.12, Hp.Aër.21); dat. ὁτέοισι ([etym.] ν) Il.15.491, Hdt.2.82, [dialect] Att. ὅτοισι S.Ant. 1335
, Ar.Eq. 758, ὅτοις S.Tr. 1119
; acc. ὅτινας Il.15.492
, [dialect] Aeol. ὄττινας Sapph.12
: in a few forms only the first part is inflected, Cret. gen. sg. ὦτι prob. in Leg.Gort.1.5, 2.50, 11.50, al., GDI4993 ii 10: neut. pl. ἄτι Leg.Gort.2.47
, al.: of the forms with double inflexion Hom. has only ὅν τινα Il.2.188
, al., ἥν τινα 3.286
, al., οἵ τινες Od.4.94
, al., οὕς τινας Il.4.240
, al., ἅς τινας Od.8.573
; ᾧτινι first in Hes.Op.31, ἧστινος A.Ag. 1358
, ᾗ τινι δή Th.8.87
, οἷστισι Ar. Pax 1279
: [dialect] Att. Inscrr. have ἧστινος ᾗτινι along with masc. and neut. ὅτου ὅτῳ, and this rule holds with few exceptions in Trag. and [dialect] Att. Prose before iv B. C.; ᾡτινιοῦν occurs in Lys.1.37, etc.: ὅτῳ rarely as fem., E.IT 1071.—For the [dialect] Ion. and [dialect] Ep. form [full] ἅσσα, [dialect] Att. ἅττα, v. ἅσσα.—On the concord and construction cf. ὅς B. 1.1
,3, 11.3, 111.2a,b:—Radic. sense, any one who, anything which, whosoever, whichsoever; ὣς ἀπόλοιτο καὶ ἄλλος, ὅτις τοιαῦτά γε ῥέζοι Od.1.47
; ἀθανάτων ὅς τίς σε φυλάσσει 15.35
, etc.: freq. without express antec., χαίρει δέ μιν ὅς τις ἐθείρῃ Il.21.347
; ἆσσον ἴτω ὅς τις δέπας οἴσεται 23.667
: hence freq. in maxims or sentiments, οὐκ ἔστιν ὅ. πάντ' ἀνὴρ εὐδαιμονεῖ Ar.Ra. 1217
; μακάριος ὅ. οὐσίαν καὶ νοῦν ἔχει Men.114
; οὗτος βέλτιστος ἂν εἴη, ὅ. .. Lys.3.4, etc.: freq. in such phrases as ὅστις εἶ, ὅστις ἐστί, v. ὅς B. 111.2; ἔστιν ὅ., freq. with a neg., οὐ γὰρ ἔην ὅς τίς σφιν.. ἡγήσαιτο Il.2.687
; οὐκ ἔστιν ὅτῳ μείζονα μοῖραν νείμαιμ' ἢ σοί A.Pr. 293
(anap.), cf. 989, 1070 (anap.), etc.; εἰσὶν οἵτινες S.Fr.354.5
; οὐδὲν ὅ τι οὐ .. everything, Hdt. 5.97, Th.7.87:—in these phrases the case of ὅστις commonly depends on that of οὐδείς; but sts. the reverse, v. οὐδείς 1.2: also joined with [comp] Sup., τρόπῳ ὅτῳ ἂν δύνωνται ἰσχυροτάτῳ Foed. ap. Th.5.23; ὅντινα ἀφανέστατον δύναιντο τρόπον Paus.10.1.5
: in Trag. and [dialect] Att. sts. strengthd. by an antec. πᾶς, but only in sg., ἅπας δὲ τραχὺς ὅ. ἂν νέον κρατῇ A.Pr.35
, cf. Th.8.90 ( πάντες ὅσοι being commonly used in pl., not πάντες οἵτινες; but πᾶσιν.. ὅστις ἐρωτᾷ IG12.410
).

II referring to a definite object, prop. only when a general notion is implied, Πολυκράτεα.., δι' ὅντινα κακῶς ἤκουσε, not the man through whom, but one through whom.., Hdt.3.120; τελευταῖόν σε προσβλέψαιμι νῦν, ὅστις πέφασμαι φύς τ' ἀφ' ὧν οὐ χρῆν may I see thee now for the last time, I who am one born from sinful parentage, S.OT 1184, cf. A.Pr. 38, Ag. 1065; but in quite definite sense, βωμόν, ὅστις νῦν ἔξω τῆς πόλεώς ἐστι Th.6.3
: sts. even with οὗτος or ὅδε as antec., Hdt.1.167, 2.99, 6.47, E.Hipp. 943, Theoc.8.87.

2 ἐφ' ὅτῳ, = ἐφ' ᾧτε, D.S.16.4; so ἐφ' ὅτῳ τε Delph.3(2).236
(ii B. C.).

III in indirect questions, Hom., etc., εἴπ' ἄγε μοι καὶ τόνδε.., ὅς τις ὅδ' ἐστί Il.3.192
, cf. 167, etc.; ἔσπετε νῦν μοι, Μοῦσαι, ὅς τις δὴ κτλ. who it was that.., 14.509; ξεῖνος ὅδ', οὐκ οἶδ' ὅς τις Od.8.28
: in dialogue, when the person questioned repeats the question asked by τίς, as
οὗτος τί ποιεῖς;—ὅ τι ποιῶ
; Ar.Ra. 198
; ἀλλὰ τίς γὰρ εἶ;—ὅστις; πολίτης χρηστός Id.Ach. 595
, cf. Pl. 462, Pl.Euthphr.2c, etc.

2 rare and late in direct questions,
ὅ τι ἐστὶ τὸ ἐμποδίζον
; A.D.Adv.140.12
; ἀνθ' ὅτου .. ; = why? Jul.Ep.82p.109B.-C.; cf. ὅπως.

IV limited or made more indefinite by the addition of Particles:

1 ὅστις γε being one who (cf. ὅσγε), S.OT 1335, OC 810, Ar.Ra. 1184.

2 ὅστις δή (v. δή IV. 1), freq. used without any distinct relative force, θεῶν ὅτεῳ δή to some one or other of the gods, Hdt.1.86; ὅτευ δὴ χρήματος δεησόμενον Id.3.121
; ᾗ τινι δὴ γνώμῃ Th.8.87
, etc.; also ὅ τι δήκοτε πρήξοντα Hdt.6.134
; ὅστις δήποτ' ὤν Pl.Phdr. 273c
; ὡς ἀπετύγχαν' ὁτουδήποτε D.19.167
; ὁτῳδήτινι τρόπῳ PFay.21.11
(ii A. D.); so

b ὁστισοῦν, ὁτιοῦν anybody (anything) whatsoever, Th.4.16, Pl. Smp. 198b, etc.; μετὰ ὁτουοῦν τρόπου Th.8.27
; ὁτῳοῦν Pl.Tht. 175a
; εἷς ὁστισοῦν any one person, Arist.Pol. 1286a31: freq. with neg., μηδ' ἂν ὁστισοῦν τυγχάνῃ ὤν Pl.Euthphr.5e
, cf. Phd. 78d, etc.; οὐδ' ὁτιοῦν not the least mite, nothing whatsoever, Ar.Nu. 344, Pl. 385; μηδοτιοῦν Thgn.64
: rarely, = whoever (whatever), as subject of a verb, ὁτιοῦν ἔτυχε τῶν ἐπὶ μέρους (v.l. ὅτι ἄν) Arist.Mu. 391a22.

c ὁστισδηποτοῦν D.40.8
, Aeschin.1.164.

d so also ὅστις alone, Pl.Hp.Ma. 282d, etc.: with neg., μηδὲ οἵτινες none at all, X.HG1.5.9; οὐδ' ἧστινος ἂν ἀσχολίας τὸ πρᾶγμα προσεδεῖτο Plb.9.14.6
.

3 ὅστις ποτε whoever, A.Ag. 160(lyr.), cf. Hdt.8.65.

4 ὅστις περ (cf. ὅσπερ), mostly in neut., ὅ τι πέρ ἐστ' ὄφελος Ar.Ec.53
, cf. Pl.R. 492e: in masc., D.21.225.

5 ὅστις τε, where τε is otiose as in ὅστε, Il.23.43, al.

V neut. ὅ τι used abs. as a Conj., v. ὅ τι.

VI ἐξ ὅτου from which time, S.OC 345, Tr. 326, Ar.Nu. 528, X.Cyr.8.2.16, etc.; ἐξ ὅτου περ Ar.Ach. 596
; ἀπ' ὅτευ since.., Hdt.1.7, cf. SIG45.18 (Halic., v B. C.); so
ἕως ὅτου
until.., Ev.Luc.13.8
.

2 from what cause, S. Tr. 671, E.Cyc. 639.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ὅστις
14 С-618

CO СТОРОНЫ PrepP Invar
1. \С-618 кого-чего Prep the resulting PrepP is adv

moving, coming, or issuing from some person, place, location etc

from the direction of.

Ему в голову не могло прийти, что у них гости и что ржание коня доносится со стороны микулицынского крыльца, из сада (Пастернак 1). It never occurred to him that they had guests or that the neighing came from the direction of Mikulitsyn's house (1a).

2. \С-618 смотреть, наблюдать, видно и т. п.
adv
(to look at s.o. or sth., be visible etc) from some distance away

from a distance.

На солнечном пригреве, на камне, ниже садовой скамейки, сидел Костоглотов... И даже не видно было со стороны, чтобы плечи его поднимались и опускались от дыхания (Солженицын 10). Kostoglotov was sitting in a sunny spot on a stone below a garden bench....From a distance one could not even see his shoulders rising and falling as he breathed... (10a).

3. — смотреть (на кого-что), судить, казаться и т. п.
adv
(to look at, judge etc s.o. or sth.) from the point of view of one who is not directly involved in the matter at hand, (to appear a certain way) to s.o. who is not directly involved in the matter at hand: (look at s.o. sth.) from the outside
from an outsider' perspective (point of view) from an outside viewpoint (as) seen from the outside (in limited contexts) as an outsider to an outsider (a bystander) ( sth. might look (seem etc)) (view sth.) with (great) detachment (take) a detached view.
Конечно, обидно: маловато успел. Со стороны может показаться, что вовсе не так. Я и то, и это, пятое, десятое. Но уж я-то знаю, что чепуха (Трифонов 5). It was humiliating, of course. I had accomplished very little. From an outsider's point of view it might not appear that way. I've done this, that, and a number of things. But I myself know how little it has all amounted to (5a).

В том-то и дело, что если рассказать с некоторой правдивостью любую жизнь со стороны и хотя бы отчасти изнутри, то картинка наша будет такова, что этот человек дальше жить не имеет ни малейшей возможности (Битов 2). That's just the point, that if we tell the story of any life with a degree of truthfulness, from an outside viewpoint and at least partially from within, then the picture will be such that the man hasn't the slightest chance of living on (2a).

...Она (жена Огарёва) сама сказала мне впоследствии, что сцена эта показалась ей натянутой, детской. Оно, пожалуй, и могло так показаться со стороны но зачем же она смотрела со стороны?.. (Герцен 2)....She (Ogaryov's wife) told me herself afterwards that this scene had struck her as affected and childish. Of course it might strike one so looking on at it as an outsider, but why was she looking on at it as an outsider? (2a).

Шли они (Костенко и Росляков) не быстро и не медленно, весело о чём-то разговаривали, заигрывали с девушками... Со стороны могло показаться, что два бездельника просто-напросто убивают время (Семёнов 1). They (Kostyenko and Roslyakov) walked neither quickly nor slowly, talking gaily about something, flirting with the girls....To a bystander they might have looked like a couple of idlers simply killing time (1a).

Он (Эренбург) на всё смотрел как бы со стороны - что ему оставалось делать после «Молитвы о России»? - и прятался в ироническое всепонимание (Мандельштам 2). Не (Ehrenburg) seemed to view everything with great detachment-what else could he do after his Prayer for Russia?—and took refuge in a kind of ironical knowingness (2a).

4. человек, люди и т. п. - (nonagreeing postmodif) a person (or people) not belonging to the group, organization etc in question

from (on) the outside
outsider(s).
«Какая баба!.. Ей бы и быть председателем. И на хрена нам кого-то со стороны искать» (Абрамов 1). "What a woman!... If only she could be Chairwoman, and the hell with searching for one on the outside" (1a).

В деревне не хватало мужчин, и председателю пришлось нанять рабочих со стороны. There weren't enough men in the village, so the chairman had to hire outsiders.

5. \С-618\С-618 кого, чьей Prep the resulting PrepP is adv

used to denote a person or group of people with whom an action or statement originates

for (on) s.o.'s part
on the part of (in limited contexts) of s.o.
by s.o. (Бутон:) Так что вы говорите, милостивый государь? Что наш король есть самый лучший, самый блестящий король во всём мире? С моей стороны возражений нет (Булгаков 8). (В.:) So what are you saying, dear sir? That our king is the very best, the most brilliant king in the whole world? For my part I have no objections (8a).

...Тут было много и простодушия со стороны Мити, ибо при всех пороках своих это был очень простодушный человек (Достоевский 1)....There was much simple-heartedness on Mitya's part, for with all his vices this was a very simple-hearted man (1a).

Да где ж это видано, чтобы народ сам по себе собирался без всякого контроля со стороны руководства?» (Войнович 2). "Who ever heard of people assembling all by themselves, without any control on the part of the leadership?" (2a).

«...Примите в соображение, что ошибка возможна ведь только со стороны первого разряда, то есть „обыкновенных" людей...» (Достоевский 3). "...You must take into consideration the fact that a mistake can be made only by a member of the first class, that is, by the 'ordinary' people..." (3a).

6. \С-618 кого, чьей Prep the resulting PrepP is adv

used to denote a person or group of people whose action, behavior, statement etc is characterized or evaluated: (how generous (itis not nice, that's not fair etc)) of s.o. (to do sth.).

Это очень плохо с его стороны - оставить нас наедине. Никогда не ожидал я от него такого предательства! (Казаков 2). That's not nice of him—to leave us alone. I never expected such treachery from him (2a).

«Ну вот видишь, вот уж и нечестно с твоей стороны: слово дал, да и на попятный двор» (Гоголь 3). "There, you see, that's not fair of you: you have given me your word of honor, and now you are going back on it" (3c).

7. \С-618 чего, какой Prep the resulting PrepP is adv

in a certain respect (as specified by the context)

from the standpoint (the vantage point) of
from the point of view of from a AdjP standpoint (point of view).
«Стригуны» молчали они понимали, что слова Собачкина очень последовательны и что со стороны логики под них нельзя иголки подточить (Салтыков-Щедрин 2). The "colts" were silent, for they realized that Sobachkin's words were very logical and that, from the point of view of pure logic, they were absolutely unassailable (2a).

8. \С-618 кого, чьей, какой Prep the resulting PrepP is adv

used to indicate a line of familial descent

on (one's (the) father' (mother', husbamtfs, wife's etc)) side.

Юный негодяй был влюблён в княгиню и тоже торчал у неё день и ночь, кажется, на правах соседа или дальнего родственника со стороны мужа (Искандер 3). The young reprobate was in love with the princess and had also been hanging around her day and night, exercising his rights as a neighbor, I believe, or a distant relative on the husband's side (3a).

Большой русско-английский фразеологический словарь > С-618
15 Т-24

ТАК СЕБЕ coll AdvP Invar fixed WO
1.
adv
in a mediocre way, neither well nor poorly

so-so
fair to middling.
Ноздрев приветствовал его по-дружески и спросил: каково ему спалось? «Так себе», - отвечал Чичиков весьма сухо (Гоголь 3). Nozdryov greeted him in a very friendly fashion and asked him whether he had slept well. "So-so," Chichikov replied rather dryly (3a).

2. ( subj-compl with copula ( subj: any common noun) or non-agreeing modif) mediocre, undistinguished

so-so
nothing special (quite) ordinary nothing out of the ordinary not much of a NP nothing (not much) to write home about.
Есть род людей, известных под именем: люди так себе, ни то ни сб... (Гоголь 3). There is a type of man who is described as "so-so," neither one thing nor the other... (3a).

Коньяк был так себе и стоил шесть пенсов дороже, чем в лавке (Герцен 3). The brandy was nothing special and cost sixpence more than at the shops (3a).

Отрадина:) Значит, хорош собой? (Шелавина:) Ну, нельзя сказать так себе (Островский 3). (О.:) Then he must be handsome. (Sh.:) I wouldn't say so, quite ordinary looking (3a).

Родственник был так себе, десятая вода на киселе, но он был в числе тех, кому принц помогал (Искандер 3). Не wasn't much of a relative, a cousin ten times removed, but he was among those whom the prince helped (3a).

Конь был трофеем, им можно было похвалиться: и статью взял, и резвостью, и проходкой, и строевой выправкой. А вот седло было под Кошевым - так себе седлишко. Подушка потерта и залатана, задняя подпруга - из сыромятного ремня, стремена - в упорно не поддающейся чистке, застарелой ржавчине (Шолохов 4). The horse was a trophy and was something to show off, its height, speed, gait and military bearing were all admirable. But Koshevoi's saddle was not much to write home about. The seat was worn and patched, the rear girth was a strip of rawhide, and the stirrups had a stubborn coating of rust that would not come off (4a).

3. obs
usu. adv
without any apparent reason, with no definite purpose: (one) just (does sth.).

Большой русско-английский фразеологический словарь > Т-24
16 со стороны

• СО СТОРОНЫ

[PrepP; Invar]

=====

1. со стороны кого-чего [Prep; the resulting PrepP is adv]

⇒ moving, coming, or issuing from some person, place, location etc:

- from the direction of.

     ♦ Ему в голову не могло прийти, что у них гости и что ржание коня доносится со стороны микулицынского крыльца, из сада (Пастернак 1). It never occurred to him that they had guests or that the neighing came from the direction of Mikulitsyn's house (1a).

2. со стороны смотреть, наблюдать, видно и т.п. [adv]

⇒ (to look at s.o. or sth., be visible etc) from some distance away:

- from a distance.

     ♦ На солнечном пригреве, на камне, ниже садовой скамейки, сидел Костоглотов... И даже не видно было со стороны, чтобы плечи его поднимались и опускались от дыхания (Солженицын 10). Kostoglotov was sitting in a sunny spot on a stone below a garden bench....From a distance one could not even see his shoulders rising and falling as he breathed... (10a).

3. со стороны смотреть (на кого-что), судить, казаться и т.п. [adv]

⇒ (to look at, judge etc s.o. or sth.) from the point of view of one who is not directly involved in the matter at hand, (to appear a certain way) to s.o. who is not directly involved in the matter at hand:

- (look at s.o. < sth.>) from the outside;

- from an outsider's perspective (point of view);

- from an outside viewpoint;

- (as) seen from the outside;

- [in limited contexts] as an outsider;

- to an outsider < a bystander> (sth. might look <seem etc>);

- (view sth.) with (great) detachment;

- (take) a detached view.

     ♦ Конечно, обидно: маловато успел. Со стороны может показаться, что вовсе не так. Я и то, и это, пятое, десятое. Но уж я-то знаю, что чепуха (Трифонов 5). It was humiliating, of course. I had accomplished very little. From an outsider's point of view it might not appear that way. I've done this, that, and a number of things. But I myself know how little it has all amounted to (5a).

     ♦ В том-то и дело, что если рассказать с некоторой правдивостью любую жизнь со стороны и хотя бы отчасти изнутри, то картинка наша будет такова, что этот человек дальше жить не имеет ни малейшей возможности (Битов 2). That's just the point, that if we tell the story of any life with a degree of truthfulness, from an outside viewpoint and at least partially from within, then the picture will be such that the man hasn't the slightest chance of living on (2a).

     ♦...Она [жена Огарёва] сама сказала мне впоследствии, что сцена эта показалась ей натянутой, детской. Оно, пожалуй, и могло так показаться со стороны; но зачем же она смотрела со стороны?.. (Герцен 2)....She [Ogaryov's wife] told me herself afterwards that this scene had struck her as affected and childish. Of course it might strike one so looking on at it as an outsider, but why was she looking on at it as an outsider? (2a).

     ♦ Шли они [Костенко и Росляков] не быстро и не медленно, весело о чём-то разговаривали, заигрывали с девушками... Со стороны могло показаться, что два бездельника просто-напросто убивают время (Семёнов 1). They [Kostyenko and Roslyakov] walked neither quickly nor slowly, talking gaily about something, flirting with the girls....To a bystander they might have looked like a couple of idlers simply killing time (1a).

     ♦ Он [Эренбург] на всё смотрел как бы со стороны - что ему оставалось делать после "Молитвы о России"? - и прятался в ироническое всепонимание (Мандельштам 2). Не [Ehrenburg] seemed to view everything with great detachment-what else could he do after his Prayer for Russia? - and took refuge in a kind of ironical knowingness (2a).

4. человек, люди и т.п. - [nonagreeing postmodif]

⇒ a person (or people) not belonging to the group, organization etc in question:

- from <on> the outside;

- outsider(s).

     ♦ "Какая баба!.. Ей бы и быть председателем. И на хрена нам кого-то со стороны искать" (Абрамов 1). "What a woman!... If only she could be Chairwoman, and the hell with searching for one on the outside" (1a).

     ♦ В деревне не хватало мужчин, и председателю пришлось нанять рабочих со стороны. There weren't enough men in the village, so the chairman had to hire outsiders.

5. со стороны кого, чьей [Prep; the resulting PrepP is adv]

⇒ used to denote a person or group of people with whom an action or statement originates:

- for <on> s.o.'s part;

- on the part of;

- [in limited contexts] of s.o.;

- by s.o.

     ♦ [Бутон:] Так что вы говорите, милостивый государь? Что наш король есть самый лучший, самый блестящий король во всём мире? С моей стороны возражений нет (Булгаков 8). [В.:] So what are you saying, dear sir? That our king is the very best, the most brilliant king in the whole world? For my part I have no objections (8a).

     ♦...Тут было много и простодушия со стороны Мити, ибо при всех пороках своих это был очень простодушный человек (Достоевский 1)....There was much simple-heartedness on Mitya's part, for with all his vices this was a very simple-hearted man (1a).

     ♦ "Да где ж это видано, чтобы народ сам по себе собирался без всякого контроля со стороны руководства?" (Войнович 2). "Who ever heard of people assembling all by themselves, without any control on the part of the leadership?" (2a).

     ♦ "...Примите в соображение, что ошибка возможна ведь только со стороны первого разряда, то есть "обыкновенных" людей..." (Достоевский 3). "...You must take into consideration the fact that a mistake can be made only by a member of the first class, that is, by the 'ordinary' people..." (3a).

6. со стороны кого, чьей [Prep; the resulting PrepP is adv]

⇒ used to denote a person or group of people whose action, behavior, statement etc is characterized or evaluated:

- (how generous <it's not nice, that's not fair etc>) of s.o. (to do sth.).

     ♦ Это очень плохо с его стороны - оставить нас наедине. Никогда не ожидал я от него такого предательства! (Казаков 2). That's not nice of him - to leave us alone. I never expected such treachery from him (2a).

     ♦ "Ну вот видишь, вот уж и нечестно с твоей стороны: слово дал, да и на попятный двор" (Гоголь 3). "There, you see, that's not fair of you: you have given me your word of honor, and now you are going back on it" (3c).

7. со стороны чего, какой [Prep; the resulting PrepP is adv]

⇒ in a certain respect (as specified by the context):

- from the standpoint (the vantage point) of;

- from the point of view of;

- from a [AdjP] standpoint (point of view).

     ♦ "Стригуны" молчали; они понимали, что слова Собачкина очень последовательны и что со стороны логики под них нельзя иголки подточить (Салтыков-Щедрин 2). The "colts" were silent; for they realized that Sobachkin's words were very logical and that, from the point of view of pure logic, they were absolutely unassailable (2a).

8. со стороны кого, чьей, какой [Prep; the resulting PrepP is adv]

⇒ used to indicate a line of familial descent:

- on (one's (the) father's (mother's, husband's, wife's etc)) side.

     ♦ Юный негодяй был влюблён в княгиню и тоже торчал у неё день и ночь, кажется, на правах соседа или дальнего родственника со стороны мужа (Искандер 3). The young reprobate was in love with the princess and had also been hanging around her day and night, exercising his rights as a neighbor, I believe, or a distant relative on the husband's side (3a).

Большой русско-английский фразеологический словарь > со стороны
17 так себе

• ТАК СЕБЕ coll

[AdvP; Invar; fixed WO]

=====

1. [adv]

⇒ in a mediocre way, neither well nor poorly:

- so-so;

- fair to middling.

     ♦ Ноздрёв приветствовал его по-дружески и спросил: каково ему спалось? "Так себе", - отвечал Чичиков весьма сухо (Гоголь 3). Nozdryov greeted him in a very friendly fashion and asked him whether he had slept well. "So-so," Chichikov replied rather dryly (3a).

2. [subj-compl with copula (subj: any common noun) or nonagreeing modif]

⇒ mediocre, undistinguished:

- so-so;

- nothing special;

- (quite) ordinary;

- nothing out of the ordinary;

- not much of a [NP];

- nothing < not much> to write home about.

     ♦ Есть род людей, известных под именем: люди так себе, ни то ни сё... (Гоголь 3). There is a type of man who is described as "so-so," neither one thing nor the other... (3a).

     ♦ Коньяк был так себе и стоил шесть пенсов дороже, чем в лавке (Герцен 3). The brandy was nothing special and cost sixpence more than at the shops (3a).

     ♦ [Отрадина:] Значит, хорош собой? [Шелавина:] Ну, нельзя сказать; так себе (Островский 3). [О.:] Then he must be handsome. [Sh.:] I wouldn't say so; quite ordinary looking (3a).

     ♦ Родственник был так себе, десятая вода на киселе, но он был в числе тех, кому принц помогал (Искандер 3). He wasn't much of a relative, a cousin ten times removed, but he was among those whom the prince helped (За).

     ♦ Конь был трофеем, им можно было похвалиться: и статью взял, и резвостью, и проходкой, и строевой выправкой. А вот седло было под Кошевым - так себе седлишко. Подушка потёрта и залатана, задняя подпруга - из сыромятного ремня, стремена - в упорно не поддающейся чистке, застарелой ржавчине (Шолохов 4). The horse was a trophy and was something to show off; its height, speed, gait and military bearing were all admirable. But Koshevoi's saddle was not much to write home about. The seat was worn and patched, the rear girth was a strip of rawhide, and the stirrups had a stubborn coating of rust that would not come off (4a).

3. obs [usu. adv]

⇒ without any apparent reason, with no definite purpose:

- (one) just (does sth.).

Большой русско-английский фразеологический словарь > так себе
18 देशः _dēśḥ

देशः [दिश्-अच्]

1 A place or spot in general; देशः को नु जलावसेकशिथिलः Mk.3.12 (often used after words like कपोल, स्कन्ध, अंस, नितम्ब &c., without any meaning; स्कन्धदेशे Ś.1.19 'on the shoulder').

-2 A region, country, province, land, territory; यं देशं श्रयते तमेव कुरुते बाहुप्रतापार्जितम् H.1.15.

-3 A department, part, side, portion (as of a whole); as in एकदेश, एकदेशीय q. v.

-4 An institute, an ordinance.

-5 Range, compass; दृष्टिदेशः Pt.2.

-Comp. -अटनम् roaming through a country, travelling.

-अतिथिः a foreigner.

-अन्तरम् 1 another country, foreign parts; Ms.5.78.

-2 longitude.

-अन्तरिन् m. a foreigner.

-आचारः, -धर्मः a local law or custom, the usage or custom of any country; देश- धर्मान् जातिधर्मान् कुलधर्मांश्च शाश्वतान् Ms.1.118.

-कष्टकः a public calamity.

-कारी N. of a Rāgiṇī.

-कालौ m. (du.) time and place; न देशकालौ हि यथार्थधर्माववेक्षते कामरतिर्मनुष्यः Rām.4.33.55. (

-लम्) ind. according to time and place; सत्पात्रं महती श्रद्धा देशकालं यथोचितम् Pt.2.72.

-कालज्ञ a. knowing the proper place and time.

-च्युतिः banishment or flight from one's country.

-ज, -जात a.

1 native, indigenous.

-2 produced in the right country.

-3 genuine, of genuine descent.

-दृष्ट a.

1 seen in a country.

-2 customary in a place; Ms.8.3.

-भाषा the dialect of a country; आलोच्य लक्ष्यमधिगम्य च देशभाषाः Kāvyāl.4.35.

-रूपम् propriety, fitness; Mb.12.

-विद्ध a. properly perforated (pearl); Kau. A.2.11.

-वृत्तम् a circle depending upon its relative position to the place of the observer.

-व्यवहारः a local usage, custom of the country.

Sanskrit-English dictionary > देशः _dēśḥ
19 М-295

КАКАЯ МУХА УКУСИЛА кого coll VP subj. Invar usu. used as a question or relative clause fixed WO
s.o. is annoyed, angry, in a bad mood, behaving strangely without any apparent reason: какая муха укусила X-a? - whatfs bugging (eating) X?
whatfs got(ten) into X? whatfs come over X? whatis with X?
Однажды я неожиданно застал их в ожесточённом споре. Вся семья, включая старую бабку, спорила о Ленине... На следующий день зашел я к ним опять - и опять застал их в споре о Ленине. Что за черт, какая их муха укусила? (Буковский 1). One day I was surprised to find the entire family, including the ancient grandmother, engaged in a violent argument about Lenin....The following day I saw them again, and again they were arguing about Lenin. What the devil had got into them?(1a)

Большой русско-английский фразеологический словарь > М-295
20 какая муха укусила

• КАКАЯ МУХА УКУСИЛА кого coll

[VPsubj; Invar; usu. used as a question or relative clause; fixed WO]

=====

⇒ s.o. is annoyed, angry, in a bad mood, behaving strangely without any apparent reason:

- какая муха укусила X-a? ≈ what's bugging (eating) X?;

- what's got(ten) into X?;

- what's come over X?;

- whaft with X?

♦ Однажды я неожиданно застал их в ожесточённом споре. Вся семья, включая старую бабку, спорила о Ленине... На следующий день зашел я к ним опять - и опять застал их в споре о Ленине. Что за черт, какая их муха укусила? (Буковский 1). One day I was surprised to find the entire family, including the ancient grandmother, engaged in a violent argument about Lenin....The following day I saw them again, and again they were arguing about Lenin. What the devil had got into them? (1a)

Большой русско-английский фразеологический словарь > какая муха укусила

Страницы

См. также в других словарях:

Relative return — is a measure of the return of an investment portfolio relative to a theoretical passive reference portfolio or benchmark.In active portfolio management, the aim is to maximize the relative return (often subject to a risk constraint). In passive… … Wikipedia
Relative density — Relative density, sometimes called specific density, is the ratio of the density of a substance to the density of a given reference material. If a substance s relative density is less than one then it is less dense than the reference; if greater… … Wikipedia
Relative clause — A relative clause is a subordinate clause that modifies a noun. For example, the noun phrase the man who wasn t there contains the noun man , which is modified by the relative clause who wasn t there . In many languages, relative clauses are… … Wikipedia
relative — 01. My parents both grew up in New Orleans, so most of my [relatives] live there. 02. My family is [related] to a man who ran a chocolate business in London, England before the war. 03. You look like someone I know. Are you any [relation] to… … Grammatical examples in English
English relative clauses — This article is focused mainly on usage of English relative clauses. For theoretical background on the subject, see the main article on relative clauses. The relative pronouns in English include who , whom , whose , which , and that . (Note: Not… … Wikipedia
Chess piece relative value — … Wikipedia
War Without End (Babylon 5) — Infobox Television episode Title = War Without End Series = Babylon 5 Ivanova, Delenn, Sinclair, Marcus and Zathras prepare B4 for time travel Caption = Season = 3 Episode = 16 17 Airdate = 13 May 1996 20 May 1996 Production = 316 #317 Writer = J … Wikipedia
Nearest relative — The nearest relative is a designated relationship defined in the legislation of England and Wales through the Mental Health Act 1983, as amended by the Mental Health Act 2007[1]. It is the duty of the Approved Mental Health Professional to… … Wikipedia
List of mountains of the British Isles by relative height — This is a list of peaks in the British Isles, with a relative height of 600 m or more, in descending order of relative height. There are 119 in total: 82 in Scotland, 24 in Ireland, seven in Wales, four in England and one each in Northern Ireland … Wikipedia
Proxflyer — refers to a family of micro R/C helicopter prototypes based on a dual coaxial counter rotating rotor concept developed and patented by Norwegian Petter Muren. The concept differs from the swashplate designs in conventional helicopter flight… … Wikipedia
Empress Tiruwork Wube — aka Queen Terunesh (died May 16 1868) was the second wife, and widow of Emperor Tewodros II of Ethiopia. OriginShe was the daughter of Dejazmatch Wube Hayle Maryam, the prince of Simien and virtual ruler of all of northern Ethiopia during the… … Wikipedia

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

without any relative

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

without any relative

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка: